Isuzu Trooper 2000 Service Manual Motor

6A-1 ENGINE MECHANICAL
ENGINE
CONTENTS
Engine Mechanical 6A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Cooling 6B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Fuel 6C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Electrical 6D1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gnition System 6D2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting and Charging System 6D3 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driveability and Emissions 6E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Exhaust 6F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Lubrication 6G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Speed Control System 6H . . . . . . . . . . . .
nducton 6J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENGINE MECHANICAL
CONTENTS
Service Precaution 6A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Description 6A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Diagnosis 6A4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cylinder Head Cover LH 6A18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6A18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6A19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cylinder Head Cover RH 6A21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6A21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6A22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common Chamber 6A24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6A24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6A24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust Manifold LH 6A26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6A26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6A26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust Manifold RH 6A27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6A27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6A27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crankshaft Pulley 6A28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6A28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6A28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timing Belt 6A29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6A29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6A30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camshaft 6A33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6A33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6A33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cylinder Head 6A37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6A37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6A37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valve Stem Oil Controller , Valve Spring and
Valve Guide 6A39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6A39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6A39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piston, Piston Ring and Connecting Rod 6A40 . . .
Removal 6A40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6A41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crankshaft and Main Bearings 6A42 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6A42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6A43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Oil Seal 6A47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6A47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6A47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Assembly 6A48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6A48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6A48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cylinder Head 6A52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cylinder Head and Associated Parts 6A52 . . . . .
Disassembly 6A52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clean 6A53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nspection and Repair 6A53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reassembly 6A53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valve Spring, Oil Controller, Valve,
Valve Guide 6A56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valve Spring, Oil Controller, Valve,
Valve Guide and Associated Parts 6A56 . . . . . . .
Disassembly 6A56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reassembly 6A60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valve Clearance Adjustments 6A61 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camshaft 6A63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camshaft and Associated Parts 6A63 . . . . . . . . .
Disassembly 6A63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reassembly 6A66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crankshaft 6A69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crankshaft and Associated Parts 6A69 . . . . . . . .
Disassembly 6A69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reassembly 6A73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piston and Connecting Rod 6A77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piston, Connecting Rod and Associate
Parts 6A77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disassembly 6A77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reassembly 6A82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cylinder Block 6A85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cylinder Block and Associated Parts 6A85 . . . . .
Disassembly 6A85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reassembly 6A87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Data and Specification 6A90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Tool 6A96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Precaution
WARNING: IF SO EQUIPPED WITH A
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS),
REFER TO THE SRS COMPONENT AND WIRING
LOCATION VIEW IN ORDER TO DETERMINE
WHETHER YOU ARE PERFORMING SERVICE ON OR
NEAR THE SRS COMPONENTS OR THE SRS
WIRING. WHEN YOU ARE PERFORMING SERVICE
ON OR NEAR THE SRS COMPONENTS OR THE SRS
WIRING, REFER TO THE SRS SERVICE
INFORMATION. FAILURE TO FOLLOW WARNINGS
COULD RESULT IN POSSIBLE AIR BAG
DEPLOYMENT, PERSONAL INJURY, OR
OTHERWISE UNNEEDED SRS SYSTEM REPAIRS.
CAUTION: AIways use the correct fastener in the
proper Iocation. When you repIace a fastener, use
ONLY the exact part number for that appIication.
ISUZU wiII caII out those fasteners that require a
repIacement after removaI. ISUZU wiII aIso caII out
the fasteners that require thread Iockers or thread
seaIant. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, do not
use suppIementaI coatings (Paints, greases, or other
corrosion inhibitors) on threaded fasteners or
fastener joint interfaces. GeneraIIy, such coatings
adverseIy affect the fastener torque and the joint
cIamping force, and may damage the fastener. When
you instaII fasteners, use the correct tightening
sequence and specifications. FoIIowing these
instructions can heIp you avoid damage to parts and
systems.
GeneraI Description
Engine CIeanIiness And Care
An automobile engine is a combination of many
machined, honed, polished and lapped surfaces with
tolerances that are measured in the thousandths of a
millimeter (ten thousandths of an inch). Accordingly,
when any internal engine parts are serviced, care and
cleanliness are important. Throughout this section, it
should be understood that proper cleaning and protection
of machined surfaces and friction areas is part of the
repair procedure. This is considered standard shop
practice even if not specifically stated.
A liberal coating of engine oil should be applied to all
friction areas during assembly to protect and lubricate
the surfaces on initial operation.
Whenever valve train components, pistons, piston
rings, connecting rods, rod bearings, and crankshaft
journal bearings are removed for service, they should
be retained in order.
At the time of installation, they should be installed in
the same locations and with the same mating
surfaces as when removed.
Battery cables should be disconnected before any
major work is performed on the engine. Failure to
disconnect cables may result in damage to wire
harness or other electrical parts.
The six cylinders of this engine are identified by
numbers; Right side cylinders 1, 3 and 5, Left side
cylinders 2, 4 and 6, as counted from crankshaft
pulley side to flywheel side.
GeneraI Information on Engine Service
The following information on engine service should be
noted carefully, as it is important in preventing damage
and contributing to reliable engine performance:
When raising or supporting the engine for any reason,
do not use a jack under the oil pan. Due to the small
clearance between the oil pan and the oil pump
strainer, jacking against the oil pan may cause
damage to the oil pickup unit.
The 12volt electrical system is capable of damaging
circuits. When performing any work where electrical
terminals could possibly be grounded, the ground
cable of the battery should be disconnected at the
battery.
Any time the intake air duct or air cleaner is removed,
the intake opening should be covered. This will
protect against accidental entrance of foreign
material into the cylinder which could cause extensive
damage when the engine is started.
CyIinder BIock
The cylinder block is made of aluminum diecast casting
for 75 Vtype six cylinders. t has a rear plate integrated
structure and employs a deep skint. The cylinder liner is
cast and the liner inner diameter and crankshaft journal
diameter are classified into grades. The crankshaft is
supported by four bearings of which width of No.3 bearing
on the body side is different in order to support the thrust
bearing. The bearing cap is made of nodular cast iron and
each bearing cap uses four bolts and two side bolts.
CyIinder Head
The cylinder head, made of aluminum alloy casting
employs a pentroof type combustion chamber with a
spark plug in the center. The intake and exhaust valves
are placed in Vtype design. The ports are crossflow
type.
VaIve Train
ntake and exhaust camshaft on the both side of banks
are driven through an camshaft drive gear by timing belt.
The valves are operated by the camshaft and the valve
clearance is adjusted to select suitable thickness shim.
Intake ManifoId
The intake manifold system is composed of the aluminum
cast common chamber and intake manifold attached with
six fuel injectors.
Exhaust ManifoId
The exhaust manifold is made of nodular cast iron.
Pistons and Connecting Rods
Aluminum pistons are used after selecting the grade that
meets the cylinder bore diameter. Each piston has two
compression rings and one oil ring. The piston pin is made
of chromium steel is offset 1mm toward the thrust side,
and the thrust pressure of piston to the cylinder wall varies
gradually as the piston travels. The connecting rods are
made of forged steel. The connecting rod bearings are
graded for correct seze selection.
Crankshaft and Bearings
The crankshaft is made of Ductile castiron. Pins and
journals are graded for correct size selection for their
bearing.
Engine Lubrication
The oil discharged by a trochoidtype oil pump driven by
the crankshaft is fed through fullflow oil filter and to the oil
gallery provided under the crankshaft bearing cap. The oil
is then led to the crankshaft journals and cylinder head.
The crank pins are lubricated with oil from crankshaft
journals through oil holes. Also, an oil jet is fed to each
cylinder from crankshaft juornals on the connecting rod
for piston cleaning. The oil pan flange is dealed with liquid
packing only; do not deform or damage the flange surface
during removal or installation.
Engine Diagnosis
Hard Starting
1. Starting Motor Does Not Turn Over
TroubIeshooting Procedure
Turn on headlights and starter switch.
Condition PossibIe cause Correction
Headlights go out or dim
considerably
Battery run down or under charged Recharge or replace battery
considerably
Terminals poorly connected Clean battery posts and terminals
and connect properly
Starting motor coil circuit shorted Overhaul or replace
Starting motor defective Overhaul or replace
2. Ignition TroubIe - Starting Motor Turns Over But Engine Does Not Start
Spark Test
Disconnect an igniton coil from any spark plug. Connect
the spark plug tester 5884006070, start the engine,
and check if a spark is generated in the spark plug tester.
Before starting the engine, make sure that the spark plug
tester is properly grounded. To avoid electrical shock, do
not touch the part where insulation of the igniton coil is
broken while the engine is running.
Spark jumps across gap Spark plug defective Clean, adjust spark gap or replace
gnition timing incorrect Refer to gnition System
Fuel not reaching fuel injector(s) or
engine
Refer to i tem 3 (Trouble i n fuel
system)
Valve timing incorrect Adjust
Engine lacks compression Refer to item 4 (Engi ne lacks
compression)
No sparking takes place gnition coil disconnected or broken Connect properly or replace
Electronic gnition System with
module
Replace
Poor connections in engine harness Correct
Powertrain Control Module cable
disconnected or defective
Correct or replace
3. TroubIe In FueI System
Starting motor turns over and spark
occurs but engine does not start
Fuel tank empty Fill
occurs but engine does not start.
Water in fuel system Clean
Fuel filter clogged Replace filter
Fuel pipe clogged Clean or replace
Fuel pump defective Replace
Fuel pump circuit open Correct or replace
Evaporative Emission Control
System circuit clogged
Correct or replace
Multiport Fuel njection System faulty Refer to Electronic Fuel njection
section
4. Engine Lacks Compression
Engine lacks compression Spark plug loosely fitted or spark
plug gasket defective
Tighten to specified torque or replace
gasket
Valve timing incorrect Adjust
Cylinder head gasket defective Replace gasket
Valve incorrectly seated Lap valve
Valve stem seized Replace valve and valve guide
Valve spring weakened or broken Replace
Cylinder or piston rings worn Overhaul engine
Piston ring seized Overhaul engine.
Engine Compression Test Procedure
1. Start and run the engine until the engine reaches
normal operating temperature.
2. Turn the engine off.
3. Remove all the spark plugs.
4. Remove ignition coil fuse (15A) and disable the
ignition system.
5. Remove the fuel pump relay from the relay and fuse
box.
6. Engage the starter and check that the cranking speed
is approximately 300 rpm.
7. nstall cylinder compression gauge into spark plug
hole.
8. With the throttle valve opened fully, keep the starter
engaged until the compression gage needle reaches
the maximum level. Note the reading.
9. Repeat the test with each cylinder.
f the compression pressure obtained falls below the
limit, engine overhaul is necessary.
Limit; 1000 kPa (145 psi)
Rough Engine IdIing or Engine StaIIing
Trouble in fuel injection system dle air control valve defective Replace
Throttle shutting off incomplete Correct or replace
Throttle position sensor circuit open
or shorted
Correct or replace
Fuel injector circuits open or shorted Correct or replace
Fuel injectors damaged Replace
Fuel pump relay defective Replace
Mass Airflow Sensor circuit open or
poor connections
Correct or replace
Mass Airflow Sensor defective Replace
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
circuit open or poor connections
Correct or replace
defective
Replace
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
Correct or replace
defective
Replace
ntake Air Temperature sensor circuit
open or poor connections
Correct or replace
ntake Air Temperature sensor
defective
Replace
Knock Sensor (KS) cable broken or
poor connections
Correct or replace
KS defective Replace
KS Module circuits open or ground Correct or replace
KS Module defective Replace
Vehicle Speed Sensor circuit open or
shorted
Correct or replace
Vehicle Speed Sensor defective Replace
Trouble in emission control system Powertrain Control Module defective Replace
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve
Correct or replace
faulty
Replace
Canister purge valve circuit open or
poor connections
Correct or replace
Canister purge valve defective Replace
Evaporative Emission Canister
Purge control valve defective
Replace
Trouble in ignition system Refer to Hard Start
Condition Correction PossibIe cause
Others Engine lacks compression Refer to Hard Start
Valve incorrectly seated Lap valve
Air Cleaner Filter clogged Replace filter element
Valve timing incorrect Readjust
dle air control valve broken Replace
Fast idle solenoid defective Replace
Positive Crankcase Ventilation valve
defective or clogged
Replace
Rough Engine Running
Engine misfires periodically gnition coil layer shorted Replace
Spark plugs fouling Clean or install hotter type plug
Spark plug(s) insulator nose leaking Replace
Fuel injector(s) defective Replace
Powertrain control module faulty Replace
Engine knocks periodically Spark plugs running too hot nstall colder type spark plugs
Powertrain control module faulty Replace
Engine lacks power Spark plugs fouled Clean
Fuel injectors defective Replace
Mass Airflow Sensor or ntake
Airflow Sensor circuit defective
Correct or replace
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP)
Sensor or Manifold Absolute
Pressure Sensor circuit defective
Correct or replace
or Engine Coolant Temperature
Sensor circuit defective
Correct or replace
Powertrain Control Module faulty Replace
ntake Air Temperature Sensor or
ntake Air Temperature Sensor
circuit defective
Correct or replace
Throttle Position Sensor or Throttle
Position Sensor circuit defective
Correct or replace
Knock Sensor or Knock Sensor
circuits defective
Correct or replace
Knock Sensor Module or Knock
Sensor Module circuits defective
Correct or replace
Hesitation
Hesitation on acceleration Throttle Position Sensor adjustment
incorrect
Replace throttle valve assembly
Throttle Position Sensor circuit open
or shorted
Correct or replace
Excessive play in accelerator linkage Adjust or replace
poor connections
Correct or replace
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP)
Sensor circuit open or shorted
Correct or replace
MAP Sensor defective Replace
ntake Air Temperature (AT) Sensor
circuit open or shorted
Correct or replace
Knock Sensor (KS) Circuit open or
poor connections
Correct or replace
KS Module circuits open or shorted Correct or replace
AT Sensor defective Replace
Hesitation at high speeds Fuel tank strainer clogged Clean or replace
(Fuel pressure too low)
Fuel pipe clogged Clean or replace
Fuel filter clogged Replace
Defective fuel pump system Check and replace
Fuel Pressure Control Valve leaking Replace
Hesitation at high speeds
(Fuel injector not working normally)
Power supply or ground circuit for
Multiport Fuel njection System
shorted or open
Check and correct or replace
Fuel njector defective Replace
Cable of Multiport Fuel njection
System circuit open or poor
connections
Correct or replace
Hesitation at high speeds Powertrain Control Module defective Replace
Throttle Position Sensor cable
broken or poor connections
Correct or replace
Throttle Position Sensor defective Replace
Correct or replace
defective
Replace
poor connections
Correct or replace
MAP Sensor cable broken or poor
connections
Correct or replace
MAP Sensor defective Replace
AT Sensor circuit open or poor
connections
Correct or replace
AT Sensor defective Replace
KS circuit open or poor connections Correct or replace
KS Module circuit open or shorted Correct or replace
Throttle valve not fully opened Check and correct or replace
Air Cleaner Filter clogged Replace filter element
Power supply voltage too low Check and correct or replace
Engine Lacks Power
Trouble in fuel system Fuel Pressure Control Valve not
working normally
Replace
Fuel injector clogged Clean or replace
Fuel pipe clogged Clean
Fuel filter clogged or fouled Replace
Fuel pump drive circuit not working
normally
Correct or replace
Fuel tank not sufficiently breathing
due to clogged Evaporative
Emission Control System circuit
Clean or replace
Water in fuel system Clean
nferior quality fuel in fuel system Use fuel of specified octane rating
Powertrain Control Module supplied
poor voltage
Correct circuit
Throttle Position Sensor cable
Correct or replace
Mass Airflow Sensor not working
normally
Replace
not working normally
Replace
ntake Air Temperature Sensor not
working normally
Replace
Correct or replace
defective
Replace
Powertrain Control Module defective Replace
Trouble in intake or exhaust system Air Cleaner Filter clogged Replace filter element
Air duct kinked or flattened Correct or replace
gnition failure Refer to Hard Start Troubleshooting
Guide
Heat range of spark plug inadequate nstall spark plugs of adequate heat
range
gnition coil defective Replace
Engine overheating Level of Engine Coolant too low Replenish
Fan clutch defective Replace
ncorrect fan installed Replace
Thermostat defective Replace
Engine Coolant pump defective Correct or replace
Radiator clogged Clean or replace
Radiator filler cap defective Replace
Level of oil in engine crankcase too
low or wrong engine oil
Change or replenish
Resistance in exhaust system
increased
Clean exhaust system or replace
defective parts
Throttle Position Sensor adjustment
incorrect
Replace with Throttle Valve ASM
Throttle Position Sensor circuit open
or shorted
Correct or replace
Cylinder head gasket damaged Replace
Engine overcooling Thermostat defective Replace (Use a thermostat set to
open at 82 C (180 F))
Engine lacks compression Refer to Hard Start
Others Tire inflation pressure abnormal Adjust to recommended pressures
Brake drag Adjust
Clutch slipping Adjust or replace
Level of oil in engine crankcase too
high
Correct level of engine oil
defective
Replace
Engine Noisy
Abnormal engine noise often consists of various noises
originating in rotating parts, sliding parts and other
moving parts of the engine. t is, therefore, advisable to
locate the source of noise systematically.
Noise from crank journals or from
crank bearings
(Faulty crank journals and crank
Oil clearance increased due to worn
crank journals or crank bearings
Replace crank bearings and
crankshaft or regrind crankshaft and
install the undersize bearing
bearings usually make dull noise that
becomes more evident when
accelerating)
Crankshaft out of round Replace crank bearings and
crankshaft or regrind crankshaft and
install the undersize bearing
Crank bearing seized Crank bearing seized. Replace crank
bearings and crankshaft or regrind
crankshaft and install the undersize
bearing
Short out each spark plug in sequence using insulated
spark plug wire removers. Locate cylinder with defective
bearing by listening for abnormal noise that stops when
spark plug is shorted out.
Noise from connecting rods or from
connecting rod bearings
(Faulty connecting rods or
Bearing or crankshaft pin worn Replace connecting rod bearings
and crankshaft or regrind crankshaft
pin and install the undersize bearing
connecting rod bearings usually
make an abnormal noise slightly
higher than the crank bearing noise,
which becomes more evident when
Crankpin out of round Replace connecting rod bearings
which becomes more evident when
engine is accelerated)
Connecting rod bent Correct or replace
g )
Connecting rod bearing seized Replace connecting rod bearings
Abnormal noise stops when the spark plug on the cylinder
with defective part is shorted out.
Piston and cylinder noise
(Faulty piston or cylinder usually
k bi d h i l
Piston clearance increased due to
cylinder wear
Replace piston and cylinder body
makes a combined mechanical
thumping noise which increases
Piston seized Replace piston and cylinder body
g
when engine is suddenly accelerated
but diminishes gradually as the
Piston ring broken Replace piston and cylinder body
but diminishes gradually as the
engine warms up) Piston defective Replace pistons and others
Short out each spark plug and listen for change in engine
noise.
Piston pin noise
(Piston makes noise each time it
goes up and down)
Piston pin or piston pin hole worn Replace piston, pi ston pi n and
connecting rod assy
The slapping sound stops when spark plug on bad
cylinder is shorted out.
Timing belt noise Timing belt tension is incorrect Replace pusher or adjust the tension
pulley or replace timing belt
Tensioner bearing defective Replace
Timing belt defective Replace
Timing pulley defective Replace
Timing belt comes in contact with
timing cover
Replace timing belt and timing cover
Valve noise Valve clearance incorrect Replace adjusting shim
Valve and valve guide seized Replace valve and valve guide
Valve spring broken or weakened Replace
Valve seat offpositioned Correct
Camshaft worn out Replace
Crankshaft noise Crankshaft end play excessive
(noise occurs when clutch is
engaged)
Replace thrust bearing
Engine knocking Preignition due to use of spark plugs
of inadequate heat range
nstall Spark Plugs of adequate heat
range
Carbon deposits in combustion
chambers
Clean
Fuel too low in octane rating Replace fuel
Wide Open Throttle enrichment
system failure
Refer to Section 6E
Selection of transmission gear
incorrect
Caution operator of incorrect gear
selection
Engine overheating Refer to Engine Lacks Power
Others Water pump defective Replace
Drive belt slipping Replace auto tentioner or drive belt
AbnormaI Combustion
Trouble in fuel system Fuel pressure control valve defective Replace
Fuel filter clogged Replace
Fuel pump clogged Clean or replace
Fuel tank or fuel pipe clogged Clean or replace
Fuel injector clogged Clean or replace
Fuel pump relay defective Replace
Power supply cable for fuel pump
Reconnect, correct or replace
Mass Airflow (MAF) sensor circuit
open or defective
Correct or replace
MAF Sensor defective Replace
Correct or replace
defective
Replace
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT)
Sensor circuit open or shorted
Correct or replace
ECT Sensor defective Replace
Throttle Position Sensor adjustment
incorrect
Readjust
Throttle Position Sensor connector
poor connections
Reconnect
Vehicle Speed Sensor cable poor
connections or defective
Correct or replace
Vehicle Speed Sensor loosely fixed Fix tightly
Vehicle Speed Sensor in wrong
contact or defective
Replace
Powertrain Control Module cable
poor connections or defective
Correct or replace
Trouble in emission control system Heated Oxygen Sensor circuit open Correct or replace
Heated Oxygen Sensor defective Replace
Signal vacuum hose loosely fitted or
defective
Correct or replace
EGR Valve circuit open or shorted Correct or replace
defective
Replace
ECT Sensor circuit open or shorted Correct or replace
Canister Purge Valve circuit open or
shorted
Correct or replace
Canister Purge Valve defective Replace
ECT Sensor defective Replace
Positive Crankcase Ventilation
(PCV) valve and hose clogged
Correct or replace
Evaporator system Refer to Section 6E
Trouble in ignition system Refer to Engine Lacks Power
Trouble in cylinder head parts Carbon deposits in combustion
chamber
Remove carbon
Carbon deposit on valve, valve seat
and valve guide
Remove carbon
Engine OiI Consumption Excessive
Oil leaking Oil pan drain plug loose Retighten or replace gasket
Crankcase fixing bolts loosened Retighten
Oil pan setting bolts loosened Retighten
Oil pan gasket broken Replace gasket
Front cover retaining bolts loose or
gasket broken
Retighten or replace gasket
Head cover fixing bolts loose or
gasket broken
Retighten or replace gasket
Oil cooler adapter cracked Replace
Oil cooler center bolt loose Retighten
Oil cooler Oring broken Replace
Oil cooler piping loose or broken Retighten or replace
Oil filter adapter cracked Replace
Oil filter attaching bolt loose or rubber
gasket broken
Retighten or replace oil filter
Oil cooler broken Replace
Crankshaft front or rear oil seal
defective
Replace oil seal
Oil pressure unit loose or broken Retighten or replace
Blowby gas hose broken Replace hose
Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve
clogged
Clean
Engine/Transmission coupling failed Replace oil seal
Oil leaking into combustion
chambers due to poor seal in valve
Valve stem oil seal defective Replace
chambers due to oor seal in valve
system
Valve stem or valve guide worn Replace valve and valve guide
Oil leaking into combustion
chambers due to poor seal in cylinder
t
Cylinders and pistons worn
excessively
Replace cylinder body assembly and
pistons
parts
Piston ring gaps incorrectly
positioned
Correct
Piston rings set with wrong side up Correct
Piston ring sticking Replace cylinder body assembly and
pistons
Piston ring and ring groove worn Replace pistons and others
Return ports in oil rings clogged Clean piston and replace rings
Positive Crankcase Ventilation
System malfunctioning
Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve
clogged
Clean
Others mproper oil viscosity Use oi l of recommended S.A.E.
viscosity
Continuous high speed driving
and/or severe usage such as trailer
towing
Continuous high speed operation
and/or severe usage will normally
cause increased oil consumption
FueI Consumption Excessive
Trouble in fuel system Mixture too rich or too lean due to
trouble in fuel injection system
Refer to Abnormal Combustion
Fuel cut function does not work Refer to Abnormal Combustion
Trouble in ignition system Misfiring or abnormal combustion
due to trouble in ignition system
Refer to Hard Start or Abnormal
Combustion
Others Engine idle speed too high Reset dle Air Control Valve
Returning of accelerator control
sluggish
Correct
Fuel system leakage Correct or replace
Clutch slipping Correct
Brake drag Correct
Selection of transmission gear
incorrect
Caution operator of incorrect gear
selection
Excessive Exhaust Gas
Recirculation flow due to trouble in
Exhaust Gas Recirculation system
Refer to Abnormal Combustion
Lubrication ProbIems
Oil pressure too low Wrong oil in use Replace with correct engine oil
Relief valve sticking Replace
Oil pump not operating properly Correct or replace
Oil pump strainer clogged Clean or replace strainer
Oil pump worn Replace
Oil pressure gauge defective Correct or replace
Crankshaft bearing or connecting
rod bearing worn
Replace
Oil contamination Wrong oil in use Replace with correct engine oil
Oil filter clogged Replace oil filter
Cylinder head gasket damage Replace gasket
Burned gases leaking Replace piston and piston rings or
cylinder body assembly
Oil not reaching valve system Oil passage in cylinder head or
cylinder body clogged
Clean or correct
Engine OiI Pressure Check
1. Check for dirt, gasoline or water in the engine oil.
a. Check the viscosity of the oil.
b. Change the oil if the viscosity is outside the
specified standard.
c. Refer to the Maintenance and Lubrication section
of this manual.
2. Check the engine oil level.
The level should fall somewhere between the ADD
and the FULL marks on the oil level dipstick.
f the oil level does not reach the ADD mark on the
oil level dipstick, engine oil must be added.
3. Remove the oil pressure unit.
4. nstall an oil pressure gauge.
5. Start the engine and allow the engine to reach normal
operating temperature (About 80 C).
6. Measure the oil pressure.
OiI pressure shouId be:
392-550 kPa (56.9-80.4 psi) at 3000 rpm.
7. Stop the engine.
8. Remove the oil pressure gauge.
9. nstall the oil pressure unit.
10. Start the engine and check for leaks.
MaIfunction Indicator Lamp
The instrument panel CHECK ENGNE Malfunction
ndicator Lamp (ML) illuminates by self diagnostic
system when the system checks the starting of engine, or
senses malfunctions.
CHECK ENGNE ML does not
illuminate at the starting of engine
Bulb defective Replace
illuminate at the starting of engine
ML circuit open Correct or replace
Command signal circuit to operate
self diagnostic system shorted
Correct or replace
Engine Control Module (PCM) cable
loosely connected, disconnected or
defective
Correct or replace
PCM defective Replace
CHECK ENGNE ML illuminates,
and stays on
Deterioration of heated oxygen
sensor internal element
Replace
Heated oxygen sensor connector
terminal improper contact
Reconnect properly
Heated oxygen sensor lead wire
shorted
Correct
Heated oxygen sensor circuit open Correct or replace
Deterioration of engine coolant
temperature sensor internal element
Replace
Engine coolant temperature sensor
connector terminal improper contact
Reconnect properly
lead wire shorted
Correct
circuit open
Correct or replace
Throttle position sensor open or
shorted circuits
Correct or replace
Deterioration of crankshaft position
sensor
Replace
Crankshaft position sensor circuit
open or shorted
Correct or replace
Vehicle speed sensor circuit open Correct or replace
Manifold absolute pressure sensor
Correct or replace
ntake air temperature sensor circuit
open or shorted
Correct or replace
Fuel injector circuit open or shorted Correct or replace
PCM driver transistor defective Replace PCM
Malfunctioning of PCM RAM
(Random Access Memory) or ROM
(Read Only Memory)
Replace PCM
CyIinder Head Cover LH
RemovaI
1. Disconnect battery ground cable.
2. Drain engine coolant from faucet bottom of radiator.
3. Remove engine cover from the dowels on the
common chamber.
F06RW018
4. Remove air cleaner duct assembly (3) and air cleaner
element (4).
130RW001
Legend
(1) Positive Crankcase Ventilation Hose Connector
(2) ntake Air Temperature Sensor
(3) Air Cleaner Duct Assembly
(4) Air Cleaner Element
(5) Mass Air Flow Sensor
NOTE: Disconnect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor
connector, intake air temperature (AT) sensor connector,
and positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose before
hand the air cleaner duct assembly is removed.
5. Disconnect following wiring connectors and bonding
cable:
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor
Vacuum Switching Valve (VSV) for nduction Air
Control Valve (ACV) actuator
gnition coils for left bank
Fuel injectors for left bank
dle air control (AC) valve
Throttle position sensor (TPS)
Bonding cable
Others as necessitated
6. Disconnect following vacuum hoses:
Brake master VAC
Canister
VSV for ACV actuator
Duty solenoid valve
PCV
7. Disconnect radiator upper and lower hoses
8. Remove engine harness from the cylinder head
cover.
9. Remove the upper fan guide.
10. Remove cooling fan and clutch assembly.
11. Remove drive belt by pushing down the auto
tensioner using spanner as illustrated.
F06RW019
Legend
(1) Crankshaft Pulley
(2) Generator
(3) Auto Tensioner
(4) dle Pulley
(5) Cooling Fan Pulley
(6) Power Steering Oil Pump
(7) Drive Belt
(8) Air Conditioner Compressor
12. Remove power steering oil pump pulley.
13. Remove fan pulley and bracket assembly.
14. Remove idle pulley assembly.
15. Remove auto tensioner assembly.
16. Remove crankshaft pulley using 5884001330
crankshaft holder.
17. Remove timing belt covers from the right bank side to
the left bank side in order.
18. Remove ignition coil assemblies for the left side bank.
060RW018
Legend
(1) gnition Coil Connectors
(2) Bolts
(3) gnition Coil Assemblies
19. Remove cylinder head cover assembly.
InstaIIation
1. nstall cylinder head cover.
Clean the sealing surface of cylinder head and
cylinder head cover to remove oil and sealing
materials completely.
Apply sealant (TB-1207B or equivalent) of bead
diameter 2-3 mm at eight place of arched area of
camshaft bracket on front and rear sides.
The cylinder head cover must be installed within 5
minutes after sealant application to prevent
premature hardening of sealant.
014RW144
Tighten bolts to the specified torque.
Torque : 9 Nm (0.9 Kgm/78 Ib in)
010RW008
2. nstall ignition coil assemblies and tighten the fixing
bolts to the specified torque.
3. nstall timing belt covers from left bank side to right
bank side, and tighten the fixing bolts and nut to the
specified torque.
Torque : 19 Nm (1.9 Kgm/14 Ib ft)
4. nstall crankshaft pulley and tighten the fixing bolt
using 5884001330 crankshaft holder to the
specified torque.
5. nstall auto tensioner assembly and tighten the fixing
Torque :
Shorter BoIt : 20 Nm (2.0 Kgm/14 Ib ft)
Longer BoIt : 39 Nm (4.0 Kgm/29 Ib ft)
6. nstall idle pulley and bracket assembly and tighten
the fixing bolt to the specified torque.
7. nstall fan pulley and bracket assembly and tighten
the fixing bolts and nut to the specified torque.
8. nstall power steering oil pump pulley and tighten the
fixing bolt to the specified torque.
9. nstall drive belt by pushing down the auto tensioner
using spanner as shown in the removal step of drive
belt.
10. nstall cooling fan and clutch assembly and tighten
the fixing bolts to the specified torque.
11. nstall upper fan guide and clip both side and tighten
12. nstall engine harness and tighten the fixing bolts of
the retaining clip and bracket to the specified torque.
13. Connect radiator upper and lower hoses and clip
them securely.
14. Connect vacuum hoses of those which were
disconnected in the removal step.
15. Connect wiring connectors and bonding cable of
those which were disconnected in the removal step.
16. nstall air cleaner element and air cleaner duct
assembly, and clip the both end securely.
17. Connect MAF sensor connector, AT sensor
connector and PCV hose.
18. nstall engine cover mating with the dowels.
CyIinder Head Cover RH
RemovaI
2. Remove battery from the vehicle.
3. Drain engine coolant from faucet bottom of radiator.
4. Remove engine cover from the dowels on the
common chamber.
F06RW018
5. Remove air cleaner duct assembly (3) and air cleaner
element (4).
130RW001
Legend
NOTE: Disconnect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor
connector, intake air temperature (AT) sensor connector,
and positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose before
hand the air cleaner duct assembly is removed.
6. Disconnect following wiring connectors and bonding
cable:
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve
Fuel injectors for right bank
gnition coils for right bank
Bonding cable
Othres as necessitated
7. Disconnect radiator upper and lower hoses.
8. Remove engine harness from the cylinder head
cover.
9. Remove the upper fan guide.
10. Remove cooling fan and clutch assembly.
11. Remove drive belt by pushing down the auto
tensioner using spanner as illustrated.
F06RW019
Legend
(2) Generator
(3) Auto Tensioner
(4) dle Pulley
(7) Drive Belt
12. Remove fan pulley and bracket assembly.
14. Remove auto tensioner assembly.
15. Remove crankshaft pulley using 5884001330
crankshaft holder.
16. Remove timing belt covers for right bank side.
17. Reomve timing belt covers for right bank side.
060RW001
Legend
(1) gnition Coil Connectors
(2) Bolts
(3) gnition Coil Assemblies
18. Remove ignition coil assemblies for the right side
bank.
19. Remove cylinder head cover assembly.
InstaIIation
1. nstall cylinder head cover.
Clean the sealing surface of cylinder head and
cylinder head cover to remove oil and sealing
materials completely.
Apply sealant (TB-1207B or equivalent) of bead
diameter 2-3 mm at eight place of arched area of
camshaft bracket on front and rear sides.
The cylinder head cover must be installed within 5
minutes after sealant application before the sealant
hardens.
014RW143
Tighten bolts in turn to the specified torque.
Torque : 8.8 Nm (0.9 Kgm/78 Ib in)
010RW007
2. nstall ignition coil assemblies and tighten the fixing
3. nstall timing belt cover and tighten the fixing bolts and
nut to the specified torque.
4. nstall crankshaft pulley and tighten the fixing bolt
using 5884001330 crankshaft holder to the
specified torque.
Torque : 167 Nm (17 Kgm/123 Ib ft)
5. nstall auto tensioner assembly and tighten the fixing
Torque :
Shorter BoIt : 20 Nm (2.0 Kgm/14.8 Ib ft)
Longer BoIt : 39 Nm (4.0 Kgm/28.8 Ib ft)
6. nstall idle pulley assembly and tighten the fixing bolt
to the specified torque.
Torque : 52 Nm (5.3 Kgm/38.4 Ib ft)
7. nstall fan pulley and bracket assembly and tighten
the fixing bolts and nut to the specified torque.
Torque : 22 Nm (2.2 Kgm/16.2 Ib ft)
8. nstall drive belt by pushing down the auto tensioner
using spanner as shown in the removal step of drive
belt.
9. nstall cooling fan clutch assembly and tighten the
fixing bolts to the specified torque.
Torque : 10 Nm (1.0 Kgm/88.5 Ib in)
10. nstall upper fan guide and clip both side and tighten
11. nstall engine harness and tighten the fixing bolts of
the retaining clip and brackets to the specified torque.
12. Connect radiator upper and lower hoses and clip
them securely.
13. Connect wiring connectors and bonding cable of
those which were disconnected in the removal step.
14. nstall air cleaner element and air cleaner duct
assembly, and the clip both end securely.
15. Connect MAF sensor connector, AT sensor
connector and PCV hose.
16. nstall engine cover mating with the dowels.
Common Chamber
RemovaI
2. Remove air cleaner duct assembly.
130RW001
Legend
(5) Air Flow Sensor
3. Disconnect accelerator pedal cable from throttle body
and cable bracket.
4. Disconnect vacuum booster hose from common
chamber.
5. Disconnect connector from manifold absolute
pressure sensor, idle air control valve, throttle
position sensor, solenoid valve, electric vacuum
sensing valve, and EGR valve.
6. Disconnect vacuum hose on canister VSV and
positive crankcase ventilation hose, fuel rail
assembly with pressure control valve bracket.
7. Remove ventilation hose from throttle valve and
intake duct and remove water hose.
8. Remove the four throttle body fixing bolts.
9. Remove exhaust gas recirculation valve assembly
fixing bolt and nut on common chamber and remove
EGR valve assembly.
10. Remove two bolts from common chamber rear side
for remove fuel hose bracket.
11. Remove common chamber four bolts and four nuts
then remove the common chamber.
025RW001
Legend
(1) Common Chamber
(2) Throttle Valve Assembly
(3) Bolt
InstaIIation
1. nstall common chamber and tighten bolts and nuts to
the specified torque.
Torque :
BoIt : 25 Nm (2.5 Kgm/18 Ib ft)
Nut : 25 Nm (2.5 Kgm/18 Ib ft)
2. nstall fuel hose bracket and tighten bolts to specified
torque.
3. nstall exhaust gas recirculation valve assembly and
tighten bolt and nut to the specified torque.
4. nstall throttle body and tighten bolts to the specified
torque.
5. nstall ventilating hose to throttle valve and intake
duct.
6. Connect vacuum hoses on canister VSV and positive
crankcase ventilation hose. Tighten bolts for fuel rail
assembly with pressure control valve bracket.
7. Connect each connector without fail.
8. Connect vacuum booster hose.
9. Connect accelerator pedal cable.
Accelerator pedal cable adjustment
1. Loosen the adjusting nut and screw cap.
2. Pull outer cable while fully closing the throttle
valve.
3. Tighten adjusting nut and lock nut temporarily.
4. Loosen adjusting nut by three turns and tighten
lock nut.
Then manually operating the throttle valve, make
sure that the valve lever returns up to the stopper
screw.
f it does not reach the stopper screw, repeat from
step 1.
035RW004
Legend
(1) Clearance
(2) Lock Nut
(3) Adjusting Nut
10. nstall air cleaner duct assembly.
130RW001
Legend
(4) Air Cleaner Element.
Exhaust ManifoId LH
RemovaI
2. Remove air cleaner duct assembly.
130RW001
Legend
3. Remove exhaust front pipe three stud nuts from
exhaust side and two nuts from rear end of exhaust
front pipe.
150RW062
Legend
(1) Exhaust Front Pipe LH
4. Remove heat protector two fixing bolts then the heat
protector.
5. Remove a bolt on engine LH side for air conditioner
(A/C) compressor bracket and loosen two bolts for
A/C compressor then move A/C compressor to front
side.
6. Remove exhaust manifold eight fixing nuts and
remove exhaust manifold from the engine.
InstaIIation
1. nstall exhaust manifold and tighten exhaust manifold
fixing nuts to the specified torque with new nuts.
Torque: 57 Nm (5.8 Kgm/42 Ib ft)
2. nstall heat protector.
3. nstall exhaust front pipe and tighten three stud nuts
and two nuts to the specified torque.
Torque :
Stud nuts: 67 Nm (6.8 Kgm/49 Ib ft)
Nuts: 43 Nm (4.4 Kgm/32 Ib ft)
150RW062
Legend
4. Set A/C compressor to normal position and tighten
two bolts and a bolt to the specified torque.
5. nstall air cleaner duct assembly.
Exhaust ManifoId RH
RemovaI
2. Remove torsion bar. Refer to removal procedure in
Front Suspension section.
3. Remove exhaust front pipe three stud nuts and two
nuts then disconnect exhaust front pipe.
150RW061
Legend
(1) Exhaust Front Pipe RH
(2) O2 Sensor (for GM)
4. Remove heat protector two fixing bolts then the heat
protector.
5. Remove exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) pipe fixing
bolt and nut from exhaust manifold, remove a nut
from EGR valve and a bolt from rear side of cylinder
head for bracket of EGR pipe then remove the EGR
pipe.
056RW001
Legend
(1) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
(2) EGR Pipe
6. Remove exhaust manifold eight fixing nuts then the
exhaust manifold.
InstaIIation
1. nstall exhaust manifold and tighten bolts to the
specified torque.
2. nstall the EGR pipe, tighten bolt and nut on exhaust
manifold to specified torque.
Tighten nut to EGR valve to the specified torque.
Tighten the bolt for EGR pipe bracket to specified
torque.
3. nstall heat protector
4. nstall exhaust front pipe and tighten three stud nuts
and two nuts to the specified torque.
Torque:
5. nstall the torsion bar and readjust the vehicle height.
Refer to installation and vehicle height adjustment
procedure for Front Suspension.
Crankshaft PuIIey
RemovaI
2. Remove air cleaner assembly.
130RW001
Legend
3. Remove radiator upper fan shroud from radiator.
4. Move serpentine belt tensioner to loose side using
wrench then remove serpentine belt.
850RW001
Legend
(3) Tensioner
(4) Generator
(7) Serpentine Belt
5. Remove cooling fan assembly four fixing nuts, then
the cooling fan assembly.
6. Remove crankshaft pulley assembly using J-8614-01
crankshaft holder, hold crankshaft pulley then
remove center bolt and pulley.
InstaIIation
1. nstall crankshaft pulley using J-8614-01 crankshaft
holder, hold the crankshaft pulley and tighten center
bolt to the specified torque.
2. nstall cooling fan assembly and tighten bolts/nuts to
Torque : 22 Nm (2.2 Kgm/16 Ib ft) for fan puIIey
and fan bracket.
Torque : 10 Nm (1.0 Kgm/88.5 Ib in) for fan and
cIutch assembIy.
3. Move serpentine belt tensioner to loose side using
wrench, then install serpentine belt to normal
position.
4. nstall radiator upper fan shroud.
5. nstall air cleaner assembly.
Timing BeIt
RemovaI
3. Remove radiator upper fan shroud from radiator.
4. Move drive belt tensioner to loose side using wrench
then remove drive belt.
850RW001
Legend
(3) Tensioner
(4) Generator
(7) Drive Belt
5. Remove cooling fan assembly four nuts, then the
cooling fan assembly.
6. Remove cooling fan drive pulley assembly.
8. Remove serpentine belt tensioner assembly.
9. Remove power steering pump assembly.
10. Remove crankshaft pulley assembly using
5884001330 crankshaft holder, hold crankshaft
pulley remove center bolt, then the pulley.
11. Remove right side timing belt cover then left side
timing belt cover.
12. Remove lower timing belt cover
13. Remove pusher.
CAUTION: The pusher prevents air from entering
the oiI chamber. Its rod must aIways be facing
upward.
014RW011
Legend
(1) Up Side
(2) Down Side
(3) Direction For nstallation
(4) Locking Pin
14. Remove timing belt.
CAUTION:
1. Do not bend or twist the beIt, otherwise its core
couId be damaged. The beIt shouId not be bent at
a radius Iess than 30 mm.
2. Do not aIIow oiI or other chemicaI substances to
come in contact with the beIt. They wiII shorten
the Iife.
3. Do not attempt to pry or stretch the beIt with a
screw driver or any other tooI during instaIIation.
4. Store timing beIt in a cooI and dark pIace. Never
expose the beIt direct sunIight or heat.
InstaIIation
NOTE: For correct belt installation, the letter on the belt
must be able to be read as viewed from the front of the
vehicle.
014RY00042
Legend
(1) Crankshaft Timing Pulley
(2) RH Bank Camshaft Drive Gear Pulley
(3) Water Pump Pulley
(4) dle Pulley
(5) LH Bank Camshaft Drive Gear Pulley
(6) Tension Pulley
014RY00043
Legend
(7) Alignment Mark on Oil Pump.
(8) Alignment Mark on Timing Belt
(9) Alignment Mark (notch) on Crankshaft Timing
Pulley.
(10) Alignment Mark (groove) on Crankshaft Timing
Pulley.
014RW006
Legend
(1) Timing Belt
(2) Engine Rotation Direction
(3) Cylinder Head Side
1. nstall timing belt.
1. Align the mark (notch) of crankshaft timing pulley
(2) with mark on oil pump (1).
Align the mark (groove) on the crankshaft timing
pulley (3) with alignment mark (white dots line) on
the timing belt (4).
NOTE: When timing marks are aligned, No.2 piston will
be on Top Dead Center.
014RW003
Legend
(1) Alignment Mark on Oil Pump
(2) Groove on Crankshaft Timing Pulley
(3) Alignment Mark on Crankshaft Timing Pulley
(4) Alignment Mark on Timing Belt
2. Align the alignment mark on the RH bank
camshaft drive gear pulley (2) to the alignment
mark of the cylinder head cover RH (3).
3. Align the alignment mark (white line) on the timing
belt (1) with alignment mark on the RH bank
camshaft drive gear pulley (2) (on the left side as
viewed from the front of the vehicle) and put the
timing belt on the camshaft drive gear pulley.
Secure the belt with a double clip or equivalent
clip.
014RW00004
Legend
(1) Alignment Mark on Timing Belt (White line).
(2) Alignment Mark on Camshaft Drive Gear
Pulley.
(3) Alignemnt Mark on Cylinder Head Cover RH.
4. Align the alignment mark on the LH bank
camshaft drive gear pulley (2) to the alignment
mark of the cylinder head cover LH (3).
5. Align the alignment mark (white line) on the timing
belt (1) with the alignment mark on the LH bank
camshaft drive gear pulley (2).
When aligning the timing marks, use a wrench to
turn the camshaft drive gear pulley, then set the
timing mark between timing belt and camshaft
drive gear pulley and put the timing belt on the
camshaft drive gear pulley.
Secure the belt with a double clip or equivalent
clip.
NOTE: t is recommended for easy installation that the
belt be secured with a double clip or equivalent clip after
it is installed the timing belt to each pulley.
014RW00005
Legend
(1) Alignment Mark on Timing Belt (White line).
Pulley.
(3) Alignemnt Mark on Cylinder Head Cover LH.
6. nstall crankshaft pulley temporarily and tighten
center bolt by hand (do not use a wrench).
Turn the crankshaft pulley clockwise to give some
belt slack between the crankshaft timing pulley
and the RH bank camshaft drive gear pulley.
2. nstall pusher and tighten bolt to the specified torque.
1. nstall the pusher while pushing the tension pulley
to the belt.
2. Pull out pin from the pusher.
NOTE: When reusing the pusher, press the pusher with
approximately 100Kg to retract the rod, and insert a pin
(1.4 mm piano wire).
014RW011
Legend
(1) Up Side
(2) Down Side
(3) Direction for nstallation
(4) Locking Pin
3. Remove double clips or equivalent clips, from
timing belt pulleys.
Turn the crankshaft pulley clockwise by two turns.
3. nstall timing belt cover.
Remove crankshaft pulley that was installed in step
1 item 5.
Tighten bolts to the specified torque.
020RW004
Legend
(1) Timing Belt Cover RH
(2) Timing Belt Cover LH
(3) Timing Belt Cover Lower
020RW003
Legend
(1) Timing Belt Cover
(2) Rubber Bushing
(3) Sealing Rubber
(4) Cylinder Body
4. nstall crankshaft pulley using 5884001330, hold
the crankshaft pulley and tighten center bolt to the
specified torque.
5. nstall fan pulley bracket and tighten fixing bolts to the
specified torque.
6. nstall power steering pump assembly and tighten to
Torque :
M8 boIt : 22 Nm (2.2 Kgm/16 Ib ft)
M10 boIt : 46 Nm (4.7 Kgm/34 Ib ft)
and fan bracket.
cIutch assembIy.
8. Move drive belt tensioner to loose side using wrench,
then install drive belt to normal position.
850RW001
Legend
(3) Auto Tensioner
(4) Generator
(7) dle Pulley
(8) Drive Belt
9. nstall radiator upper fan shroud.
Camshaft
RemovaI
2. Remove crankshaft pulley.
Refer to removal procedure for Crankshaft Pulley in
this manual.
Refer to removal procedure for Timing Belt in this
manual.
4. Remove cylinder head cover LH.
Refer to removal procedure for Cylinder Head
Cover LH in this manual.
5. Remove cylinder head cover RH.
Cover RH in this manual.
6. Remove twenty fixing bolts from inlet and exhaust
camshaft bracket on one side bank, then camshaft
brackets.
014RW027
7. Remove camshaft assembly.
8. Remove fixing bolt for camshaft drive gear pulley.
9. Remove three fixing bolts from camshaft drive gear
retainer, then camshaft drive gear assembly.
014RW026
Legend
(1) Right Bank
(2) Left Bank
(3) Timing Mark on Retainer
InstaIIation
1. nstall camshaft drive gear assembly and tighten
three bolts to the specified torque.
2. Tighten bolt for camshaft drive gear assembly pulley
3. Tighten sub gear setting bolt.
1. Use the 5884024430 gear spring lever to turn
sub gear to right direction until it aligns with the M5
bolt hole between camshaft driven gear and sub
gear.
2. Tighten the M5 bolt to a suitable torque to prevent
the sub gear from moving.
014RW041
4. nstall camshaft assembly and camshaft brackets,
tighten twenty bolts on one side bank to the specified
torque.
1. Apply engine oil to camshaft journal and bearing
surface of camshaft bracket.
2. Align timing mark on intake camshaft (one dot for
right bank, two dot for left bank) and exhaust
camshaft (one dot for right bank, two dots for left
bank) to timing mark on camshaft drive gear (one
dot).
014RW020
Legend
(1) ntake Camshaft Timing Gear for Right Bank
(2) ntake Camshaft Timing Gear for Left Bank
(3) Exhaust Camshaft Timing Gear
(4) Discrimination Mark
(L: Left bank intake, R: Right bank intake)
(LE: Left bank exhaust, RE: Right bank
exhaust)
014RW023
Legend
(1) Right Bank Camshaft Drive Gear
(2) Left Bank Camshaft Drive Gear
(3) Timing Mark on Drive Gear
(4) Dowel Pin
014RW024
Legend
(1) Right Bank
(2) Left Bank
(4) Alignment Mark on Camshaft
(5) Alignment Mark on Retainer
3. Tighten twenty bolts on numerical order an one
side bank as shown in the illustration.
014RW031
5. nstall cylinder head cover RH.
Refer to installation procedure for CYLNDER
HEAD COVER RH in this manual.
6. nstall cylinder head cover LH.
Refer to installation procedure for CYLNDER
HEAD COVER LH in this manual.
Refer to installation procedure for TMNG BELT in
this manual.
8. nstall crankshaft pulley.
Refer to installation procedure for CRANKSHAFT
PULLEY in this manual.
1. Loosen adjusting nut and lock nut.
2. Pull outer cable while closing fully the throttle
valve.
lock nut.
Then, manually operating the throttle valve, make
screw.
step 1.
035RW004
Legend
(1) Clearance
(2) Lock Nut
(3) Adjusting Nut
CyIinder Head
RemovaI
1. Remove engine hood.
3. Drain radiator coolant.
4. Drain engine oil.
this manual.
manual.
7. Remove cylinder head cover LH.
8. Remove cylinder head cover RH.
9. Remove common chamber.
Refer to removal procedure for Common Chamber
in this manual.
10. Remove cylinder head assembly.
1. Loosen eights bolts for tight cylinder head.
014RW028
Legend
(1) Cylinder Head
(2) Cylinder Head Bolt
(3) Camshaft
InstaIIation
1. nstall cylinder head assembly to cylinder block.
1. Put cylinder head gasket on the cylinder block.
NOTE: There is discrimination mark R for right bank
and L for left bank on the cylinder head gasket as shown
in the illustration.
Do not reuse cylinder head gasket.
011RW005
2. Align dowel pin hole to dowel pin on the cylinder
block.
3. Tighten two bolts temporarily by hand to prevent
the cylinder head assembly from moving.
4. Using 9851142090 cylinder head bolt wrench,
tighten bolts in numerical order as shown in the
illustration to the specified torque.
NOTE: Do not reuse cylinder head bolts.
Do not apply any lubricant to the cylinder head bolts.
Torque :
Temporary : 29 Nm (3.0 Kgm/21 Ib ft)
FinaI : 64 Nm (6.5 Kgm/47 Ib ft)
014RW029
2. nstall common chamber.
Refer to installation procedure for Common
Chamber in this manual.
3. nstall cylinder head cover RH.
Refer to installation procedure for Cylinder Head
4. nstall cylinder head cover LH.
Refer to installation procedure for Cylinder Head
Refer to installation procedure for Timing Belt in this
manual.
Refer to installation procedure for Crankshaft
Pulley in this manual.
2. Pull outer cable while closing fully the throttle
valve.
lock nut.
screw.
step 1.
035RW004
Legend
(1) Clearance
(2) Lock Nut
(3) Adjusting Nut
VaIve Stem OiI ControIIer , VaIve Spring and VaIve Guide
RemovaI
Drain engine coolant.
Refer to removal procedure for Cylinder Head in
this manual.
4. Remove camshaft.
Refer to removal procedure for Camshaft in this
manual.
5. Remove tappets with shim.
NOTE: Do not damage shim surface.
6. Remove valve springs using 5884024460 valve
spring compressor and 5884025470 valve spring
compressor adapter then remove upper valve spring
seat and lower seat.
014RW042
7. Remove oil controller using 5884006230 oil
controller remover, remove each valve stem oil
controller.
8. Remove valve guide using 5884025490 valve
guide replacer.
InstaIIation
1. nstall valve guide using 5884024420 valve guide
installer.
2. nstall oil controller using 5884006240 oil
controller installer.
3. nstall lower valve spring seat, valve spring and upper
valve spring seat then put split collars on the upper
spring seat, using 5884024460 valve spring
compressor and 5884025470 valve spring
compressor adapter to install the split collars.
014RW042
4. nstall tappet with shim.
5. nstall camshaft assembly.
Refer to installation procedure for Camshaft in this
manual.
6. nstall cylinder head assembly.
Refer to installation procedure for Cylinder Head in
this manual.
7. Fill engine oil until full level.
8. Fill engine coolant.
Piston, Piston Ring and Connecting Rod
RemovaI
F06RW011
Legend
(1) Cylinder Head
(2) Crankcase with Oil Pan
(3) Oil Pipe
(4) Oil Strainer
(5) Oil Gallery
(6) Piston with Connecting Rod Assembly
Refer to removal procedure for Cylinder Head in
this manual.
2. Remove crankcase with Oil Pan.
Refer to removal procedure for Oil Pan and
Crankcase in this manual.
3. Remove oil strainer fixing bolts, remove oil strainer
assembly with O-ring.
050RW002
Legend
(1) Oil Pump
(2) Oil Strainer
(3) Oil Gallery
(4) From Oil Filter
(5) To Oil Filter
4. Remove three fixing bolts, oil pipe with O-ring.
5. Remove eight fixing bolts, oil gallery.
6. Remove piston with connecting rod assembly, before
removing the bearing cap, remove carbon on the top
of cylinder bore and push piston with connecting rod
out from the top of cylinder bore.
InstaIIation
1. nstall piston with connecting rod assembly.
Apply engine oil to cylinder bore, connecting rod
bearing and crank pin.
When installing the piston, its front mark must face
the engine front side.
The bearing cap number must be the same as
connecting rod number.
Apply engine oil to the thread and seating surface of
each nut.
Tighten nuts to the specified torque.
After tightening the nuts, make sure that the
crankshaft rotates smoothly.
NOTE: Do not apply engine oil to the bearing back faces
and connecting rod bearing fitting surfaces.
015RW003
Legend
(1) Piston Front Mark
(2) Piston Grade
(3) Connecting Rod Front Mark
2. nstall oil gallery and tighten the bolts in two steps, in
the order shown in illustration.
Torque :
1st step : 29 Nm (3.0 Kgm/21 Ib ft)
2nd step : 55 -65
051RS009
3. nstall oil pipe with O-ring.
4. nstall oil strainer assembly with O-ring.
5. nstall crankcase with Oil Pan.
Refer to installation procedure for Oil Pan and
6. nstall cylinder head assembly.
Refer to installation procedure for Cylinder Head in
this manual.
Crankshaft and Main Bearings
RemovaI
F06RW010
Legend
(1) Engine Assembly
(3) Timing Belt Cover
(4) Timing Belt
(6) Oil Pipe
(7) Oil Strainer
(8) Oil Pump Assembly
(9) Cylinder Body Side Bolt
(10) Oil Gallery
(11) Flywheel
(12) Rear Oil Seal Retainer
(13) Connecting Rod Cap
(14) Crankshaft Main Bearing Cap
(15) Crankshaft and Main Bearing
1. Remove engine assembly.
Refer to removal procedure for Engine Assembly in
this manual.
manual.
3. Remove oil pan and crankcase.
4. Remove oil pipe with O-ring.
5. Remove oil strainer assembly with O-ring.
6. Remove oil pump assembly.
Refer to removal procedure for Oil Pump in this
manual.
7. Remove cylinder body side bolts.
8. Remove oil gallery.
9. Remove flywheel.
10. Remove rear oil seal retainer.
Refer to removal procedure for Rear Oil Seal in this
manual.
11. Remove connecting rod caps.
12. Remove crankshaft main bearing caps.
13. Remove crankshaft and main bearings.
InstaIIation
1. nstall crankshaft and main bearings.
nstall main bearing in the cylinder block and main
bearing cap respectively.
Apply new engine oil to upper and lower main
bearings.
NOTE:
Do not apply engine oil to the bearing back faces.
Make sure that main bearings are in correct position.
nstall crankshaft with care.
Apply engine oil to the thrust washer.
nstall thrust washer on No.3 journal.
Oil grooves in thrust washer must face the
crankshaft.
015RS012
015RS013
2. nstall crankshaft main bearing caps.
each bearing cap fixing bolt.
NOTE:
Do not apply engine oil to the bearing back faces.
nstall bearing caps in the order of numbers, starting
with cylinder block front side.
Tighten main bearing fixing bolts to the specified
torque.
After tightening the bolts, make sure that the
3. nstall connecting rod caps.
The cap number must be same as connecting rod
number.
each nut.
Tighten nuts to the specified torque.
After tightening the nuts, make sure that the
4. nstall rear oil seal retainer.
Remove oil on cylinder block and retainer fitting
surface.
Apply sealant (TB1207B or equivalent) to retainer
fitting surface as shown in illustration.
The oil seal retainer must be installed within 5
hardens.
015RW002
Legend
(1) Around Bolt Holes
(2) Around Dowel Pin
Apply engine oil to oil seal lip and align a dowel pin
hole in the cylinder block with that in the retainer.
Tighten retainer fixing bolts to the specified torque.
015RW001
5. nstall flywheel.
Clean tapped holes in the crankshaft.
Remove oil on crankshaft and flywheel fitting
surface.
NOTE:
Do not reuse the bolts.
Do not apply oil or thread lock to the bolts.
Tighten fixing bolts to the specified torque.
015RS018
6. nstall oil gallery.
Clean contact surface of oil gallery and main
bearing cap.
Apply engine oil to oil gallery fixing bolts and tighten
the bolts in two steps, in the order shown in
illustration.
Torque :
2nd step : 55 -65
7. nstall cylinder body side bolts and tighten bolts in
order to the specified torque.
NOTE: Do not apply the oil to the bolts.
012RS007
8. nstall oil pump assembly.
Remove oil on cylinder block and oil pump mounting
surface.
Apply sealant (TB1207B or equivalent) to the oil
pump mounting surface.
The oil pump assembly must be installed within 5
hardens.
Apply engine oil to oil seal lip.
nstall oil pump in the cylinder block and tighten
fixing bolts to the specified torque.
051RW002
Legend
051RW001
9. nstall oil strainer with O-ring, tighten to the specified
torque.
10. nstall oil pipe with O-ring, tighten fixing bolts to the
specified torque.
11. nstall crankcase.
Remove oil on crankcase mounting surface and dry
the surface.
Properly apply a 4.5 mm (0.7 in) wide bead of
sealant (TB1207C or equivalent) to the crankcase
mounting surface. The bead must be continuous.
The crankcase must be installed within 5 minutes
after sealant application before the sealant
hardens.
013RW010
013RW004
12. nstall oil pan
Remove oil on oil pan mounting surface and dry the
surface.
Properly apply a 4.5 mm (0.7 in) wide bead of
sealant (TB1207C or equivalent) to the oil pan
The oil pan must be installed within 5 minutes after
sealant application to prevent premature hardening
of sealant.
013RW003
013RW002
manual.
14. nstall engine assembly.
Refer to installation procedure for Engine in this
manual.
Rear OiI SeaI
RemovaI
1. Remove transmission assembly.
Refer to removal procedure for Transmission
section in this manual.
2. Remove flywheel.
3. Remove rear oil seal using a seal remover.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the crankshaft or oil seal
retainer when removing oil seal.
InstaIIation
1. Apply engine oil to oil seal lip and install oil seal using
5884022860.
015RS017
2. nstall flywheel.
Clean tapped holes in the crankshaft.
Remove oil on the crankshaft and flywheel
mounting surface.
NOTE: Do not reuse the bolts and do not apply oil or
thread lock to the bolts.
015RS018
3. nstall transmission.
See Transmission section in this manual.
CAUTION: When assembIing the engine and
transmission, confirm that doweIs have been
mounted in the specified positions at the engine
side. Take care that doweI positions are different
between the manuaI transmission and the automatic
transmission.
Otherwise, the transmission may be damaged.
012RS009
Engine AssembIy
RemovaI
035RW027
1. Disconnect battery ground and positive cable.
2. Remove battery.
3. Make alignment mark on the engine hood and hinges
before removal in order to return the hood to original
position exactly.
4. Remove engine hood.
5. Drain radiator coolant.
6. Disconnect accelerator cable and automatic cruise
control cable from throttle valve on common
chamber.
7. Disconnect air duct with air cleaner cover.
9. Disconnect canister vacuum hose.
10. Disconnect vacuum booster hose.
11. Disconnect three engine harness connectors.
12. Disconnect harness connector to transmission (left
front side of engine compartment), disconnect shift
on the fly harness connector from front side of front
axle and remove transmission harness bracket from
engine left side.
13. Disconnect ground cable between engine and frame.
14. Disconnect bonding cable connector on the back of
right dash panel.
15. Disconnect bonding cable terminal on the left bank.
16. Disconnect starter harness connector from starter.
17. Disconnect generator harness connector from
generator.
18. Disconnect coolant reserve tank hose from radiator.
19. Remove radiator upper and lower hoses.
20. Remove upper fan shroud.
21. Remove cooling fan assembly four fixing nuts, then
the cooling fan assembly.
then remove drive belt.
23. Remove power steering pump fixing bolts, then
power steering pump. Place the power steering pump
along with piping on the body side.
24. Remove air conditioning compressor fixing bolts from
bracket and place the compressor along with piping
on the body side.
25. Remove O2 sensor harness connectors from exhaust
front pipe.
26. Remove three exhaust pipe fixing nuts from each
bank.
27. Remove two exhaust pipe fixing nuts from each
exhaust pipe, then move exhaust pipe to rear side of
vehicle.
28. Remove flywheel dust covers.
29. Disconnect two heater hoses from engine.
30. Disconnect fuel hoses from right side of transmission.
CAUTION: PIug fueI pipes on engine side and fueI
hoses from fueI tank.
31. Remove transmission assembly. Refer to
Transmission section in this manual.
32. Support the engine by engine hoist.
33. Remove two left side engine mount fixing bolts from
engine mount on chassis side.
34. Remove two right side engine mount fixing bolts from
engine mount on chassis side.
35. Remove engine assembly.
InstaIIation
CAUTION: When assembIing the engine and
transmission, confirm that doweIs have been
mounted in the specified positions at the engine
side. Take care that doweI positions are different
between the manuaI transmission and the automatic
transmission.
If the engine is assembIed in the condition that the
doweIs have not been mounted in the specified posi-
tions, the transmission may be damaged the trans-
mission.
012RS009
1. nstall engine assembly. Tighten engine mount fixing
bolts to frame to the specified torque.
2. Reconnect fuel hose to fuel pipe on engine.
3. nstall transmission assembly. Refer to Transmission
section in this manual.
4. Reconnect two heater hoses to engine.
5. nstall flywheel dust covers.
6. nstall exhaust pipe and temporally tighten two (each
bank) rear exhaust flange nuts then tighten three stud
nuts (each bank) between exhaust manifold and
exhaust pipe, finally tighten rear side nuts to the
specified torque.
Torque:
150RW061
Legend
(1) Exhaust Front Pipe RH
(2) O2 Sensor (for GM)
150RW062
Legend
7. Reconnect O2 sensor connector.
and fan bracket.
cIutch assembIy.
9. nstall air conditioner compressor to engine and
tighten to the specified torque.
Torque :
M8 boIts : 22 Nm (2.2 Kgm/16 Ib ft)
10. nstall power steering pump, tighten fixing bolt to the
specified torque.
Torque :
M8 boIts : 22Nm (2.2 Kgm/16 Ib ft)
850RW001
Legend
(3) Tensioner
(4) Generator
(7) Drive Belt
12. nstall upper fan shroud.
13. Reconnect radiator upper and lower hoses.
14. Reconnect coolant reserve tank hose to radiator.
15. Reconnect generator harness connector.
16. Reconnect starter harness connector.
17. Reconnect bonding cable terminal on left bank
18. Reconnect bonding cable terminal on the back of right
dash panel.
19. Reconnect ground cable between engine and
chassis.
20. Reconnect harness connector to transmission and
install transmission harness bracket on engine left
side.
21. Reconnect three engine harness connectors.
22. Reconnect vacuum booster hose.
23. Reconnect canister vacuum hose.
25. Reconnect air duct.
26. Reconnect accelerator cable and automatic cruise
control cable to throttle valve on common chamber.
035RW007
Legend
(1) Throttle Valve Assembly
(2) Throttle Lever
(3) dle Air Control Valve
(4) Throttle Position Sensor
27. nstall engine hood to the original position.
Refer to installation procedure for Body section in
this manual.
2. Pull outer cable while fully closing the throttle
valve.
lock nut.
screw.
step 1.
130RW004
Legend
(1) Clearance
(2) Lock Nut
(3) Adjusting Nut
CyIinder Head
CyIinder Head and Associated Parts
011RW008
Legend
(1) Spark Plug
(2) Cylinder Head Bolt
(3) Camshaft Drive Gear Pulley Fixing Bolt
(4) Camshaft Drive Gear Pulley
(5) Camshaft Bracket Fixing Bolt
(6) Camshaft Bracket
(7) Camshaft Exhaust
(8) Camshaft ntake
(9) Retainer Fixing Bolt
(10) Retainer Assembly
(11) Tappet with Shim
(12) Split Collar
(13) Valve Spring and Spring Upper Seat
(14) Valve
DisassembIy
NOTE:
During disassembly, be sure that the valve train
components are kept together and identified so that
they can be reinstalled in their original locations.
Before removing the cylinder head from the engine
and before disassembling the valve mechanism,
perform a compression test and note the results.
1. Remove camshaft drive gear pulley fixing bolt (3),
then pulley (4).
2. Remove camshaft bracket fixing bolt (5), camshaft
bracket (6), then camshaft exhaust (7), and intake
side (8).
3. Remove tappet with shim (11).
4. Use the 5884024460 valve spring compressor
and 5884025470 valve spring compressor
adapter to remove the split collar (12), valve spring
with upper seat (13) and valve (14).
014RW042
5. Remove spark plug (1).
CAUTION: Do not remove the spark pIugs when the
head and pIugs are hot. CIean dirt and debris from
spark pIug recess areas before removaI.
CIean
CyIinder head
Carefully remove all varnish, soot and carbon from the
bare metal. Do not use a motorized wire brush on any
gasket sealing surface.
Inspection and Repair
1. Cylinder head gasket and mating surfaces for leaks,
corrosion and blowby. f the gasket has failed,
determine the cause.
nsufficient torque on head bolts.
mproper installation
Loose or warped cylinder head
Missing dowel pins
Warped case surface
2. Cylinder head for cracks, especially between valve
seats and in the exhaust ports.
3. Cylinder head deck for corrosion, sand particles in
head and porosity.
CAUTION:
Do not attempt to weId the cyIinder head. RepIace
it.
Do not reuse cyIinder head boIts.
4. Cylinder head deck, common chamber and exhaust
manifold mating surfaces for flatness. These
surfaces may be reconditioned by milling. f the
surfaces are out of flat by more than specification,
the surface should be ground to within specifications.
Replace the head if it requires machining beyond the
repairable limit.
Head surface and manifoId surface
Standard: 0.05 mm (0.002 in) or Iess
Warpage Iimit: 0.2 mm (0.0079 in)
Maximum RepairabIe Iimit: 0.2 mm (0.0079 in)
Head height
Standard height : 133.2 mm (5.2441 in)
Warpage Iimit : 0.2 mm (0.0079 in)
Maximum RepairabIe Iimit : 133.0 mm (5.2362 in)
011RW019
5. Water jacket sealing plugs seating surfaces.
ReassembIy
1. nstall Spark plug and tighten all the spark plugs to
specified torque.
1. Use 5884024430 gear spring lever to turn sub
gear to right direction until the M5 bolt aligns with
the hole between camshaft driven gear and sub
gear.
2. Tighten the M5 bolt to a suitable torque to prevent
the sub gear from moving .
014RW025
three bolts to the specified torque.
Torque: 10 Nm (1.0 Kgm/89 Ib in)
torque.
right bank, two dots for left bank) and exhaust
dot).
014RW020
Legend
(4) Discrimination Mark
L: Left Bank ntake
R: Right Bank ntake
LE: Left Bank Exhaust
RE: Right Bank Exhaust
014RW023
Legend
(4) Dowel Pin
014RW024
Legend
(1) Right Bank
(2) Left Bank
3. Tighten twenty bolts in numerical order on one
014RW031
5. Tighten bolt for camshaft drive gear assembly pulley
VaIve Spring, OiI ControIIer, VaIve, VaIve Guide
VaIve Spring, OiI ControIIer, VaIve, VaIve Guide and Associated Parts
014RW039
Legend
(1) Camshaft Bracket Fixing Bolts
(2) Camshaft Assembly nlet
(3) Camshaft Assembly Exhaust
(4) Shim
(5) Tappet
(6) Split Collar
(7) Spring Upper Seat
(8) Valve Spring
(9) Oil Controller
(10) Spring Lower Seat
(11) Valve Guide
(12) Valve
DisassembIy
1. Remove camshaft bracket fixing bolts (1).
2. Remove camshaft assembly (intake).
3. Remove camshaft assembly (Exhaust side).
4. Remove shim (4) and tappet (5).
5. Use 5884024460 valve spring compressor and
5884025470 valve spring compressor adapter to
remove split collar.
014RW042
6. Remove valve spring.
7. Remove valve.
8. Remove oil controller and spring lower seat.
9. Remove the valve guide using the 5884024420
valve guide replacer.
VaIve Spring
CAUTION: VisuaIIy inspect the vaIve springs and
repIace them if damage or abnormaI wear is evident.
1. Measure the free height of the springs. The springs
must be replaced if the free height is below the
specified limit.
Standard : 44.6 mm (1.7559 in)
Limit : 43.6 mm (1.7165 in)
014RS004
2. Measure the valve spring squareness with a steel
square and replace the valve springs if the measured
value exceeds the specified limit.
Limit : 2 mm (0.0787 in)
014RS005
3. Using a spring tester to compress the springs to the
installed height, measure the compressed spring
tension, and replace the springs if the measured
tension is below the specified limit.
At instaIIed height: 35.0 mm (1.38 in)
Standard: 196 N (44 Ib)
Limit: Less than 181 N (41 Ib)
014RS006
VaIve Guide
CAUTION: Take care not to damage the vaIve seat
contact surface, when removing carbon adhering to
the vaIve head. CarefuIIy inspect the vaIve stem for
scratchs or abnormaI wear. If these conditions are
present, the vaIve and the vaIve guide must be
repIaced as a set.
1. Measure the valve stem diameter with a micrometer.
f the valve stem diameter is less than the specified
limit, the valve and the valve guide must be replaced
as a set.
Diameter of VaIve Stem
Intake
Standard : 5.977 mm-5.959 mm
(0.2353 in-0.2346 in)
Limit : 5.90 mm (0.2323 in)
Exhaust
(0.2343 in-0.2350 in)
Limit : 5.90 mm (0.2323 in)
014RS007
2. Measure the inside diameter of the valve guide with a
micrometer. Subtract the measured outer diameter of
the valve stem from the measured inner diameter of
the valve guide. f the value exceeds the specified
limit, the valve and the valve guide must be replaced
as a set.
Inside Diameter of the VaIe Guide
InIet cIearance
(0.0009 in-0.0002 in)
Limit : 0.20 mm (0.00787 in)
Exhaust cIearance
(0.0012 in-0.0025 in)
Limit : 0.20 mm (0.00787 in)
VaIve Guide RepIacement
1. Using Valve guide replacer: 5884024420, drive
out the valve guide from the combustion chamber
side.
014RS008
2. Apply engine oil to the outside of the valve guide.
Using valve guide replacer 5884024420, drive in
a new valve guide from the camshaft side, and check
the valve guide height.
VaIve guide upper end height: 13.0 mm (0.5118
in)
(Measured from the cyIinder head upper face)
014RW046
3. Check the clearance. f the clearance is less than the
specified value, ream the inside diameter of valve
guide. Using a sharp 6 mm reamer, ream the valve
guide to obtain the specified clearance.
VaIve Seat
1. Measure the protrusion of the valve stem when a new
valve is installed in the cylinder head. f the protrusion
of the valve stem exceeds the limit, replace the valve
seat insert or the cylinder head assembly.
Protrusion of vaIve stem
Intake
Standard: 39.32 mm (1.5480 in)
Limit: 39.47 mm (1.5539 in)
Exhaust
Limit: 39.45 mm (1.5531 in)
014RW047
2. Measure the valve seat contact width. Make the
necessary corrections if the seat contact surface is
damaged or rough or if the contact width wear
exceeds the limit.
VaIve seat contact width
Limit: 1.7 mm (0.0669 in)
014RS011
Contact Surface AngIe on VaIve Seat on
VaIve
1. Measure contact surface angle on valve seat.
2. f the measured value exceeds the limit, replace
valve, valve guide and valve seat as a set.
VaIve contact surface angIe: 45
014RS012
VaIve Seat Insert Correction
1. Remove the carbon from the valve seat insert
surface.
2. Use a valve cutter to minimize scratches and other
rough areas. This will bring the contact width back to
the standard value. Remove only the scratches and
rough areas. Do not cut away too much. Take care not
to cut away unblemished areas of the valve seat
surface.
VaIve seat angIe degree: 90
014RW059
3. Apply abrasive compound to the valve seat insert
surface.
4. nsert the valve into the valve guide.
5. Turn the valve while lapping it to fit the valve seat
insert.
6. Check that the valve contact width is correct.
7. Check that the valve seat insert surface is in contact
with the entire circumference of the valve.
014RS014
VaIve Seat Insert RepIacement
1. Arc weld the rod at several points. Be careful not to
damage the aluminum section.
2. Allow the rod to cool for a few minutes. This will cause
the valve seat to shrink.
3. Strike the rod and pull it out.
014RS015
4. Carefully clean the valve seat pressfit section on the
cylinder head side.
5. Heat the pressfit section with steam or some other
means to cause expansion. Cool the valve seat with
dry ice or some other means.
6. nsert the pressfit section into the valve seat
horizontally.
Standard fitting interference: 0.14 mm-0.09 mm
(0.0055 in-0.0035 in)
7. After insertion, use a seat grinder to grind finish the
seating face. Carefully note the seating angle, the
contact width, and the depression.
8. Lap the valve and the seat.
ReassembIy
1. nstall valve guide (1) to cylinder head. Apply engine
oil to the outside of the valve guide. Using valve guide
replacer 5884024420, drive in a new valve guide
from the camshaft side.
2. nstall oil controller (3) and spring lower seat (2).
Using oil controller replacer 5884006230, drive in
a new oil controller.
014RW058
3. nstall valve to valve guide. Before install valve guide
apply engine oil to the outside of the valve stem.
4. nstall valve spring to cylinder head. Attach the valve
spring to the lower spring seat. The painted area of
the valve spring should be facing downward.
014RS020
5. nstall lower valve spring seat, valve spring and upper
valve spring seat then put split collars on the upper
spring seat, using the 5884024460 valve spring
compressor and 5884025470 valve spring
compressor adapter to install the split collars.
014RW042
6. nstall tappet with shim.
7. nstall camshaft assembly.
Refer to installation procedure for Camshaft in this
manual.
VaIve CIearance Adjustments
NOTE: To adjust valve clearance, apply engine oil to the
cam as well as to the adjusting shim (2) with the cylinder
head built on the cylinder block, give a few turns to the
camshaft by means of timing pulley tightening bolt, and
measure valve clearance when the nose of cam is just
opposite to maximum cam lift (1) as shown in illistration
below.
014RW081
Legend
(1) Cam
(2) Shim
(3) Tappet
VaIve CIearance Standard VaIue (coId)
Intake: 0.23 mm-0.33 mm
(0.0091 in-0.0130 in)
Exhaust: 0.25 mm-0.35 mm
(0.0098 in-0.0138 in)
SeIection of Adjusting Shim
Shim to be selected = (Thickness of removed shim) +
(Valve clearance measurement Standard valve)
Based on the above formula, the best suited shim should
be selected from 41 sorts of shim (differently thick at
0.02mm (0.0008 in) intervals from 2.40mm (0.0945 in)
through 3.2mm (0.1260 in) thick). nstall the shim and
check valve clearance.
RepIacement of Shim
Let the cam push down the edge of tappet by using
5884024440 valve clearance adjusting tool and push
out the shim with a flat blade screw driver as shown in
illustrations below.
014RW082
014RW083
014RW084
Camshaft
Camshaft and Associated Parts
014RW040
Legend
(1) Camshaft Bracket Fixing Bolt
(2) Camshaft Bracket
(3) Camshaft Assembly ntake
(4) Camshaft Assembly Exhaust
(5) Pulley Fixing Bolt
(6) Camshaft Drive Gear Pulley
(7) Retainer Fixing Bolt
(8) Retainer
(9) Camshaft Drive Gear
(10) Oil Seal
DisassembIy
1. Remove fixing bolt (5) for camshaft drive gear pulley
using the 5884024470 universal holder.
014RW060
2. Remove twenty fixing bolts from inlet and exhaust
camshaft bracket on one side bank, then camshaft
brackets (2).
014RW027
3. Remove camshaft assembly (3), (4).
4. Remove three fixing bolts (7) from camshaft drive
gear retainer (8), then camshaft drive gear assembly.
1. Use a micrometer to measure the cam lobe height
and uneven wear. Replace the camshaft if either the
lobe height or the uneven wear exceeds the specified
limit.
Lobe height : 44.709 mm (1.7602 in)
Uneven wear : 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
014RW043
2. Use a micrometer to measure the diameter and the
uneven wear of the camshaft journals.
Replace the camshaft if the diameter or the uneven
wear exceeds the specified limit.
JournaI Diameter
(1.0225 in-1.0233 in)
Limit : 25.8 mm (1.0157 in)
Uneven wear : 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
014RS023
3. Place the camshaft on Vblocks.
Slowly rotate the camshaft and measure the runout
with a dial indicator.
Replace the camshaft if the runout exceeds the
specified limit.
Runout
Limit : 0.1 mm (0.0039 in)
014RW044
4. Measure the camshaft journal oil clearance.
1. Measure the camshaft bracket housing inside
diameter.
NOTE: Tighten camshaft bracket (2) to specified torque
before measuring the camshaft bracket inside diameter.
014RW031
2. Subtract the camshaft outside diameter from the
camshaft bracket housing inside diameter.
OiI CIearance
(0.0011 in-0.0031 in)
Limit : 0.11 mm (0.0043 in)
014RW037
5. Replace the cylinder head and/or camshaft if the
measured oil clearance exceeds the specified limit.
1. Carefully clean the camshaft journal, the
camshaft bracket, and the cylinder head.
2. nstall camshaft assembly and camshaft brackets
(2), tighten twenty bolts (1) on one side bank to
014RW031
3. Measure the camshaft thrust clearance with a dial
indicator. Replace the camshaft and/or the
cylinder head if the camshaft thrust clearance
exceeds the specified limit.
Camshaft thrust CIearance
(0.0012 in.-0.0031 in.)
Limit : 0.12 mm (0.0047 mm)
014RW035
ReassembIy
three bolts to specified torque.
1. Use 5884024430 to turn sub gear to right
direction until the M5 bolt hole aligns between
camshaft driven gear and sub gear.
2. Tighten M5 bolt suitable torque for prevent
moving the sub gear.
014RW041
torque.
right bank, two dots for left bank) and exhaust
dot).
014RW020
Legend
(4) Discerning Mark
L: Left Bank ntake
R: Right Bank ntake
LE: Left Bank Exhaust
RE: Right Bank Exhaust
014RW023
Legend
(4) Dowel Pin
014RW024
Legend
(1) Right Bank
(2) Left Bank
3. Tighten twenty bolts in numerical order on one
014RW031
4. f the oil seal requires replacement, use the
5884024450 to install the oil seal.
014RW034
5. Tighten bolt for camshaft drive gear pulley to the
specified torque using the 5884024470 universal
holder.
014RW060
Crankshaft
Crankshaft and Associated Parts
013RW009
Legend
(1) Cylinder Head Assembly
(3) Oil Pipe and O-Ring
(4) Oil Strainer and O-Ring
(6) Cylinder Block Side Bolts
(7) Oil Gallery
(8) Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly
(9) Flywheel
(10) Rear Oil Seal Retainer and Oil Seal
(11) Main Bearing Cap
(12) Crankshaft
(13) Main Bearing Cap Fixing Bolts
(14) Oil Gallery Fixing Bolts
DisassembIy
1. Remove cylinder head assembly (1). Refer to
Cylinder Head in this manual.
2. Remove crankcase with oil pan (2). Refer to Oil Pan
and Crankcase in this manual.
CAUTION: Take care not to damage or deform the
seaIing fIange surface of crankcase.
3. Remove oil pipe and O-ring (3).
4. Remove oil strainer and O-ring (4).
5. Remove oil pump assembly (5).
6. Remove crankcase side bolts (6).
7. Remove oil gallery (7).
8. Remove piston and connecting rod assembly (8).
Refer to Piston, Piston Ring and Connecting Rod in
this manual.
9. Remove flywheel (9).
10. Remove rear oil seal retainer (10).
11. Remove main bearing cap (11).
12. Remove crankshaft (12).
1. Crankshaft
Set the dial indicator as shown in the illustration and
measure the crankshaft thrust clearance. f the thrust
clearance exceeds the specified limit, replace the
thrust bearings as a set.
Thrust CIearance
(0.0024 in-0.0094 in)
Limit : 0.30 mm (0.0118 in)
015RS003
Main Bearing CIearance
1. Remove the bearing caps and measure the oil
clearance.
2. Remove the main bearing cap fixing bolts in the
sequence shown in the illustration.
Arrange the removed main bearing caps in the
cylinder number order.
Remove the main bearings.
015RS004
3. Remove the crankshaft.
Remove the main bearings.
4. Clean the upper and lower bearings as well as the
crankshaft main journal.
5. Check the bearings for damage or excessive wear.
The bearings must be replaced as a set if damage or
excessive wear is discovered during inspection.
6. Set the upper bearings and the thrust washers to their
original positions.
Carefully install the crankshaft.
7. Set the lower bearings to the bearing cap original
position.
8. Apply plastigage to the crankshaft journal unit as
shown in the illustration.
NOTE: Do not set the plastigage on the oil hole.
015RS005
9. nstall main bearing caps, oil gallery and crank case
bolts in the order shown, and tighten each bolt to the
specified torque.
NOTE: Do not apply engine oil to the crank case side
bolts.
Main bearing cap boIts.
OiI gaIIery fixing boIts.
Torque:
1st step: 29 Nm (3.0 Kgm/21 Ib ft)
2nd step 55 65
Crank case side boIts
NOTE: Do not allow the crankshaft to rotate.
015RS006
10. Remove the main bearing caps in the sequence
015RS004
11. Measure the plastigage width and determine the oil
clearance. f the oil clearance exceeds the specified
limit, replace the main bearings as a set and/or
replace the crankshaft.
(0.0007 in-0.0017 in)
Limit : 0.08 mm (0.0031 in)
015RS008
12. Clean the plastigage from the bearings and the
crankshaft.
Remove the crankshaft and the bearings.
Crankshaft (12) Inspection
nspect the surface of the crankshaft journal and crank
pins for excessive wear and damage. nspect the oil seal
fitting surfaces for excessive wear and damage. nspect
the oil ports for obstructions.
1. Carefully set the crankshaft on the Vblocks. Slowly
rotate the crankshaft and measure the runout. f the
crankshaft runout exceeds the specified limit, the
crankshaft must be replaced.
Runout : 0.04 mm (0.0016 in)
015RS007
2. Measure the diameter and the uneven wear of main
journal and crank pin. f the crankshaft wear exceeds
the specified limit, crankshaft must be replaced.
Main journaI diameter : 63.918 mm-63.933 mm
(2.5165 in-2.5170 in)
Crank pin diameter : 53.922 mm-53.937 mm
(2.1229 in.-2.1235 in.)
Uneven wear Iimit : 0.005 mm (0.0002 in)
015RS009
Crankshaft Bearing SeIection
When installing new crankshaft bearings or replacing
bearings, refer to the selection table below. Select and
install the new crankshaft bearings, paying close
attention to the cylinder block journal hole.
1. Diameter size mark (1) and the crankshaft journal.
015RS010
2. Diameter size mark (1).
The diameter size marks are stamped on the No.1
crankshaft balancer as shown in the illustration.
015RS011
NOTE: Take care to ensure the bearings are positioned
correctly.
015RS012
Legend
(1) Number 1 and 4 main bearing upper and lower
(2) Number 2 and 3 main bearing upper
(3) Number 2 and 3 main bearing lower
1 Size
Mark
Main Bearing
Bore Diameter
Crank Shaft Main
Journal Diameter
2 Size
Mark
Crank Shaft
Bearing
Size Mark
(Upper
Side)
Crank Shaft
Bearing
Size Mark
(Lower
Side)
Oil Clearance
(Reference)
1
68.994-69.000
63.918-63.925
(2.5165-2.5167)
2 Blue Blue
0.030-0.049
(0.0012-0.0019)
1
(2.7163-2.7165)
63.926-63.933
(2.5168-2.5170)
1
Brown Brown
0.028-0.047
(0.0011-0.0019)
2
68.987-68.993
63.918-63.925
(2.5165-2.5167)
2
Brown Brown
0.029-0.048
(0.0011-0.0019)
2
(2.7160-2.7163)
63.926-63.933
(2.5168-2.5170)
1
Green Green
0.027-0.046
(0.0011-0.0018)
3
68.980-68.986
63.918-63.925
(2.5165-2.5167)
2
Green Green
0.028-0.047
(0.0011-0.0019)
3
(2.7157-2.7160)
63.926-63.933
(2.5168-2.5170)
1 Yellow Yellow
0.026-0.045
(0.0010-0.0018)
ReassembIy
1. Crankshaft (12)
nstall the main bearings to the cylinder block and
the main bearing caps.
Be sure that they are positioned correctly.
Apply new engine oil to the upper and lower main
bearing faces.
NOTE: Do not apply engine oil to the main bearing back
faces.
015RS012
Carefully mount the crankshaft.
Assemble the thrust washer to the No.3 bearing
journal. The oil grooves must face the crankshaft.
015RS013
2. Rear oil seal (10)
Remove the oil from the cylinder block and the
retainer mounting surface.
Apply sealant (TB1207B or equivalent) to the
retainer mounting surface, following the pattern
The retainer must be installed within 5 minutes after
sealant application befor the sealant hardens.
015RW002
Legend
Apply engine oil to the oil seal lip.
Align the cylinder block dowel pin holes with the rear
retainer dowel pins.
Tighten the rear retainer fixing bolts. New bolts
should be used when installing rear retainer.
NOTE: Be very careful not to disengage the oil seal garter
spring during installation of the rear retainer.
f the seal was removed from retainer for
replacement, apply engine oil to the oil seal lip and
install the oil seal using 5884022860 oil seal
installer.
015RW001
015RS017
3. Flywheel (9)
1. Thoroughly clean and remove the oil from the
threads of crankshaft.
2. Remove the oil from the crankshaft and flywheel
mounting faces.
3. Mount the flywheel on the crankshaft and then
install the washer.
4. Hold the crankshaft to prevent from rotating then
install the bolts in the order shown to the specified
torque.
NOTE: Do not reuse the bolt and do not apply oil or thread
lock to the bolt.
015RS018
4. Piston and connecting rod assembly (8)
Apply engine oil to the cylinder bores, the
connecting rod bearings and the crankshaft pins.
Check to see that the piston ring end gaps are
correctly positioned.
015RS019
Legend
(1) No.1 Compression Ring
(3) Oil Ring Side Rail Upper
(4) Oil Ring Side Rail Lower
nsert the piston/connecting rod assemblies into
each cylinder with the piston ring compressor. The
front marks must be facing the front of the engine.
Match the numbered caps with the numbers on the
connecting rods. Align the punched marks on the
connecting rods and caps.
Apply engine oil to the threads and seating faces of
the nuts.
Tighten the nuts.
After tightening the cap nuts, check to see that the
NOTE: Do not apply engine oil to the bearing back faces.
015RS020
5. nstall oil gallery (7) and tighten the bolts in 2 steps, in
the order shown.
1st step: 29 Nm (3.0 Kgm/22 Ib ft)
2nd step: 55 65
051RS009
6. Cylinder block side bolts (6)
Tighten all the bolts to the specified torque in the
order shown.
NOTE: Do not apply engine oil to the crank case side
bolts.
012RS001
7. nstall oil pump assembly (5), refer to Oil pump in
this manual.
8. nstall oil strainer and O-ring (4).
9. nstall oil pipe and O-ring (3) and tighten the bolts.
10. nstall crankcase with oil pan (2).
1. Completely remove all residual sealant, lubricant
and moisture from the sealing surfaces. The
surfaces must be perfectly dry.
2. Apply a correct width bead of sealant (TB
1207C or its equivalent) to the contact surfaces of
the oil pan. There must be no gaps in the bead.
3. The crankcase assembly must be installed within
5 minutes after sealant application to prevent
premature hardening of the sealant.
4. Tighten the bolts and nuts to the specified torque.
013RW010
Legend
(1) Portion Between Bolt Holes
(2) Bolt Hole Portion
11. nstall cylinder head assembly, refer to Cylinder
head in this manual.
Piston and Connecting Rod
Piston, Connecting Rod and Associate Parts
015RW019
Legend
(2) Cylinder Head Gasket
(6) Oil Gallery
(8) Piston Ring
(9) Piston Pin
(10) Piston
(11) Connecting Rod
(12) Connecting Rod Cap
DisassembIy
1. Remove cylinder head assembly (1). Refer to
Cylinder Head Removal in this manual.
2. Remove cylinder head gasket (2).
3. Remove crankcase with oil pan (3). Refer toOil Pan
and Crankcase in this manual.
4. Remove oil pipe and O-ring (4).
5. Remove oil strainer and O-ring (5).
6. Remove oil gallery (6).
7. Remove connecting rod cap with connecting rod
lower bearing (12).
8. Remove piston and connecting rod assembly (7).
NOTE: Before removing piston and connecting rod
assembly, measure thrust clearance.
015RS031
Remove any ridge or carbon build up from the top
end of the cylinder.
9. Remove the piston rings (8) with a piston ring
expander. Arrange the removed piston rings in the
cylinder number order.
015RS022
10. Remove the piston pin (9) using 5884005510
piston pin service set and piston support with a press.
NOTE: Keep the parts removed from each cylinder
separate. All parts must be reinstalled in their original
positions. Heating the connecting rod will permit easy
removal of the piston pin.
015RX001
Legend
(1) Press Ram
(2) Piston
(3) Connecting Rod
(4) Piston Pin
11. Piston (10)
12. Connecting rod (11)
Pistons (10)
Carefully clean away all the carbon adhering to the piston
head and the piston ring grooves.
NOTE: Never use a wire brush to clean the pistons.
Damage will result. Visually check each piston for
cracking, scoring, and other signs of excessive wear. f
any of the above conditions are found, the piston must be
replaced.
Piston Diameter
1. Measure the piston outside diameter with micrometer
at the piston grading position and a right angle to the
piston pin.
Piston grading position (from piston head)
Piston grading position : 43.0 mm (1.6929 in)
015RV014
The size mark (1) for piston outside diameter is
represented as shown in illustration below.
Outside Diameter
Size Mark A : 93.360 mm-93.370 mm
(3.6756 in-3.6760 in)
Size Mark B : 93.371 mm-93.380 mm
(3.6760 in-3.6764 in)
Size Mark C : 93.381 mm-93.390 mm
(3.6764 in-3.6768 in)
015RS025
Measure the cylinder bore inside diameter (refer to
Cylinder Block in this manual).
012RS002
Piston Rings (8)
Any worn or damaged part discovered during engine
overhaul must be replaced with a new one.
1. Ring end gap measurement
nsert the piston ring into the bore.
Push the ring by the piston, at a right angle to the
wall, into the point at which the cylinder bore
diameter is the smallest.
Measure the ring end gap.
Compression Ring
1st ring
Standard: 0.300 mm-0.400 mm
(0.0118 in-0.0157 in)
Limit: 1.0 mm (0.0394 in)
2nd ring
(0.0177 in-0.0236 in)
Limit: 1.2 mm (0.0472 in)
OiI ring
(0.0059 in-0.0177 in)
Limit: 1.05 mm (0.0413 in)
015RS026
Positioning mark (1) is painted as shown in the
illustration.
Marked T : No.1 Compression ring
Marked T2 : No.2 Compression ring
015RS027
2. Measure the clearance between the piston ring
groove and the piston ring with a feeler gauge. f the
piston ring groove / piston ring clearance exceeds the
specified limit, the piston must be replaced.
Compression Ring CIearance
(0.0006 in.-0.0015 in)
Limit : 0.15mm (0.0059 in)
015RS028
Piston Pin (9)
NOTE: Do not reuse the old piston pin.
1. Use a micrometer to measure the new piston pin
outside diameter in both directions at three different
positions.
2. Measure the inside diameter of the connecting rod
small end. f the fitting interference between the small
end and pin does not conform to the specified value,
the connecting rod must be replaced.
Standard : 0.023 mm-0.038 mm (0.0009
in-0.0015 in)
015RS029
3. nsert the new pin into the piston and rotate it. f the
pin rotates smoothly with no backlash, the clearance
is normal. f there is backlash or roughness, measure
the clearance. f the clearance exceeds the specified
limit, the piston must be replaced.
CIearance
(0.0004 in.-0.0007 in)
Limit : 0.040 mm (0.0016 in)
Connecting Rods (11)
1. Check the connecting rod alignment f either the bend
or the twist exceeds the specified limit, the connecting
rod must be replaced.
Bend per 100 mm (3.937 in)
Limit: 0.15 (0.0059)
Twist per 100 mm (3.937 in)
Limit: 0.20 (0.0078)
015RS030
2. Measure the connecting rod thrust clearance. Use a
feeler gauge to measure the thrust clearance at the
large end of the connecting rod f the clearance
exceeds the specified limit, the connecting rod must
be replaced.
(0.0063 in.-0.0138 in)
Limit : 0.40 mm (0.0157 in)
015RS031
3. Measure the oil clearance between the connecting
rod and the crankshaft.
1. Remove the connecting rod cap nuts and the rod
caps (12).
Arrange the removed rod caps in the cylinder
number order.
2. Clean the rod bearings and the crankshaft pins.
3. Carefully check the rod bearings. f even one
bearing is found to be damaged or badly worn, the
entire bearing assembly must be replaced as a
set. Reinstall the bearings in their original
positions. Apply plastigage to the crank pin.
015RS032
4. Reinstall the rod caps (12) to their original
positions.
Tighten the rod cap nuts.
NOTE: Do not allow the crankshaft to rotate.
5. Remove the rod caps.
6. Measure the width of the plastigage and
determine the oil clearance. f the oil clearance
exceeds the limit, replace the rod bearing as a
set.
(0.0007 in-0.0017 in)
Limit : 0.08 mm (0.003 in)
015RS008
7. Clean the plastigage from the bearings and the
crankshaft pins.
Con-rod Bearing SeIection
Select and install the new connecting rod bearings,
paying close attention to the connecting rod big end
diameter size mark (1).
NOTE: Take care not to confuse the alignment mark (2)
and the size mark (1) during the installation procedure.
015RS034
1 Size Mark
Big end Bore
Diameter
Crankshaft Pin
Diameter
Connecting Rod
Bearing Thickness
(Reference)
Color of
Size
Mark
Oil Clearance
(Reference)
A
56.994-57.000
(2.2439-2.2441)
1.512-1.516
(0.0595-0.0597)
Yellow
0.025-0.054
(0.0010-0.0021)
B
56.988-56.994
(2.2436-2.2439)
53.922-53.937
(2.1229-2.1235)
1.508-1.512
(0.0594-0.0595)
Green
0.027-0.056
(0.0011-0.0022)
C
56.982-56.988
(2.2434-2.2436)
1.504-1.508
(0.0592-0.0594)
Pink
0.029-0.058
(0.0011-0.0023)
ReassembIy
1. nstall connecting rod
2. nstall piston
3. nstall piston pin
Apply a thin coat of engine oil to the piston pin. Try to
insert the piston pin into the piston pin hole with
normal finger pressure.
NOTE: When changi ng pi ston / connecting rod
combinations, do not change the piston / piston pin
combination and do not reuse the old piston pin.
Attach the piston to the connecting rod with the
piston front mark and the connecting rod front mark
on the same side.
015RS036
With 5884005510 Piston pin service set and a
press, press fit the piston pin.
NOTE: Heat the connecting rod small end to a suitable
temperature to ensure smooth installation.
015RX001
Legend
(1) Press Ram
(2) Piston
(3) Connecting Rod
(4) Piston Pin
4. nstall piston ring with the piston ring expander.
The compression ring must be set with the T mark (1)
facing up.
015RS027
nstall piston rings in the following sequence.
1. Oil ring
1. Expander ring
2. Upper side rail
3. Lower side rail
2. 2nd compression ring
3. 1st compression ring
The compression rings must be set with the T or T2
mark facing up.
After installation, apply engine oil to the entire
circumference of the piston rings. Check to see that
all the rings rotate smoothly.
015RS038
5. nstall piston and connecting rod assembly.
nsert the bearings into the connecting rods and
caps. Apply new engine oil to the bearing faces and
nuts.
Tighten the connecting rod cap nuts
6. Oil gallery, refer to Crankshaft and main bearing in
this manual.
7. Oil strainer and O-ring.
8. Oil pipe and O-ring.
9. nstall crankcase with oil pan, refer to Oil pan and
10. nstall cylinder head gasket.
11. nstall Cylinder head assembly.
Refer to Cylinder head in this manual.
CyIinder BIock
CyIinder BIock and Associated Parts
012RW010
Legend
(2) Cylinder Head Gasket
(7) Cylinder Block Side Bolts
(8) Oil Gallery
(10) Flywheel
(11) Rear Oil Seal Retainer Assembly
(12) Main Bearing Cap
(13) Crankshaft
(14) Cylinder Block
DisassembIy
2. Remove cylinder head gasket.
3. Remove crankcase with oil pan.
4. Remove oil pipe and O-ring.
5. Remove oil strainer and O-ring.
7. Remove crankcase side bolts.
8. Remove oil gallery.
9. Remove piston and connecting rod assembly.
10. Remove flywheel.
11. Remove rear oil seal retainer assembly.
12. Remove main bearing cap.
13. Remove crankshaft.
14. Remove cylinder block.
1. Remove the cylinder head gasket and any other
material adhering to the upper surface of the cylinder
block. Be very careful not to allow any material to
accidentally drop into the cylinder block. Be very
careful not to scratch the cylinder block.
2. Carefully remove the oil pump, rear oil seal retainer,
and crankcase assembly installation surface seal.
3. Wipe the cylinder block clean.
4. Visually inspect the cylinder block. f necessary, use a
flaw detector to perform a dye penetrate and
hydraulic (or air pressure) test. f cracking or other
damage is discovered, the cylinder block must either
be repaired or replaced.
FIatness
1. Using a straightedge and feeler gauge, check that
the upper surface of the cylinder block is not warped.
CAUTION: Be very carefuI not to aIIow any materiaI
to accidentaIIy drop into the upper surface of the
cyIinder bIock. Be very carefuI not to scratch the
upper surface of the cyIinder bIock.
2. The cylinder block must be reground or replaced if the
warpage exceeds the limit.
Warpage
Limit : 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
Maximum repairabIe Iimit: 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
012RS004
CyIinder Bore
Use a cylinder gauge to measure the cylinder bore
diameter in both the axial and thrust directions. Each
measurement should be made at six points.
CAUTION: Be very carefuI not to aIIow any materiaI
to accidentaIIy drop into the upper surface of the
cyIinder bIock. Be very carefuI not to scratch the
upper surface of the cyIinder bIock.
CyIinder Bore Inside Diameter
Limit : 93.530 (3.6823)
f the measurement exceed the specified limit, the
cylinder block must be replaced.
Diameter
Grade A : 93.400 mm-93.410 mm
(3.6772 in-3.6776 in)
Grade B : 93.411 mm-93.420 mm
(3.6776 in-3.6779 in)
Grade C : 93.421 mm-93.430 mm
(3.6780 in-3.6783 in)
012RS005
NOTE: For information on piston diameter, please refer
to the section nspection of the Piston and Connecting
Rod Assembly in this manual.
The Grade mark (1) is stamped at the position
illustrated.
012RS006
ReassembIy
1. nstall cylinder block.
2. nstall crankshaft.
nstall the main bearings to the cylinder block and
the main bearing caps.
Be sure that they are positioned correctly.
Apply new engine oil to the upper and lower main
bearing faces.
015RS012
Legend
(1) Number 1 and 4 main bearing upper and lower.
(2) Number 2 and 3 main bearing upper.
(3) Number 2 and 3 main bearing lower.
Carefully mount the crankshaft.
Assemble the thrust washer to the No. 3 bearing
journal. The oil grooves must face the crankshaft.
015RS013
3. nstall rear oil seal retainer.
Remove oil on cylinder block and retainer fitting
surface.
Apply sealant (TB1207B or equivalent) to retainer
fitting surface as shown in illustration.
The oil seal retainer must be installed within 5
hardens.
015RW002
Legend
Apply engine oil to oil seal lip and align a dowel pin
hole in the cylinder block with that in the retainer.
Tighten retainer fixing bolts to the specified torque.
Torque: 25 Nm (2.5 Kgm/18.4 Ib ft)
015RW001
4. nstall flywheel
1. Thoroughly clean and remove the oil from the
threads of crankshaft.
2. Remove the oil from the crankshaft and flywheel
mounting faces.
3. Mount the flywheel on the crankshaft and then
install the washer.
4. Holding the crankshaft stationary, tighten the
flywheel bolts in the order shown.
NOTE: Do not reuse the bolts and do not apply oil or
thread lock to the bolts.
015RS018
5. nstall piston and connecting rod assembly.
Apply engine oil to the cylinder bores, the
connecting rod bearings and the crankshaft pins.
Check to see that the piston ring end gaps are
correctly positioned.
015RS019
Legend
(3) Oil Ring Side Rail Upper
(4) Oil Ring Side Rail Lower
nsert the piston/connecting rod assemblies into
each cylinder with the piston ring compressor.
The front marks (1) must be facing the front of the
engine.
015RS020
6. nstall oil gallery and tighten the bolts in 2 steps in the
order shown.
2nd step : 55 65
012RS007
7. nstall cylinder block side bolts (1) and tighten
crankcase bolts in sequence shown in the illustration.
012RW005
8. nstall oil pump assembly. Refer to Oil Pump in this
manual.
9. nstall oil strainer and O-ring.
10. nstall oil pipe and O-ring.
11. nstall crankcase with oil pan.
1. Completely remove all residual sealant, lubricant
and moisture from the sealing surfaces. The
surfaces must be perfectly dry.
2. Apply a correct width bead of sealant (TB 1207C
or its equivalent) to the contact surfaces of the
crankcase. There must be no gaps in the bead.
3. The oil pan must be installed within 5 minutes
after sealant application to prevent premature
hardening of sealant.
4. Tighten the bolts and nuts to the specified torque.
013RW010
Legend
(1) Portion Between Both Holes
(2) Bolt Hole Portions
12. nstall cylinder head gasket.
13. nstall cylinder head assembly. Refer to Cylinder
Head in this manual.
Main Data and Specification
GeneraI Specification
tem
Specifications
tem
6VD1 6VE1
Engine type, number of cylinders and arrangement Water cooled, four cycle V6
Form of combustion chamber Pent roof type
Valve mechanism 4-Cams, 4-Valves, DOHC Gear & Belt Drive
Cylinder liner type Casted in cylinder drive
Total piston displacement 3165 cc 3494 cc
Cylinder bore x stroke 93.4mm x 77.0mm 93.4mm x 85.0mm
(3.6772 in x 3.0315 in) (3.6772 in x 3.3465 in)
Compression ratio 9.1 : 1
Compression pressure at 300rpm 14.0 Kg/cm
Engine idling speed rpm Non adjustable (750)
Valve clearance ntake: 0.28 mm (0.11 in)
Exhaust: 0.30mm (0.12in)
Oil capacity 5.3 liters
gnition timing Non adjustable Non adjustable
16 BTDC at idle rpm) (20 BTDC at idle rpm)
Spark plug K16PRP11, PK16PR11, RC10PYP4
Plug gap 1.0 mm1.1 mm(0.0394 in 0.0433 in)
Torque Specifications
Ignition coiI, Spark pIug, Crankshaft angIe sensor and Under cover
Nm (Kgm/Ib ft)
E06RW038
CyIinder head cover, CyIinder head, Camshaft bracket, Common chamber, EGR vaIve and EGR pipe
Nm (Kgm/Ib ft)
E06RW043
Crankshaft main bearing, FIywheeI, Crankcase, OiI pan, Timing beIt tensioner, Timing puIIey, Timing beIt
cover, OiI pump, OiI gaIIery, OiI strainer and Water pump
Nm (Kgm/Ib ft)
E06RW039
Connecting rod and Water pump
Nm (Kgm/Ib ft)
E06RW042
Engine mount
Nm (Kgm/Ib ft)
E06RW040
SpeciaI TooI
LLUSTRATON
TOOL NO.
TOOL NAME
5-8840-0011-0
(J-21687-02)
Remover; tie rod end
5-8840-2441-0
Set Number of Valve
Compressor
5-8840-2446-0
(J-8062)
Compressor; Valve
Spring (1)
5-8840-2547-0
(J-42898)
Adapter; Compressor
Valve Spring (2)
5-8840-0623-0
(J-37281)
Remover; Oil controller
5-8840-0624-0
(J-38537)
nstaller; Oil controller
5-8840-2445-0
(J-42985)
nstaller; Camshaft oil
seal
5-8840-2545-0
(J-39206)
nstaller; Pilot bearing
LLUSTRATON
TOOL NO.
TOOL NAME
5-8840-0133-0
(J-8614-01)
Holder; Crankshaft
5-8840-2153-0
(J-37228)
Seal cutter
5-8840-2286-0
(J-39201)
nstaller; Real oil seal
9-8511-4209-0
(J-24239-1)
Cylinder head bolt
wrench
5-8840-2442-0
(J-42899)
Replacer; Valve guide
(set) (1,2)
5-8840-2548-0
(J-42687)
nstaller; Valve guide (1)
5-8840-2549-0
(J-37985-1)
Remover; Valve guide
(2)
5-8840-2444-0
(J-42689)
Adjusting Tool: Valve
clearance
LLUSTRATON
TOOL NO.
TOOL NAME
5-8840-2443-0
(J-42686)
Lever; Gear spring
5-8840-2447-0
(J-43041)
Holder; Universal
ENGINE COOLING 6B-1
ENGINE
ENGINE COOLING
CONTENTS
Service Precaution 6B1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Description 6B2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosis 6B5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Draining and Refilling Cooling System 6B6 . . . . .
Water Pump 6B7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Water Pump and Associated Parts 6B7 . . . . . . .
Removal 6B7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nspection 6B7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6B7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermostat 6B8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermostat and Associated Parts 6B8 . . . . . . . .
Removal 6B8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nspection 6B8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6B8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator 6B9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator and Associated Parts 6B9 . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6B9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nspection 6B10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6B11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Belt and Cooling Fan 6B12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Belt and Associated Parts 6B12 . . . . . . . . .
nspection 6B12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6B12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Data and Specifications 6B13 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Tool 6B14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Precaution
systems.
6B-2 ENGINE COOLING
GeneraI Description
030RW001
Legend
(1) Water Pump
(2) Thermostat
(3) Radiator
(4) Reserve Tank
(5) Cooling Fan
(6) Cylinder Block
(7) Cylinder Head
(8) Right Bank
(9) Throttle Body
(10) Cylinder Block
(11) Cylinder Head
(12) Left Bank
(13) Heater
The cooling system is a pressurized Engine Coolant (EC)
forced circulation type which consists of a water pump,
thermostat cooling fan, radiator and other components.
The automatic transmission fluid is cooled by the EC in
radiator.
Water Pump
The EC pump is a centrifugal impeller type and is driven
by a timing belt.
030RS001
ENGINE COOLING 6B-3
Thermostat
The thermostat is a wax pellet type with a air hole(1) and is
installed in the thermostat housing.
031RW002
Radiator
The radiator is a tube type with corrugated fins. n order to
raise the boiling point of the coolant, the radiator is fitted
with a cap in which the valve is operated at 88.2 117.6
kPa (12.8 17.0 psi) pressure. (No oil cooler provided for
M/T)
110RS001
Anti Freeze SoIution
Relation between the mixing ratio and freezing
temperature of the EC varies with the ratio of
antifreeze solution in water. Proper mixing ratio can
be determined by referring to the chart. Supplemental
inhibitors or additives claiming to increase cooling
capability that have not been specifically approved by
suzu are not recommended for addition to the cooling
system.
Calculating mixing ratio
F06RW005
6B-4 ENGINE COOLING
NOTE: Antifreeze solution + Water = Total cooling
system capacity.
TotaI CooIing System Capacity
M/T 8.8Lit (2.32Us gaI)
A/T 8.4Lit (2.22Us gaI)
B06RW002
Mixing ratio
Check the specific gravity of engine coolant in the
cooling system temperature ranges from 0 C to 50 C
using a suction type hydrometer, then determine the
density of the engine coolant by referring to the table.
NOTE:
1. Even in the areas where the atmospheric
temperature is higher than 0 C, be sure not to use
antifreeze solution at a mixing ratio lower than 20% so
that the inside of the engine may not be corroded.
2. f antifreeze solution is used at a mixing ratio higher
than 60%, the specific heat of the coolant falls and the
engine may be overheated. Moreover, antifreeze
performance drop and the coolant may be frozen.
The density of the solution must be adjusted as
occasion calls.
Antifreeze solution lower than 20% may not have
sufficient anticorrosive performance, and therefore,
please never fail to adjust as occasion demands within
the range of 20% to 60%.
B06RW003
ENGINE COOLING 6B-5
Diagnosis
Engine CooIing TroubIe
Engine overheating Low Engine Coolant level Replenish
ncorrect fan installed Replace
Thermo meter unit faulty Replace
Faulty thermostat Replace
Faulty Engine Coolant temperature
sensor
Repair or replace
Clogged radiator Clean or replace
Faulty radiator cap Replace
Low engine oil level or use of
improper engine oil
Replenish or change oil
Clogged exhaust system Clean exhaust system or replace
faulty parts
Faulty Throttle Position sensor Replace throttle valve assembly
Open or shorted Throttle Position
sensor circuit
Repair or replace
Damaged cylinder head gasket Replace
Engine overcooling Faulty thermostat Replace
Engine slow to warmup Faulty thermostat Replace
Thermo unit faulty Replace
6B-6 ENGINE COOLING
Draining and RefiIIing CooIing
System
Before draining the cooling system, inspect the system
and perform any necessary service to ensure that it is
clean, does not leak and is in proper working order. The
engine coolant (EC) level should be between the MN
and MAX lines of reserve tank when the engine is cold.
f low, check for leakage and add EC up to the MAX line.
There should not be any excessive deposit of rust or
scales around the radiator cap or radiator filler hole, and
the EC should also be free from oil.
Replace the EC if excessively dirty.
1. Completely drain the cooling system by opening the
drain plug (2) at the bottom of the radiator.
110RW002
2. Remove the radiator cap.
WARNING: TO AVOID THE DANGER OF BEING
BURNED, DO NOT REMOVE THE CAP WHILE THE
ENGINE AND RADIATOR ARE STILL HOT.
SCALDING FLUID AND STEAM CAN BE BLOWN OUT
UNDER PRESSURE.
3. Disconnect all hoses from the EC reserve tank.
Scrub and clean the inside of the reserve tank with
soap and water. Flush it well with clean water, then
drain it. nstall the reserve tank and hoses.
4. Refill the cooling system with the EC using a solution
that is at least 50 percent antifreeze but no more than
70 percent antifreeze.
5. Fill the radiator to the base of the filler neck.
Fill the EC reserve tank to MAX line when the engine
is cold.
6. Block the drive wheels and firmly apply the parking
brake. Shift an automatic transmission to P (Park)
or a manual transmission to neutral.
7. Remove the radiator cap. Start the engine and warm
it up at 2,500 3,000 rpm for about 30 minutes.
8. When the air comes out from the radiator filler neck
and the EC level has gone down, replenish with the
EC. Repeat this procedure until the EC level does not
go down. Then stop the engine and install the radiator
cap. Let the engine cool down.
9. After the engine has cooled, replenish with EC up to
the MAX line of the reserve tank.
10. Start the engine. With the engine running at 3,000
rpm, make sure there is no running water sound from
the heater core (behind the center console).
11. f the running water sound is heard, repeat steps 8 to
10.
ENGINE COOLING 6B-7
Water Pump
Water Pump and Associated Parts
030RS002
Legend
(1) Timing Belt
(2) dle Pulley
(3) Water Pump Assembly
(4) Gasket
RemovaI
2. Drain coolant.
3. Radiator hose (on inlet pipe side).
4. Remove timing belt. Refer to Timing Belt in this
manual.
5. Remove dle pulley.
6. Remove water pump assembly.
7. Remove gasket.
Inspection
Make necessary repair and parts replacement if extreme
wear or damage is found during inspection. Should any of
the following problems occur, the entire water pump
assembly must be replaced:
Crack in the water pump body
EC leakage from the seal unit
Play or abnormal noise in the bearing
Cracks or corrosion in the impeller.
InstaIIation
1. nstall gasket, clean the mating surface of gasket
before installation.
2. nstall water pump assembly and tighten bolts to the
specified torque.
Tightening order
The tightening order are in the illustrate.
NOTE: To prevent the oil leakage, apply the LOCTTE
262 or an equivalent, to the arrow marked fixing bolt
thread.
030RW008
6B-8 ENGINE COOLING
3. dle pulley
nstall idle pulley and tighten bolt to the specified
torque.
4. Timing belt
nstall timing belt. Refer to timing belt installation
step in Timing Belt in this manual.
5. Connect radiator inlet hose and replenish EC.
6. Connect battery ground cable.
Thermostat
Thermostat and Associated Parts
031RW001
Legend
(1) Thermostat Housing
(2) Thermostat
(3) Outlet Pipe
RemovaI
2. Drain engine coolant from the radiator and engine.
3. Disconnect radiator hose from the inlet pipe.
4. Remove thermostat housing.
5. Remove thermostat(2).
Inspection
Suspend the thermostat in a waterfilled container using
thin wire. Place a thermometer next to the thermostat.
Do not directly heat the thermostat.
Gradually increase the water temperature. Stir the water
so that the entire water is same temperature.
031RS003
Confirm the temperature when the valve first begins to
open.
VaIve opening temperature 74.5C 78.5 C
(166.1 F 173.3 F)
Confirm the temperature when the valve is fully opened.
VaIve fuII open temperature and Iift More than
8.5mm (0.33 in) at 90 C (194 F)
Make necessary repair and parts replacement if extreme
wear or damage is found during inspection.
InstaIIation
1. nstall thermostat into the outlet pipe(4) making sure
that the air hole is in the up position.
2. nstall thermostat housing and tighten bolts to the
specified torque.
3. nstallation rubber hose.
4. Replenish engine coolant (EC).
5. Start engine and check for EC leakage.
ENGINE COOLING 6B-9
Radiator
Radiator and Associated Parts
110RW003
Legend
(1) Oil Cooler Hose For Automatic Transmission
(2) Radiator Hose
(3) Fan Guide, Lower
(4) Reserve Tank Hose
(5) Bracket
(6) Radiator Assembly
(7) Reserve Tank
RemovaI
2. Loosen a drain plug(2) to drain EC.
3. Disconnect oil cooler hose(1) on automatic
transmission (A/T).
4. Disconnect radiator inlet hose and outlet hose from
the engine.
110RW002
5. Remove fan guide(1), clips(3) on both sides and the
bottom lock, then remove lower fan guide(3) with fan
shroud(4).
110RW001
6B-10 ENGINE COOLING
6. Disconnect the reserve tank hose(4) from radiator.
7. Remove bracket(5).
110RW004
8. Lift up and remove the radiator assembly with hose,
taking care not to damage the radiator core with a fan
blade.
9. Remove rubber cushions on both sides at the bottom.
Inspection
Radiator Cap
Measure the valve opening pressure of the pressurizing
valve with a radiator filler cap tester.
Replace the cap if the valve opening pressure is outside
the standard range.
VaIve opening pressure kPa (psi) 88.3 117.7
(12.8 17.1)
Cap tester: 5884002770
Adapter: 5884026030
Check the condition of the vacuum valve in the center of
the valve seat side of the cap. f considerable rust or dirt is
found, or if the valve seat cannot be moved by hand, clean
or replace the cap.
VaIve opening vacuum kPa (psi) 1.96 4.91
(0.28 0.71)
110RS006
Radiator Core
1. A bent fin may result in reduced ventilation and
overheating may occur. All bent fins must be
straightened. Pay close attention to the base of the fin
when it is being straightened.
2. Remove all dust, bugs and other foreign material.
FIushing the Radiator
Thoroughly wash the inside of the radiator and the engine
coolant passages with cold water and mild detergent.
Remove all signs of scale and rust.
CooIing System Leakage Check
Use a radiator cap tester to force air into the radiator
through the filler neck at the specified pressure of 196 kPa
(28.5 psi) with a cap tester:
Leakage from the radiator
Leakage from the coolant pump
Leakage from the water hoses
Check the rubber hoses for swelling.
ENGINE COOLING 6B-11
Cap tester: 5884002770
Adapter: 5884026030
110RS005
InstaIIation
1. nstall rubber cushions on both sides of radiator
bottom.
2. nstall radiator assembly with hose, taking care not to
damage the radiator core with a fan blade.
3. nstall bracket (6) and support the radiator upper tank
with the bracket (5) and secure the radiator.
4. Connect reserve tank hose (4).
5. nstall lower fan guide (3).
6. Connect radiator inlet hose and outlet hose to the
engine.
7. Connect oil cooler hose (1) to automatic
transmission.
110RW004
9. Pour engine coolant up to filler neck of radiator, and
up to MAX mark of reserve tank.
111RS001
mportant operation (in case of 100% engine coolant
change) procedure for filling with engine coolant.
1. Make sure that the engine is cool.
2. Open radiator cap pour coolant up to filler neck.
3. Pour coolant into reservoir tank up to MAX line.
4. Tighten radiator cap and start the engine. After
idling for 2 to 3 minutes, stop the engine and
reopen radiator cap. f the water level is lower,
replenish.
WARNING: WHEN THE COOLANT IS HEATED TO A
HIGH TEMPERATURE, BE SURE NOT TO LOOSEN
OR REMOVE THE RADIATOR CAP. OTHERWISE YOU
MIGHT GET SCALDED BY HOT VAPOR OR BOILING
WATER. TO OPEN THE RADIATOR CAP, PUT A
PIECE OF THICK CLOTH ON THE CAP AND LOOSEN
THE CAP SLOWLY TO REDUCE THE PRESSURE
WHEN THE COOLANT HAS BECOME COOLER.
5. After tightening radiator cap, warm up the engine
at about 2000 rpm. Set heater adjustment to the
highest temperature position, and let the coolant
circulate also into heater water system.
6. Check to see the thermostat has opened through
the needle position of water thermometer,
conduct a 5minute idling again and stop the
engine.
7. When the engine has been cooled, check filler
neck for water level and replenish if required.
Should extreme shortage of coolant is found,
check the cooling system and reservoir tank hose
for leakage.
8. Pour coolant into reservoir tank up tp MAX line.
Drive BeIt and CooIing Fan
Drive BeIt and Associated Parts
015RW005
Legend
(2) Generator
(3) Power Steering Pump
(4) Water Pump and Cooling Fan Pulley
(5) dle Pulley
(6) Tension Pulley
(7) Drive Belt
The drive belt adjustment is not required as automatic
drive belt tensioner is equipped.
Inspection
Check drive belt for wear or damage, and replace with a
new one as necessary.
InstaIIation
nstall cooling fan assembly and tighten bolts/nuts to the
specified torque.
and fan bracket.
cIutch assembIy.
NOTE: Fan belts for 6VE1 Gasoline Engine mounted on
98MY (UX) have been brought into one. As a result, the
rotating direction of a fan belt is opposite to the direction
of cool i ng fan for 92 to 97MY 6VD1 wi th no
interchangeability.
Therefore, incorrect installation of a fan may cause the air
for cooling to flow in the opposite direction, this resulting
in the poor performance of the air-conditioner and a rise
temperature in engine cooling water.
ENGINE COOLING 6B-13
Main Data and Specifications
GeneraI Specifications
M/T A/T
Cooling system Engine coolant forced circulation
Radiator (1 tube in row) Tube type corrugated (2 tube in row)
Heat radiation capacity 68,000 kcal/h 77,000 kcal/h
Heat radiation area 9.445m (0.878ft ) 11.21m (1.04ft )
Radiator front area 0.302m (0.028ft )
Radiator dry weight 39N (8.8lb) 44N (9.9lb)
Radiator cap valve opening pressure 93.3 122.7kpa (13.5 17.8psi)
Engine coolant capacity 2.5lit (2.6U.S q.t.) 2.4lit (2.5U.S q.t.)
Engine coolant pump Centrifugal impeller type
Delivery 300 (317) or more
Pump speed 5000 50 rpm
Thermostat Wax pellet type with air hole
Valve opening temperature 74.5 78.5 C (166.1 173.3 F)
Engine coolant total capacity 10.4lit (11.0U.S qt) 10.5lit (11.1U.S qt)
Nm (Kgm/Ib ft)
E06RW041
SpeciaI TooI
LLUSTRATON
TOOL NO.
TOOL NAME
5-8840-0277-0
(J-24460-01)
Tester; radiator cap
5-8840-2603-0
(J-33984-A)
Adapter; radiator cap
6C-1 ENGINE FUEL
ENGINE
ENGINE FUEL
CONTENTS
Service Precaution 6C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Description 6C2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Metering 6C3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Filter 6C4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Filter and Associated Parts 6C4 . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6C4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nspection 6C4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6C5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nspection 6C5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nTank Fuel Filter 6C5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Pump Flow Test 6C5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Pump 6C6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Pump and Associated Parts 6C6 . . . . . . . .
Removal 6C6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6C6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Pump Relay 6C7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Tank 6C7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Tank and Associated Parts 6C7 . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6C7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6C8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Tube / Quick Connect Fittings 6C8 . . . . . . .
Precautions 6C8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cautions During Work 6C8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6C8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reuse of QuickConnector 6C10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembling Advice 6C10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Gauge Unit 6C11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Gauge Unit and Associated Parts 6C11 . . .
Removal 6C11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6C11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Filler Cap 6C12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nspection 6C12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Data and Specifications 6C12 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Precaution
systems.
6C-2 ENGINE FUEL
GeneraI Description
140RW030
Legend
(1) Fuel Filler Cap
(2) Fuel Tank
(3) Rollover Valve
(4) Fuel Pump
(5) Fuel Filter
(6) Fuel Rail Right
(7) Right Bank
(8) Fuel Rail Left
(9) Left Bank
(10) Fuel Pressure Control Valve
(11) Common Chamber
(12) Duty Solenoid Valve
(13) Throttle Valve
(14) Canister
When working on the fuel system, there are several
things to keep in mind:
Any time the fuel system is being worked on,
disconnect the negative battery cable except for
those tests where battery voltage is required.
Always keep a dry chemical (Class B) fire
extinguisher near the work area.
Replace all pipes with the same pipe and fittings that
were removed.
Clean and inspect O rings. Replace if required.
Always relieve the line pressure before servicing any
fuel system components.
Do not attempt repairs on the fuel system until you
have read the instructions and checked the pictures
relating to that repair.
6C-3 ENGINE FUEL
Adhere to all Notices and Cautions.
All gasoline engines are designed to use only unleaded
gasoline. Unleaded gasoline must be used for proper
emission control system operation.
ts use will also minimize spark plug fouling and extend
engine oil life. Using leaded gasoline can damage the
emission control system and could result in loss of
emission warranty coverage.
All cars are equipped with an Evaporative Emission
Control System. The purpose of the system is to minimize
the escape of fuel vapors to the atmosphere.
FueI Metering
The Engine Control Module (ECM) is in complete control
of this fuel delivery system during normal driving
conditions.
The intake manifold function, like that of a diesel, is used
only to let air into the engine. The fuel is injected by
separate injectors that are mounted over the intake
manifold.
The Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor measures
the changes in the intake manifold pressure which result
from engine load and speed changes, which the MAP
sensor converts to a voltage output.
This sensor generates the voltage to change
corresponding to the flow of the air drawn into the engine.
The changing voltage is transformed into an electric
signal and provided to the ECM.
With receipt of the signals sent from the MAP sensor,
ntake Air Temperature sensor and others, the ECM
determines an appropriate fuel injection pulse width
feeding such information to the fuel injector valves to
effect an appropriate air/fuel ratio.
The Multiport Fuel njection system utilizes an injection
system where the injectors turn on at every crankshaft
revolution. The ECM controls the injector on time so that
the correct amount of fuel is metered depending on
driving conditions.
Two interchangeable O rings are used on the injector
that must be replaced when the injectors are removed.
The fuel rail is attached to the top of the intake manifold
and supplies fuel to all the injectors.
Fuel is recirculated through the rail continually while the
engine is running. This removes air and vapors from the
fuel as well as keeping the fuel cool during hot weather
operation.
The fuel pressure control valve that is mounted on the fuel
rail maintains a pressure differential across the injectors
under all operating conditions. t is accomplished by
controlling the amount of fuel that is recirculated back to
the fuel tank based on engine demand.
See Section Driveability and Emission for more
information and diagnosis.
6C-4 ENGINE FUEL
FueI FiIter
FueI FiIter and Associated Parts
041RW014
Legend
(1) Fuel Filler Cap
(2) Fuel Hose
(3) Fuel Filter Fixing Bolt
(4) Fuel Filter
RemovaI
CAUTION: When repair to the fueI system has been
compIeted, start engine and check the fueI system
for Ioose connection or Ieakage. For the fueI system
diagnosis, see Section "DriveabiIity and Emission".
2. Remove Fuel filler cap(1).
3. Disconnect fuel hoses(2) from fuel filter on both
engine side and fuel tank side.
4. Fuel filter fixing bolt(3).
Remove the fuel filter fixing bolt(3) on fuel filter
holder.
5. Remove fuel filter(4).
Inspection
1. Replace the fuel filter if the fuel leaks from fuel filter
body or if the fuel filter body itself is damaged.
2. Replace the filter if it is clogged with dirt or sediment.
3. Check the drain of receive rubber and if it is clogged
with dust, clean it up with air.
6C-5 ENGINE FUEL
InstaIIation
1. nstall the fuel filter in the proper direction.
2. nstall fuel filter holder fixing bolt.
3. Connect fuel hoses on engine side(1) and fuel tank
side(2).
041RW001
4. nstall fuel filler cap
5. Connect the battery ground cable.
Inspection
After installation, start engine and check for fuel leakage.
In-Tank FueI FiIter
The filter is located on the lower end of fuel pickup tube in
the fuel tank. t prevents dirt from entering the fuel pipe
and also stops water unless the filter is completely
submerged in the water. t is a self cleaning type, not
requiring scheduled maintenance. Excess water and
sediment in the tank restricts fuel supply to the engine,
resulting in engine stoppage. n such a case, the tank
must be cleaned thoroughly.
FueI Pump FIow Test
f reduction of fuel supply is suspected, perform the
following checks:
1. Make sure that there is fuel in the tank.
2. With the engine running, check the fuel feed pipe and
hose from fuel tank to injector for evidence of
leakage. Retighten, if pipe or hose connection is
loose. Also, check pipes and hoses for squashing or
clogging.
3. nsert the hose from fuel feed pipe into a clean
container, and check for fuel pump flow rate.
4. Connect the pump relay terminals with a jumper
wire(1) as shown and start the fuel pump to measure
delivery.
140RW002
CAUTION: Never generate sparks when connecting
a jumper wire.
Delivery Delivery
15 seconds 0.38 liters minimum
f the measure value is out of standard, conduct the
pressure test.
Pressure test
For the pressure test to the fuel system, see Section 6E
Fuel Control System.
6C-6 ENGINE FUEL
FueI Pump
FueI Pump and Associated Parts
035RW047
RemovaI
2. Loosen fuel filler cap.
3. Drain fuel.
Tighten drain plug to the specified torque after
draining fuel.
Torque: 20 Nm (2.0 Kgm/14 Ib ft) - M8
4. Remove fuel tank assembly(1). Refer to Fuel Tank
Removal in this section.
5. Remove fuel pump (FP) assembly(2) fixing screws
and remove the FP assembly.
NOTE: After removing FP, cover fuel tank to prevent any
dust entering.
InstaIIation
1. nstall FP assembly(2).
2. nstall fuel tank assembly(1). Refer to Fuel Tank
nstallation.
3. Fill the tank with fuel and tighten fuel filler cap.
6C-7 ENGINE FUEL
FueI Pump ReIay
GeneraI Description
n order to control the FP operation, the FP relay is
provided. When the starter switch is turned to ON
position, the FP relay operates the FP for 2 seconds.
When it is turned to START position, the Power Train
Control Module (PCM) receives the reference pulse from
the gnition Control Module and it operates the relay,
again causing the FP to feed fuel.
FueI Tank
FueI Tank and Associated Parts
035RW048
Legend
(1) Fender Liner
(2) Fuel Filler Hose and Air Breather Hose and
Evapo Hose
(3) Undercover
(4) Fuel Tank Wiring Connector
(5) Evapo Fuel Hose
(6) Fuel Feed Tube and Fuel Return
Tube/QuickConnect Fittings
(7) Fuel Tank
RemovaI
3. Drain fuel.
draining fuel.
4. Remove fender liner (1) of wheel well on rear right
side.
5. Fuel filler hose, air breather hose and evapo hose (2).
6. Remove undercover fixing bolts on both sides and
remove under cover(3).
6C-8 ENGINE FUEL
7. Disconnect two fuel tank wiring connectors(4) on
front right side of tank.
8. Disconnect evapo fuel hose(5).
9. Disconnect fuel feed tube and fuel return tube(6).
NOTE: Handling of the fuel tube, be sure to refer Fuel
Tube/QuickConnect Fittings in this section.
10. Remove fuel tank fixing bolts on both sides and
remove fuel tank(7).
InstaIIation
1. nstall fuel tank(7).
Place a flange on right side of tank on the bracket.
nstall a flange on left side on the bracket from the
bottom, and tighten bolts to the specified torque.
2. Connect fuel feed tube and fuel return tube(6).
3. Connect evapo fuel hose(5).
4. Connect fuel tank wiring connector(4).
5. nstall undercover(3).
6. Connect fuel filler hose, air breather hose and evapo
hose(2).
7. nstall fender liner(1).
Mount fender liner to the wheel well.
Fill the tank with fuel and tighten fuel filler cap.
Connect battery ground cable.
FueI Tube / Quick - Connect Fittings
Precautions
Lighting of Fires Prohibited.
Keep flames away from your work area to prevent the
inflammable from catching fire.
Disconnect the battery negative cable to prevent
shorting during work.
When welding or conducting other heat-generating
work on other parts, be sure to provide pretreatment
to protect the piping system from thermal damage or
spattering.
Cautions During Work
Do not expose the assembly to battery electrolyte or do
not wipe the assembly with a cloth used to wipe off spilt
battery electorolyte.
The piping wet with battery electrolyte cannot be used.
Be careful not to give a bending or twisting force to the
piping during the work. f deformed, replace with a new
piping.
RemovaI
1. Open the fuel cap to relieve the fuel pressure in the
tank.
f the fuel quick-connect fittings are dusty, clean with
an air blower, etc. and then remove it.
141RW016
As some pressure may remain in the piping, cover the
connector with a cloth, etc. to prevent the splashing
of fuel in the first disconnection of the piping.
6C-9 ENGINE FUEL
2. For removal of the delivery pipe (feeding fuel to the
engine), hold the connector in one hand, and hold the
retainer tab with the other hand and pull out the
connector, as illustrated. The pipe can be removed
with the retainer attached.
141RW019
3. For removal of the return pipe (returning fuel to the
tank), hold the pipe in one hand, and pull out the
connentor with the other hand while pressing the
square relieve button of the retainer, as illustrated.
141RW020
NOTE: This work should be done by hands. Do not use
any tools. Should the pipe can hardly be removed from
the connector, use a lubricant (light oil) and/or push and
pull the connector longitudinally until the pipe is removed.
141RW021
When reusing the delivery pipe retainer, reuse
without removing the retainer from the pipe. f the
retainer is damaged or deformed, however, replace
with a new retainer.
Cover the connectors removed with a plastic bag, etc.
to prevent the entry of dust or rain water.
141RW022
6C-10 ENGINE FUEL
Reuse of Quick-Connector
(DeIivery Pipe)
Replace the pipe and connector if scratch, dent or
crack is found.
Remove mud and dust from the pipe and make sure
that the end including spool is free of defects, such as
scratch, rust, and dent, which may cause poor
sealability. f defective, replace with a new pipe.
f the retainer removed according to the removal step
above is attached to the pipe, clean and insert it
straight into the quick-connector till it clicks. After it
clicks, try pulling it out to make sure that it is not drawn
and is securely locked.
NOTE: The retainer, once removed from the pipe, cannot
be reused. Just replace with a new retainer. nsert the
new retainer into the connector side until it clicks, and
connect the pipe as inserting it into the retainer until it
clicks.
141RW018
(Return Pipe)
Replace the pipe and connector if scratch, dent or
crack is found.
Remove mud or dust from the pipe and make sure
that the end including spool is free from defects, such
as scratch, rust, and dent, which may cause poor
sealability. f defective, replace with a new pipe.
After cleaning the pipe, insert it straight into the
connector until it clicks. After it clicks, try pulling it out
to make sure that it is not drawn and is securely
locked.
141RW017
AssembIing Advice
Application of engine oil or light oil to the pipe facilitates
connecting work. The work should be started immediately
after lubrication, since dust may stick to the pipe surface
to cause poor sealability if a long time passes after
lubrication.
Test/Inspection After AssembIing
1. Reconnect the battery negative cable.
2. Turn the ignition key to the ON position and check
pump startup sound. As the pump is actuated to raise
fuel pressure, check and see fuel leak from the piping
system.
3. Make sure of no fuel leakage by conducting the above
fuel leak check a few times.
4. Start the engine and make sure of stable idling speed
and normal vehicle run.The entry of dust during the
work may sometimes affect the fuel injection system.
6C-11 ENGINE FUEL
FueI Gauge Unit
FueI Gauge Unit and Associated Parts
140RS004
Legend
(1) Wiring Connector
(2) Fuel Gauge Unit
RemovaI
3. Drain fuel.
draining fuel.
4. Wiring connector
Disconnect wiring connector(1) from the unit.
5. Fuel gauge unit
Remove the fixing screws, then the fuel gauge
unit(2).
NOTE: After removing fuel gauge unit, cover fuel tank to
prevent any dust entering
InstaIIation
1. Fuel gauge unit(2).
2. Wiring connector(1).
Connect the wiring connector to the fuel gauge unit.
Fill the tank with fuel and tighten fuel filler cap.
Connect battery ground cable.
6C-12 ENGINE FUEL
FueI FiIIer Cap
GeneraI Description
Fuel filler cap includes vacuum valve and pressure valve.
n case any high vacuum and any high pressure happen in
tank, each valve works to adjust the pressure to prevent
the tank from being damaged.
140RW021
Legend
(1) Vacuum Valve
(2) Pressure Valve
Inspection
Check the seal ring in the filler cap for presence of any
abnormality and for seal condition.
Replace the filler cap, if abnormal.
CAUTION: The fueI fiIIer cap vaIves have
characteristics.
A defective vaIve, no vaIve at aII or a vaIve with the
wrong characteristics wiII do a Iot of harm to engine
operating characteristics; be sure to use the same
fueI fiIIer cap as instaIIed in this vehicIe.
Torque Specification
Nm (Kgm/Ib ft)
035RW141
ENGINE ELECTRICAL 6D1-1
ENGINE
ENGINE ELECTRICAL
CONTENTS
Service Precaution 6D11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery 6D12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Description 6D12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosis 6D12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Charging 6D13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jump Starting 6D13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Removal 6D14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery nstallation 6D14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Data and Specifications 6D15 . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Precaution
systems.
6D1-2 ENGINE ELECTRICAL
Battery
GeneraI Description
There are six battery fluid caps on top of the battery.
These are covered by a paper label.
The battery is completely sealed except for the six small
vent holes on the side. These vent holes permit the
escape of small amounts of gas generated by the battery.
This type of battery has the following advantages over
conventional batteries:
1. There is no need to add water during the entire
service life of the battery.
2. The battery protects itself against overcharging.
The battery will refuse to accept an extensive charge.
(A conventional battery will accept an excessive
charge, resulting in gassing and loss of battery fluid.)
3. The battery is much less vulnerable to self discharge
than a conventional type battery.
Diagnosis
1. VisuaI Inspection
nspect the battery for obvious physical damage, such as
a cracked or broken case, which would permit electrolyte
loss.
Replace the battery if obvious physical damage is
discovered during inspection.
Check for any other physical damage and correct it as
necessary.
2. Hydrometer Check
There is a builtin hydrometer (Charge test indicator(1))
at the top of the battery. t is designed to be used during
diagnostic procedures.
Before trying to read the hydrometer, carefully clean the
upper battery surface.
f your work area is poorly lit, additional light may be
necessary to read the hydrometer.
a. BLUE RNG OR DOT VSBLE(5) Go to Step 4.
b. BLUE RNG OR DOT NOT VSBLE(4) Go to Step
3.
061RW001
3. FIuid LeveI Check
The fluid level should be between the upper level line(2)
and lower level line(3) on side of battery.
a. CORRECT FLUD LEVEL Charge the battery.
b. BELOW LOWER LEVEL Replace battery.
061RW001
4. VoItage Check
1. Put voltmeter test leads to battery terminals.
a. VOLTAGE S 12.4V OR ABOVE Go to Step 5.
b. VOLTAGE S UNDER 12.4V Go to procedure (2)
below.
2. Determine fast charge amperage from specification.
(See Main Data and Specifications in this section).
Fast charge battery for 30 minutes at amperage rate
no higher than specified value.
Take voltage and amperage readings after charge.
a. VOLTAGE S ABOVE 16V AT BELOW 1/3 OF
AMPERAGE RATE Replace battery.
b. VOLTAGE S ABOVE 16V AT ABOVE 1/3 OF
AMPERAGE RATE Drop charging voltage to
15V and charge for 10 15 hours. Then go to Step
5.
c. VOLTAGE S BETWEEN 12V AND 16V
Continue charging at the same rate for an
additional 31/2 hours. Then go to Step 5.
d. VOLTAGE BELOW 12V Replace Battery.
5. Load Test
1. Connect a voltmeter and a battery load tester across
the battery terminals.
2. Apply 300 ampere load for 15 seconds to remove
surface charge from the battery. Remove load.
3. Wait 15 seconds to let battery recover. Then apply
specified load from specifications (See Main Data
and Specifications in this section).
Read voltage after 15 seconds, then remove load.
a. VOLTAGE DOES NOT DROP BELOW THE
MNMUM LSTED N THE TABLE The battery is
good and should be returned to service.
b. VOLTAGE S LESS THAN MNMUM LSTED
Replace battery.
ESTMATED TEMPERATURE MNMUM
VOLTAGE
F C V
70 21 9.6
60 16 9.5
50 10 9.4
40 4 9.3
30 1 9.1
20 7 8.9
10 12 8.7
0 18 8.5
The battery temperature must be estimated by feel
and by the temperature the battery has been
exposed to for the preceding few hours.
Battery Charging
Observe the following safety precautions when charging
the battery:
1. Never attempt to charge the battery when the fluid
level is below the lower level line on the side of the
battery. n this case, the battery must be replaced.
2. Pay close attention to the battery during charging
procedure.
Battery charging should be discontinued or the rate of
charge reduced if the battery feels hot to the touch.
Battery charging should be discontinued or the rate of
charge reduced if the battery begins to gas or spew
electrolyte from the vent holes.
3. n order to more easily view the hydrometer blue dot
or ring, it may be necessary to jiggle or tilt the battery.
4. Battery temperature can have a great effect on
battery charging capacity.
5. The sealed battery used on this vehicle may be either
quick charged or slow charged in the same manner as
other batteries.
Whichever method you decide to use, be sure that
you completely charge the battery. Never partially
charge the battery.
Jump Starting
Jump Starting with an AuxiIiary (Booster)
Battery
CAUTION: Never push or tow the vehicIe in an
attempt to start it. Serious damage to the emission
system as weII as other vehicIe parts wiII resuIt.
Treat both the discharged battery and the booster
battery with great care when using jumper cabIes.
CarefuIIy foIIow the jump starting procedure, being
carefuI at aII times to avoid sparking.
WARNING: FAILURE TO CAREFULLY FOLLOW THE
JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE COULD RESULT IN
THE FOLLOWING:
1. Serious personal injury, particularly to your eyes.
2. Property damage from a battery explosion, battery
acid, or an electrical fire.
3. Damage to the electronic components of one or both
vehicles particularly.
Never expose the battery to an open flame or electrical
spark. Gas generated by the battery may catch fire or
explode.
Remove any rings, watches, or other jewelry before
working around the battery. Protect your eyes by wearing
an approved set of goggles.
Never allow battery fluid to come in contact with your eyes
or skin.
Never allow battery fluid to come in contact with fabrics or
painted surfaces.
Battery fluid is a highly corrosive acid.
Should battery fluid come in contact with your eyes, skin,
fabric, or a painted surface, immediately and thoroughly
rinse the affected area with clean tap water.
Never allow metal tools or jumper cables to come in
contact with the positive battery terminal, or any other
metal surface of the vehicle. This will protect against a
short circuit.
Always keep batteries out of reach of young children.
Jump Starting Procedure
1. Set the vehicle parking brake.
f the vehi cl e i s equi pped wi th an automati c
transmission, place the selector level in the PARK
position.
f the vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission,
place the shift lever in the NEUTRAL position.
Turn OFF the ignition.
Turn OFF all lights and any other accessory
requiring electrical power.
2. Look at the builtin hydrometer.
f the indication area of the builtin hydrometer is
completely clear, do not try to jump start.
3. Attach the end of one jumper cable to the positive
terminal of the booster battery.
Attach the other end of the same cable to the positive
terminal of the discharged battery.
Do not allow the vehicles to touch each other. This will
cause a ground connection, effectively neutralizing
the charging procedure.
Be sure that the booster battery has a 12 volt rating.
4. Attach one end of the remaining cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery.
Attach the other end of the same cable to a solid
engine ground (such as the ai r condi ti oni ng
compressor bracket or the generator mounting
bracket) of the vehicle with the discharged battery.
The ground connection must be at least 450 mm (18
in.) from the battery of the vehicle whose battery is
being charged.
WARNING: NEVER ATTACH THE END OF THE
JUMPER CABLE DIRECTLY TO THE NEGATIVE
TERMINAL OF THE DEAD BATTERY.
5. Start the engine of the vehicle with the good battery.
Make sure that all unnecessary electrical accessories
have been turned OFF.
6. Start the engine of the vehicle with the dead battery.
7. To remove the jumper cables, follow the above
directions in reverse order.
Be sure to first disconnect the negative cable from the
vehicle with the discharged battery.
Battery RemovaI
061RS002
1. Remove negative cable (1).
2. Remove positive cable (2).
3. Remove retainer screw and rods (3).
4. Remove retainer (4).
5. Remove battery (5).
Battery InstaIIation
1. nstall battery (5).
2. nstall retainer (4).
3. nstal retainer screw and rods (3).
NOTE: Make sure that the rod is hooked on the body
side.
4. nstall positive cable (2).
5. nstall negative cable (1).
Model (JS) 95D31RMF 80D26RMF 75D26RMF
Voltage (V) 12 12 12
Cold Cranking Performance (Amp) 622 582 490
Reserve Capacity (Min) 159 133 123
Load Test (Amp) 310 290 245
Fast Charge Maximum Amperage (Amp) 20 20 20
BC Group No. 27 24 24
MEMO
6D2-1 IGNITION SYSTEM
ENGINE
IGNITION SYSTEM
CONTENTS
General Description 6D22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosis 6D22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gnition Coil 6D23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6D23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nspection and Repair 6D23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6D23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spark Plug 6D24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6D24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6D24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crankshaft Angle Sensor 6D25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6D25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6D25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Data and Specifications 6D26 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Precaution
systems.
GeneraI Description
gnition is done by the electronic ignition (El) that directly
fires the spark plugs from ignition coils through spark plug
wires without using a distributor. A pair of ignition coils for
the cylinders having different phases by 360 (No.1 and
No.4,No.2 and No.5,No.3 and No.6) are fired
simultaneously.
Since the cylinder on exhaust stroke requires less energy
to fire its ignition plug, energy from the ignition coils can be
utilized to fire the mating cylinder on compression stroke.
After additional 360 rotation, respective cylinder strokes
are reversed.
The E consists of six ignition coils,ignition control
module, crank angle sensor, powertrain control module
(PCM) and other components.
The ignition coils are connected with the PCM by means
of a 32 pin connector.
The ignition control module turns on/off the primary circuit
of ignition coils, and also it controls the ignition timing at
the engine speed below 538 rpm.
A notch in the timing disc on the crankshaft activates the
crank angle sensor which then sends information such as
firing order and starting timing of each ignition coil to the
PCM.
Further, the El employs ignition control (C) to control
similar to a distributor system.
By receiving signals such as crank position,engine
speed, water temperature and Manifold Absolute
Pressure (MAP), the PCM controls the ignition timing.
D06RW084
Diagnosis
Refer to Section Drivability and Emissions for the
diagnosis to electronic ignition system (El system).
Ignition CoiI
RemovaI
2. gnition coil connector and ignition coil.
Disconnect three connector from ignition coil.
Remove harness bracket bolt on cylinder head
cover.
Remove fixing bolts on ignition coil.
060RW121
Legend
(1) gnition Coil Connector
(2) Bolt
(3) gnition Coil Assembly
Check the ignition coil assembly for insulation. Check
terminals for corrosion or damage, and replace as
necessary.
Measuring resistance of ignition coil assembly.
Terminal No. Limit
1 to 2 Without 0 ohm or infinity
maximum ohm.
1 to 3 Same as above
2 to 3 Same as above
Measure resistance of ignition coil assembly, and replace
the ignition coil assembly if its value exceeds the
standard.
060RW006
InstaIIation
1. nstall the ignition coil assembly (3).
Connect ignition coil connector (1) and ignition coil
(3), then tighten bolt (2) to the specified torque.
060RW121
Spark PIug
RemovaI
1. Remove spark plugs.
The spark plug affects entire engine performance and
therefore its inspection is very important.
Check electrode and insulator for presence of cracks,
and replace if any.
Check electrode for wear, and replace if necessary.
Check gasket for damage, and replace if necessary.
Measure insulation resistance with an ohmmeter, and
replace if faulty.
Adjust spark plug gap to 1.0 mm (0.04 in) 1.1 mm
(0.043 in).
Check fuel and electrical systems if spark plug is
extremely dirty.
Use spark plugs having low heat value (hot type plug)
if fuel and electrical systems are normal.
Use spark plugs having high heat value (cold type
plug) if insulator and electrode are extremely burned.
Sooty Spark PIugs
Much deposit of carbon or oil on the electrode and
insulator of spark plug reduces the engine performance.
PossibIe causes:
Too rich mixture
Presence of oil in combustion chamber
ncorrectly adjusted spark plug gap
Burning EIectrodes
This fault is characterized by scorched or heavily oxidized
electrode or blistered insulator nose.
PossibIe causes:
Too lean mixture
mproper heat value
Measuring InsuIation Resistance
Measure insulation resistance using a 500 volt
megaohm meter.
Replace spark plugs if measured value is out of
standard.
InsuIation resistance: 50 M or more
011RS010
CIeaning Spark PIugs
Clean spark plugs with a spark plug cleaner.
Raise the ground electrode to an angle of 45 to 60
degrees. f electrode is wet, dry it before cleaning.
After spark plug is thoroughly cleaned, check
insulator for presence of cracks.
Clean threads and metal body with a wire brush.
File the electrode tip if electrode is extremely worn.
Bend the ground electrode to adjust the spark plug
gap.
011RS011
InstaIIation
1. Spark plugs
Tighten spark plugs to the specified torque.
Crankshaft AngIe Sensor
RemovaI
1. Disconnect battery ground cable
2. Wiring connector from crankshaft angle sensor.
3. Remove crankshaft angle sensor from cylinder block.
012RS008
InstaIIation
1. nstall crankshaft angle sensor into the cylinder block.
Before installation,apply small amount of engine oil to
the Oring.
2. Reconnect wiring connector to crankshaft angle
sensor.
Ignition System
gnition Form Electronic gnition System (El system) with Crankshaft angle Sensor
Spark PIug
Type K16PRP11
RC10PYP4
PK16PR11
Plug gap 1.0 mm (0.04 in) 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
Torque 18 Nm (1.8 Kgm/13 lb ft)
Nm (Kgm/Ib ft)
E06RW038
6D3-1 STARTING AND CHARGING SYSTEM
ENGINE
STARTING AND CHARGING SYSTEM
CONTENTS
Starting System 6D32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosis 6D34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starter 6D35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6D35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6D35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disassembled View 6D36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disassembly 6D37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reassembly 6D313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging System 6D318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General OnVehicle nspection 6D318 . . . . . . . . . . .
Generator 6D319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6D319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nspection 6D319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6D319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disassembled View 6D320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disassembly 6D321 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reassembly 6D324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bench Test 6D325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Precaution
systems.
Starting System
GeneraI Description
Cranking Circuit
The cranking system consists of a battery, starter, starter
switch, starter relay, etc. These main components are
connected.
Starter
The cranking system employs a magnetic type reduction
starter in which the motor shaft is also used as a pinion
shaft. When the starter switch is turned on, the contacts of
magnetic switch are closed, and the armature rotates. At
the same time, the plunger is attracted, and the pinion is
pushed forward by the shift lever to mesh with the ring
gear.
Then, the ring gear runs to start the engine. When the
engine starts and the starter switch is turned off, the
plunger returns, the pinion is disengaged from the ring
gear, and the armature stops rotation. When the engine
speed is higher than the pinion, the pinion idles, so that
the armature is not driven.
C06RW005
Diagnosis
Starter does not run Charging failure Repair charging system
Battery Failure Replace Battery
Terminal connection failure Repair or replace terminal connector
and/or wiring harness
Starter switch failure Repair or replace starter switch
Starter failure Repair or replace starter
Starter
RemovaI
1. Battery ground cable.
2. Remove exhaust front left pipe(1).
150RW062
3. Remove heat protector(3).
4. Disconnect starter wiring connector from terminals
B and S(4).
5. Remove starter assembly mounting bolts on inside
and outside(5).
6. Remove starter assembly toward the bottom of
engine(6).
065RW027
InstaIIation
1. nstall starter assembly(6).
2. nstall mounting bolts and tighten bolts to specified
torque(5).
3. Reconnect the connectors to terminals B and S
and tighten Terminals B to specified torque.
4. nstall heat protector(3).
065RW027
5. nstall exhaust front left pipe and tighten bolts and
nuts to specified torque(2).
Stud Nuts
Nuts
150RW062
6. Reconnect the battery ground cable.
DisassembIed View
065RW002
Legend
(1) Bolt (2 pcs)
(2) Ball Bearing
(3) Pinion
(4) Shift Lever
(5) Dust Cover
(6) Torsion Spring
(7) Dust Cover
(8) Magnetic Switch
(9) Nut
(10) Gear Case
(11) Bearing Cover
(12) ERing
(13) Thrust Washer (2)
(14) Center Bracket
(15) Pinion Shaft
(16) Planet Gear (3)
(17) nternal Gear
(18) Center Bracket (A)
(19) Yoke Assembly
(20) Armature
(21) Brush
(22) Brush Holder
(23) Thrust Washer
(24) Rear Cover
(25) Screw (2 pcs)
(26) Through Bolt (2 pcs)
DisassembIy
1. Loosen the nut(1) on terminal M of magnetic switch
and disconnect the connector cable.
2. Remove bolt (2 pcs) (2).
065RW003
3. Remove magnetic switch(5).
4. Remove dust cover(4).
5. Remove torsion spring bolts, then the magnetic
switch assembly.
6. Remove torsion spring(3) from magnetic switch
assembly(5).
065RW004
7. Remove screw (2 pcs) (8).
8. Remove through bolt (2 pcs) (7).
9. Remove screws and through bolts, then the rear
cover(9) then remove thrust washer(10).
10. Remove brush holder(6).
065RW005
11. Raise a brush spring to detach brushes (4 pcs) from
the commutator face and pull off the brush holder(12)
and brush(11).
065RW006
12. Remove yoke assembly(14).
13. Remove armature(15).
14. Pull off the yoke assembly, then remove armature,
washer and center bracket.(A) (13).
NOTE: n disassembling the yoke assembly, hold the
armature and pull off slowly the yoke assembly. Because
of strong magnetic force, avoid placing a metallic part
near armature.
065RW007
15. Remove dust cover(17).
16. Remove a dust cover and shift lever(16) from the gear
case.
065RW008
17. Remove ball bearing(19).
18. Remove bearing cover(20).
19. Remove a ball bearing and bearing cover from the
gear case(18).
065RW021
20. nternal gear(21).
21. Remove internal gear and planet gear(3) (22).
065RW009
22. Remove an Ering(23) from the pinion shaft using a
flat blade screwdriver.
065RW010
23. Holding the pinion shaft, push pinion toward the
center bracket. and turn the pinion clockwise or
counterclockwise by one tooth of spline, then pull off
the pinion.
24. Remove thrust washer(24).
25. Remove center bracket
26. Remove pinion shaft.
065RW011
Repair or replace necessary parts if extreme wear or
damage is found during inspection.
Armature
Measure the outer diameter of commutator, and replace
with a new one if it is out of the limit.
Limit: 32.0 mm (1.26 in)
065RS014
Check for continuity between commutator and segment.
Replace commutator if there is no continuity (i.e.,
disconnected).
065RS015
Check for continuity between commutator and shaft.
Also, check for continuity between commutator and
armature core,armature core and shaft. Replace
commutator if there is continuity (i.e., internally
grounded).
065RS016
Measure runout of armature core and commutator with a
dial gauge. Repair or replace, if it exceeds the limit.
Armature
Standard: 0.05 mm (0.002 in) Max.
Limit: 0.10 mm (0.004 in)
Commutator
Standard: 0.05 mm (0.002 in) Max.
Limit: 0.10 mm (0.004 in)
065RS017
Polish the commutator surface with sandpaper #500 to
#600 if it is rough.
065RW012
Measure the depth of insulator in commutator. Repair, if it
is below the limit.
Standard: 0.05 mm to 0.8 mm (0.02 in to 0.03 in)
Limit: 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
065RW013
Legend
(1) Steel Saw
(2) nsulator
(3) Commutator Segments
Brush
Measure the length of brush.
Replace with a new one, if it is below the limit.
Standard: 16 mm (0.63 in)
Limit: 11 mm (0.43 in)
065RW014
Brush HoIder
Check for continuity between brush holder (+) (4) and
base (). Replace, if there is continuity (i.e., insulation is
broken).
065RW015
Magnetic Switch
Check for continuity of shunt coil between terminals S and
M.
Replace, if there is no continuity (i.e., coil is
disconnected).
065RW016
Continuity of Series CoiI
Check for continuity between terminals S and M.
Replace, if there is no continuity (i.e., coil is
disconnected).
065RW017
Continuity of Contacts
With the plunger faced downward, push down the
magnetic switch. n this state, check for continuity
between terminals B and M. Replace, if there is no
continuity (i.e., contacts are faulty).
065RW018
Pinion
Check if the pinion rotates smoothly in drive direction by
hand, or if it is locked when it is rotated in reverse. f not,
replace the pinion.
065RS025
Yoke AssembIy
Check a magnet inside the yoke.
Replace the yoke assembly if it is broken.
065RS026
BaII Bearing
Clamp the inner race of the ball bearing with your finger,
and check for sticking or play when rotating the outer
race.
Replace, if abnormality is found.
065RS027
Measure inner diameter of bushing in the rear cover, and
replace if it exceeds the limit.
Standard: 12.50 mm to 12.527 mm (0.492 in to
0.4932 in)
Limit: 12.60 mm (0.4961 in)
065RS028
Measure inner diameter of bushing in the center bracket
(P), and replace if it exceeds the limit.
Standard: 18.01 mm to 18.127 mm (0.7091 in to
0.7137 in)
Limit: 18.15 mm (0.7146 in)
065RS029
ReassembIy
To install, follow the removal steps in the reverse order,
noting the following points:
Grease appIication pIaces
Bushing in rear cover and center bracket
Gears in reduction gear
Shift lever operating portion
Sliding portion of pinion
Plunger sliding portion of magnetic switch
ReassembIing Yoke AssembIy
Before reassembly, make sure that no metallic parts
attach to the yoke assembly. Because of strong magnetic
force, hold the yoke assembly and insert it slowly into the
armature.
Torque
Torque for each part (See Torque Specifications in
this section)
Pinion Jump-out Dimension
Connect the + cable of battery to terminal S and the
cable to terminal M. Turn the switch on, and measure
pinion travel dimension in thrust direction from the
jumpout position.
n measuring the dimension, pull the pinion out a little in
the arrow direction.
Dimension(L): 0.05 mm to 1.5 mm (0.002 in to
0.06 in)
065RS030
f the measured value is out of standard, insert dust cover,
or disassemble and adjust.
065RW019
Characteristic Test
For easily confirming the characteristics, conduct the no
load test as follows:
Rating as short as 30 seconds requires rapid testing.
Fix the starter on the test bench, and wire as shown in
illustration. When the switch is closed, the current flows
and the starter runs under no load. At this time, measure
current, voltage and speed to check if they satisfy the
standard.
065RW020
Legend
(1) Volt Meter
(2) Tachometer
(3) Battery
(4) Ammeter
(5) Switch
Model HTACH GD002350
Rating
Voltage 12 V
Output 1.4 Kw
Time 30 sec
Number of teeth of pinion 9
Rotating direction(as viewed from pinion) Clockwise
Weight(approx.) 34 N
No load characteristics
Voltage /Current 11V/90A or less
Speed 2700rpm or more
Load characteristics
Voltage/current 8.4V/250A
Torque 7.3Nm(64lbin.) or more
Speed 1200rpm or more
Locking characteristics
Voltage/current 3V/750A or less
Torque 19Nm(14lbin) or more
Nm (Kgm/Ib ft)
E06RW044
Nm (Kgm/Ib ft)
150RW100
Charging System
GeneraI Description
The C integral regulator charging system and its main
components are connected as shown in the illustration.
The regulator is a solid state type and it is mounted along
with the brush holder assembly inside the generator
installed on the rear end cover.
The generator does not require particular maintenance
such as voltage adjustment.
The rectifier connected to the stator coil has eight diodes
to transform AC voltage into DC voltage.
This DC voltage is connected to the output terminal of
generator.
GeneraI On-VehicIe Inspection
The operating condition of charging system is indicated
by the charge warning lamp. The warning lamp comes on
when the starter switch is turned to ON position. The
charging system operates normally if the lamp goes off
when the engine starts.
f the warning lamp shows abnormality or if undercharged
or overcharged battery condition is suspected, perform
diagnosis by checking the charging system as follows:
1. Check visually the belt and wiring connector.
2. With the engine stopped, turn the stator switch to
ON position and observe the warning lamp.
f lamp does not come on:
Disconnect wiring connector from generator, and
ground the terminal L on connector side.
f lamp comes on:
Repair or replace the generator.
F06RW009
Generator
RemovaI
then remove drive belt (1).
3. Disconnect the wire from terminal B and disconnect
the connector (4).
4. Remove generator fixing bolt (3).
5. Remove generator assembly (2).
060RW002
Inspection
1. Disconnect the wiring connector from generator.
2. With the engine stopped, turn starter switch to ON
and connect a voltmeter between connector terminal
L (2) and ground or between terminal G (1) and
ground.
066RW001
f voltage is not present, the line between battery and
connector is disconnected and so requires repair.
3. Reconnect the wiring connector to the generator, run
the engine at middle speed, and turn off all electrical
devices other than engine.
4. Measure battery voltage. f it exceeds 16V, repair or
replace the generator.
5. Connect an ammeter to output terminal of generator,
and measure output current under load by turning on
the other electrical devices (eg., head lights). At this
time, the voltage must not be less than 13V.
InstaIIation
1. nstall generator assembly to the position to be
installed.
2. nstall generator assembly and tighten the fixing bolts
Torque:
M10 boIt: 41 Nm (4.2 Kgm/30 Ib ft)
M8 boIt: 21 Nm (2.1 Kgm/15 Ib ft)
3. Connect wiring harness connector and direct terminal
B.
5. Reconnect battery ground cable.
DisassembIed View
066RW007
Legend
(1) Pulley Nut
(2) Pulley
(3) Front Cover Assembly
(4) Rotor Assembly
(5) Rear End Cover
(6) Rectifier
(7) Terminal nsulator and Nut
(8) Regulator Assembly
(9) Brush Holder Assembly
(10) Rear Cover
DisassembIy
1. Terminal insulator and nut(2).
2. Remove three nuts(1) on the rear cover and a nut on
terminal B and insulator, then remove the rear
cover(3).
060RW005
3. Remove two screws that fix the brush holder(5) and
rectifier, then remove the brush holder assembly(4).
060RW004
4. Remove three screws on the C regulator, then the C
regulator assembly(6).
060RW003
5. Remove four screws that fix rectifier(7) and stator
lead wires.
066RW004
6. Secure the pulley directly in the vise between two
copper plates, and remove the nut and pulley.
066RS010
7. Remove four nuts(8) that secure the front cover
assembly and rear end cover, and an insulator(9).
066RW005
8. Use the puller to remove the rear end cover.
9. Rotor assembly
066RS012
10. Pull the rotor assembly(10) off the front cover
assembly(12) using a bench press(11).
066RW006
Repair or replace necessary parts if extreme wear or
damage is found during inspection.
Rotor AssembIy
1. Check the rotor slip ring surfaces for contamination
and roughness. f rough, polish with #500600
sandpaper.
066RS014
2. Measure the slip ring diameter, and replace if it
exceeds the limit.
066RS015
3. Check resistance between slip rings, and replace if
there is no continuity.
066RS016
4. Check for continuity between slip ring and rotor core.
n case of continuity, replace the rotor assembly.
066RS017
Stator CoiI
1. Measure resistance between respective phases.
2. Measure insulation resistance between stator coil
and core with a megaohmmeter.
f less than standard, replace the coil.
066RS018
Brush
Measure the brush length.
f more than limit, replace the brush.
Standard: 10.mm (0.4134 in)
Limit: 8.4.mm (0.3307 in)
066RS019
Rectifier AssembIy
Check for continuity across P and E in the 100W
range of multimeter.
066RW002
Change polarity, and make sure that there is continuity in
one direction, and not in the reverse direction. n case of
continuity in both directions, replace the rectifier
assembly.
IC ReguIator AssembIy
Check for continuity across B and F in the 100W
range of multimeter.
066RS021
Change polarity, and make sure that there is continuity in
one direction, and not in the reverse direction. n case of
continuity in both directions, replace the C regulator
assembly.
ReassembIy
To reassemble, follow the disassembly steps in the
reverse order, noting the following points:
1. Using a press with a socket wrench attached,
reassemble rotor and rear end cover assembly in the
front cover.
066RS022
2. nstall pulley on the rotor.
Secure the pulley directly in the vise between two
copper plates, and tighten nut to the specified torque.
066RS010
Bench Test
Conduct a bench test of the generator.
066RS023
Preparation
Remove generator from the vehicle (see Generator
removal).
1. Secure generator to the bench test equipment and
connect wires.
Terminal G for energization
Terminal L for neutral (warning lamp)
Terminal B for output
2. Conduct the generator characteristic test.
Characteristics of generator are shown in illustration.
Repair or replace the generator if its outputs are
abnormal.
B06RW001
Parts Number (Nippon denso) 1022115030
Model ACHD04
Rated voltage 12 V
Rated output 75 A
Rotating direction (As viewed from pulley) Clockwise
Pulley effective diameter 50 mm (1.97 in)
Weight 44 N (33 lb)
6E-1 ENGINE DRIVEABILITY AND EMISSIONS
ENGINE
ENGINE DRIVEABILITY AND EMISSIONS
CONTENTS
Specifications 6E5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tightening Specifications 6E5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Type Specifications 6E5 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagrams and Schematics 6E6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Wiring Diagram (1 of 11) 6E6 . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Wiring Diagram (2 of 11) For EC,
THALAND, SOUTH EAST ASA, LATN
AMERCA, GULF, SAUD, CHNA. 6E7 . . . . . .
PCM Wiring Diagram (3 of 11) For SOUTH
AFRCA and EXP. 6E8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Wiring Diagram (6 of 11) For
AUSTRALA, THALAND, SOUTH EAST
ASA, LATN AMERCA, GULF, SAUD,
LATN AMERCA. 6E11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Wiring Diagram (7 of 11) For EC. 6E12 . . .
PCM Wiring Diagram (8 of 11) For EXPORT
and SOUTH AFRCA. 6E13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Wiring Diagram (9 of 11) Except EXP
and SOUTH AFRCA 6E14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Wiring Diagram (10 of 11) For
EXPORT and SOUTH AFRCA 6E15 . . . . . . . . .
PCM Wiring Diagram (11 of 11) 6E16 . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Pinouts 6E17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Pinout Table, 32-Way Red
Connector Row A 6E17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Pinout Table, 32-Way Red
Connector Row B 6E19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Pinout Table, 32-Way White
Connector Row C (For EC) 6E20 . . . . . . . . . .
Connector Row C (For except EC) 6E21 . . .
Connector Row D
(For except EXPORT and SOUTH
AFRCA) 6E22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connector Row D
(For EXPORT and SOUTH AFRCA) 6E23 . . . . .
PCM Pinout Table, 32-Way Blue
Connector Row E
(For except EXPORT and SOUTH
AFRCA) 6E24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connector Row E
(For EXPORT and SOUTH AFRCA) 6E26 . . . . .
Connector Row F 6E27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Locators 6E28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Component Locator (This illustration
is based on RHD model.) 6E28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Component Locator Table 6E29 . . . . . . . .
Engine Component Locator Table 6E31 . . . . . . . .
Undercarriage Component Locator 6E32 . . . . . .
Undercarriage Component Locator Table
(Automatic Transmission) 6E32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undercarriage Component Locator Table
(Manual Transmission) 6E33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse and Relay Panel (Underhood
Electrical Center) 6E33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensors and Miscellaneous Component
Locators 6E34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosis 6E37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Strategy-Based Diagnostics 6E37 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Strategy-Based Diagnostics 6E37 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC Stored 6E37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No DTC 6E37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Matching Symptom 6E37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ntermittents 6E37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Trouble Found 6E37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verifying Vehicle Repair 6E37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Service nformation 6E38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OBD Serviceablity ssues 6E38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance Schedule 6E38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Visual / Physical Engine Compartment
nspection 6E38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic Knowledge of Tools Required 6E38 . . . . . .
Serial Data Communications 6E38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Class Serial Data Communications 6E38 . . . . .
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) 6E39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-Board Diagnostic Tests 6E39 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comprehensive Component Monitor
Diagnostic Operation 6E39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common OBD Terms 6E40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Diagnostic Executive 6E40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC Types 6E41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verifying Vehicle Repair 6E42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes Using
A Tech 2 6E42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tech 2 Tech 2 6E43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tech 2 Features 6E43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Getting Started 6E44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Procedure (For Example) 6E44 . . . . .
DTC Modes 6E45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC nformation Mode 6E46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
njector Balance Test 6E46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EGR Control Test 6E47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dle Air Control System Test 6E48 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Primary System-Based Diagnostic 6E50 . . . . . . . . .
Primary System-Based Diagnostic 6E50 . . . . . . .
Fuel Control Heated Oxygen Sensor 6E50 . . . . .
HO2S Heater 6E50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Trim System Monitor Diagnostic
Operation 6E50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Trim System Monitor Diagnostic
Operation 6E50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Trim Cell Diagnostic Weights 6E50 . . . . . . .
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check 6E51 .
A/C Clutch Control Circuit Diagnosis 6E54 . . . . . . .
Electronic gnition System Diagnosis 6E60 . . . . . . .
Fuel Metering System Check 6E60 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dle Air Control (AC) Valve 6E60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel System Pressure Test 6E60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel njector Coil Test Procedure and Fuel
njector Balance Test Procedure 6E60 . . . . . . . . . .
Knock Sensor Diagnosis 6E65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Diagnosis 6E65
Multiple PCM nformation Sensor DTCS Set 6E65
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Diagnosis
(For except EXPORT and
SOUTH AFRCA) 6E68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Tech 2 Data Definitions and Ranges 6E68
Typical Scan Data Values 6E70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Malfunction ndicator Lamp (ML) 6E74 . . . . . . .
Malfunction ndicator Lamp (ML) ON
Steady 6E77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Cranks But Will Not Run 6E79 . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel System Electrical Test 6E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel System Diagnosis 6E88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dle Air Control (AC) System Check 6E93 . . . . . . .
Knock Sensor (KS) System Check
(Engine Knock, Poor Performance, or Poor
Economy) 6E95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
Check 6E97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Output
Check 6E99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes 6E101 . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0101
MAF System Performance 6E104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAF Sensor Circuit Low Frequency 6E107 . . . . . .
MAF Sensor Circuit High Frequency 6E110 . . . . . .
MAP Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 6E112 . . . . . . . . . .
MAP Sensor Circuit High Voltage 6E115 . . . . . . . . .
AT Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 6E118 . . . . . . . . . . .
AT Sensor Circuit High Voltage 6E121 . . . . . . . . . .
ECT Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 6E124 . . . . . . . . . .
ECT Sensor Circuit High Voltage 6E127 . . . . . . . . .
TP System Performance 6E130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TP Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 6E133 . . . . . . . . . . .
TP Sensor Circuit High Voltage 6E136 . . . . . . . . . .
HO2S Circuit Low Voltage Bank 1
Sensor 1 6E139 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HO2S Circuit High Voltage Bank 1
Sensor 1 6E142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HO2S Circuit nsufficient Activity Bank 1
Sensor 1 6E145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HO2S Circuit Low Voltage Bank 2
Sensor 1 6E148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HO2S Circuit HGH Voltage Bank 2
Sensor 1 6E151 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Trim System Lean Bank 1 6E154 . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Trim System Rich Bank 1 6E158 . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Trim System Lean Bank 2 6E162 . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Trim System Rich Bank 2 6E166 . . . . . . . . . . .
njector 1 Control Circuit 6E170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KS Module Circuit 6E188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KS Sensor Circuit 6E190 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
58X Reference Signal Circuit 6E193 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CKP Sensor Circuit Low Frequency 6E195 . . . . . . .
CMP Sensor Circuit Performance 6E198 . . . . . . . . .
CMP Sensor Circuit Low 6E202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gnition 1 Control Circuit 6E206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EGR Pintle Crank Error 6E224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EGR Open Stuck 6E226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EGR Low Voltage 6E228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EGR High Voltage 6E231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VSS Circuit Low nput 6E234 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Voltage Low 6E237 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Voltage High 6E239 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Memory 6E240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HO2S Circuit Transition Time Ratio Bank 2
Sensor 1 6E241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel System Lean During Acceleration 6E245 . . . .
ABS Rough Road ABS System Fault 6E248 . . . . . .
EGR Closed Stuck 6E249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC System Low RPM 6E251 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC System High RPM 6E254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serial Peripheral nterface (SP) PCM
nterprocessor Communication Error 6E257 . . . . . .
PCM Unexpected Reset 6E258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver-1-nput High Voltage 6E259 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom Diagnosis 6E262 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Default Matrix Table 6E288 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 6E291 . . . . . . . . . .
Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor 6E292 . . . . . . . . .
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 6E292 .
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 6E293 . . . . . . . . . . .
ntake Air Temperature (AT) Sensor 6E295 . . . . . . .
Knock Sensor (KS) 6E296 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor 6E297 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor 6E297 .
Malfunction ndicator Lamp (ML) 6E298 . . . . . . . . . .
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) 6E298 . . . . . . . . .
EEPROM 6E300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch 6E300 . . . .
Throttle Position (TP) Sensor 6E301 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) 6E302 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Cleaner/Air Filter 6E303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dle Air Control (AC) Valve 6E304 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common Chamber 6E305 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accelerator Cable Assembly 6E305 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accelerator Pedal Replacement 6E308 . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Filter Cap 6E310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Filter 6E310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Gauge Unit 6E313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel njectors 6E314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Pressure Regulator 6E315 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Metering System 6E317 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Pump Assembly 6E318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Pump Relay 6E319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Rail Assembly 6E319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Tank 6E321 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Throttle Body (TB) 6E323 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic gnition System 6E324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalytic Converter 6E325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Conditioning Relay 6E325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EVAP Canister Hoses 6E326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EVAP Canister 6E326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid 6E327 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Tank Vent Valve 6E328 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linear Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) Valve 6E328 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve 6E329 .
Wiring and Connectors 6E330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Connectors and Terminals 6E330 . . . . . . . . . . .
Wire Harness Repair: Twisted Shielded
Cable 6E330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Twisted Leads 6E331 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weather-Pack Connector 6E332 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Com-Pack 6E333 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metri-Pack 6E333 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Description 6E335 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Description (PCM and Sensors) 6E335 . . .
58X Reference PCM nput 6E335 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A/C Request Signal 6E335 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor 6E335 . . . . . . .
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor and
Signal 6E335 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 6E335
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read
Only Memory (EEPROM) 6E336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Control Heated Oxygen Sensors 6E336 . . . .
ntake Air Temperature (AT) Sensor 6E336 . . . . .
Knock Sensor 6E337 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linear Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
Control 6E337 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor 6E337 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor 6E338
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) 6E338 . . . . . . .
PCM Function 6E338 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Components 6E339 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Voltage Description 6E339 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM nput/Outputs 6E339 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM Service Precautions 6E339 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reprogramming The PCM 6E339 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Throttle Position (TP) Sensor 6E339 . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT)
Sensor 6E340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission Range Switch 6E340 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) 6E340 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Use of Circuit Testing Tools 6E340 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aftermarket Electrical and Vacuum
Equipment 6E340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrostatic Discharge Damage 6E341 . . . . . . . . .
Upshift Lamp 6E341 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Description (Air nduction) 6E341 . . . . . . . .
Air nduction System 6E341 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Description (Fuel Metering) 6E341 . . . . . . .
Acceleration Mode 6E341 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accelerator Controls 6E341 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Voltage Correction Mode 6E341 . . . . . . . .
CMP Signal 6E341 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clear Flood Mode 6E342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deceleration Mode 6E342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Speed/Vehicle Speed/Fuel
Disable Mode 6E342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Cutoff Mode 6E342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel njector 6E342 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Metering System Components 6E342 . . . . . .
Fuel Metering System Purpose 6E342 . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Pressure Regulator 6E343 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit 6E343 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Rail 6E343 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dle Air Control (AC) Valve 6E343 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Run Mode 6E344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting Mode 6E344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Throttle Body Unit 6E344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Description (Electronic gnition
System) 6E344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 6E344 . . . . . . . .
Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor 6E345 . . . . . . .
Electronic gnition 6E345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gnition Coils 6E345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gnition Control 6E345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gnition Control PCM Output 6E347 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Knock Sensor (KS) PCM nput 6E347 . . . . . . . . . .
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) 6E347 . . . . . . .
Spark Plug 6E347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A/C Clutch Diagnosis 6E349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A/C Clutch Circuit Operation 6E349 . . . . . . . . . . . .
A/C Clutch Circuit Purpose 6E349 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A/C Request Signal 6E349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Description (Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) System) 6E349 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EGR Purpose 6E349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linear EGR Valve 6E349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linear EGR Control 6E349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linear EGR Valve Operation and Results
of ncorrect Operation 6E349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EGR Pintle Position Sensor 6E350 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Description (Positive Crankcase
Ventilation (PCV) System) 6E350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crankcase Ventilation System Purpose 6E350 . . .
Crankcase Ventilation System Operation 6E350 .
Specifications
Tightening Specifications
AppIication Nm Lb Ft. Lb In.
Camshaft Position Sensor Retaining Screw 9 78
Crankshaft Position Sensor Mounting Bolt 10 87
EGR Bolt 28 21
EGR Nut 28 21
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 20 7.7
Fuel Drain Plug 29 22
Fuel Pressure Regulator Attaching Screw 6.5 60
Fuel Rail Bolts 25 18
Fuel Tank Undercover Retaining Bolts 36 27
Heated Oxygen Sensor 42 31
Lower ntake Manifold to Engine Block Bolts 25 18
Lower ntake Manifold to Engine Block Nuts 25 18
Spark Plugs 18 13
Throttle Body Mounting Bolts 25 18
Upper ntake Manifold to Lower ntake Manifold Bolts 25 18
VSS Retaining Bolt 13 120
VehicIe Type Specifications
EC AUSTRALA
THALAND
SOUTH-EA
ST-ASA
LATN
AMERCA
GULF
CONTRES
SAUD
CHNA
SOU
TH
AFR
CA
EXPORT Specifications
UBS UBS UBS UBS UBS UBS
OBD
O2
SEN
CAT
EGR
MT AT MT AT MT AT MT AT MT MT AT
OBD SEN
SOR
A
EGR
2 1
2 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1
1

Diagrams and Schematics
PCM Wiring Diagram (1 of 11)
D06RW00005
PCM Wiring Diagram (2 of 11) For EC, THAILAND, SOUTH EAST ASIA, LATIN AMERICA,
GULF, SAUDI, CHINA.
D06RW134
PCM Wiring Diagram (3 of 11) For SOUTH AFRICA and EXP.
D06RW140
D06RX00003
D06RW138
PCM Wiring Diagram (6 of 11) For AUSTRALIA, THAILAND, SOUTH EAST ASIA, LATIN
AMERICA, GULF, SAUDI, LATIN AMERICA.
D06RW137
PCM Wiring Diagram (7 of 11) For EC.
D06RW100
PCM Wiring Diagram (8 of 11) For EXPORT and SOUTH AFRICA.
D06RW138
PCM Wiring Diagram (9 of 11) Except EXP and SOUTH AFRICA
D06RW099
PCM Wiring Diagram (10 of 11) For EXPORT and SOUTH AFRICA
D06RW141
D06RW136
PCM Pinouts
PCM Pinout TabIe, 32-Way Red Connector - Row "A"
TS23344
PIN PIN Function Wire CoIor IGN ON ENG RUN Refer To
A1 5 Volt Reference A RED 5.0 V 5.0 V Appropriate Sensor
A2 Knock Sensor YEL 0.0 V DC
2mV AC
0.0 V DC
18mV AC
(at idle)
General Description and
Operation, Knock Sensor
A3 Not Used
A4 Battery Feed WHT B+ B+ Chassis Electrical
A5 dle Air Control (AC) A
High
BLU B+/0.8 V B+/0.8 V General Description and
Operation, AC
A6 AC A Low BLU/WHT B+/0.8 V B+/0.8 V General Description and
Operation, AC
A7 AC B Low BLU/BLK B+/0.8 V B+/0.8 V General Description and
Operation, AC
A8 AC B High BLU/RED B+/0.8 V B+/0.8 V General Description and
Operation, AC
A9 Automatic Transmission
Fluid (ATF) Lamp
ORN/BLU B+ B+ Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
A10 Winter Lamp PNK/GRN B+ B+ Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
A11 Power Lamp GRY/WHT B+ B+ Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
A12 Antilock Brake System
(ABS)
GRY B+ B+ Antilock Brake System
A13 Malfunction ndicator
(Check Engine or ML)
Lamp
BLU 0.0 V B+ Chassis Electrical
A14 Check Transmission
Lamp Driver (AT)
ORN/BLK B+ B+ Chassis Electrical
Up Shift Lamp Driver (MT) ORN/BLU
PIN Refer To ENG RUN IGN ON Wire CoIor PIN Function
A15 EVAP RED/BLU B+ 5.0 V
A16 Band Apply (AT)
Air Pump (MT)
BRN/YEL B+ B+ Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
PCM Pinout TabIe, 32-Way Red Connector - Row "B"
TS23344
B1 5 Volt Reference B RED/YEL 5.0 V 5.0 V Appropriate Sensor
B2 lgnition coil RED/WHT 0.0 V 0.1 V General Description and
Operation
B3 lgnition coil RED/BLK 0.0 V 0.1 V General Description and
Operation
B4 lgnition coil RED/GRN 0.0 V 0.1 V General Description and
Operation
B5 Not Used
B6 Not Used
B7 Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR)
YEL/RED 0.6 V 0.6 V General Description and
Operation, Linear EGR
Control
B8 ntake Air Temperature
(AT) Sensor
YEL/GRN 0.5-4.9 V
(depends on
temperature)
0.5-4.9 V
(depends on
temperature)
Operation, AT
B9 Not Used
B10 Not Used
B11 Power Steering Pressure
(PSP) Switch
GRN/YEL B+ B+ General Description and
Operation, PSP
B12 lluminated Switch GRN B+ B+ Chassis Electrical
B13 Class 2 Data ORN/GRN 0.0 V 0.0 V Diagnosis, Class 2 Serial
Data
B14 A/C Clutch GRN/BLK B+
(A/C OFF)
B+
(A/C OFF)
Operation, A/C Clutch Circuit
Operation
B15 ECM to ECU
Communication
Violet 0.0 V 0.1 V
B16 Not Used
PCM Pinout TabIe, 32-Way White Connector - Row "C" (For EC)
TS23345
C1 njector Cylinder #4 GRN/RED B+ B+ General Description and
Operation, Fuel njector
C2 Shift B Solenoid BRN/BLK 0.0 V 0.0 V Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
C3 njector Cylinder #6 GRN/YEL B+ B+ General Description and
C4 gnition Control (C)
Cylinder #1
RED 0.0 V 0.1 V General Description and
C5 Crankshaft Position
Sensor, A Circuit
YEL 0.3 V to 5 V 2.2 V General Description and
Operation, Crankshaft
Position Sensor
C6 Not Used
C7 PCM Ground YEL 0.0 V 0.0 V Chassis Electrical
C8 PCM Ground BLK/PNK 0.0 V 0.0 V Chassis Electrical
C9 PCM Ground BLK/BLU 0.0 V 0.0 V Chassis Electrical
C10 Tachometer BLK/RED 8.8 V 10.0 V
(at idle)
Chassis Electrical
C11 Variable ntake Manifold YEL/BLK 0.0 V B+ (rpm
3600 over)
Manual Transmission
C12 Alternator Control Gain WHT/BLU 10.5 V B+ Chassis Electrical
C13 Fuel PWM BLU/PNK B+ B+
C14 Bank 2 HO2S 1 High PNK 0.4 V 0.1-0.9 V General Description and
Operation, Fuel HO2S 1
C15 Bank 2 HO2S 1 Low BLU 0.0 V 0.1 V General Description and
C16 Not Used
PCM Pinout TabIe, 32-Way White Connector - Row "C" (For except EC)
TS23345
C1 njector Cylinder #4 GRN/RED B+ B+ General Description and
C2 Shift B Solenoid BRN/BLK 0.0 V 0.0 V Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
C3 njector Cylinder #6 GRN/YEL B+ B+ General Description and
C4 gnition Control (C)
Cylinder #1
RED 0.0 V 0.1 V General Description and
C5 Crankshaft Position
Sensor, A Circuit
YEL 0.3 V to 5 V 2.2 V General Description and
Position Sensor
C6 Not Used
C8 PCM Ground BLK/PNK 0.0 V 0.0 V Chassis Electrical
C10 Tachometer BLK/RED 8.8 V 10.0 V
(at idle)
Chassis Electrical
C11 Variable ntake Manifold YEL/BLK 0.0 V B+ (rpm
3600 over)
Manual Transmission
C12 Not Used
C13 Not Used
C14 Not Used
C15 Not Used
C16 Not Used
PCM Pinout TabIe, 32-Way White Connector - Row "D"
(For except EXPORT and SOUTH AFRICA)
TS23345
D1 njector Cylinder #2 GRN/ORN B+ B+ General Description and
D2 Torque Converter Clutch
(TCC)
BRN/BLU 0.0 V 0.0 V On-Vehicle Service, Torque
Converter Clutch
D3 njector Cylinder #1 GRN/WHT B+ B+ General Description and
D4 Serial Data (8192) ORN 5.0 V 5.0 V Chassis Electrical
D5 gnition Control, Cylinder
#5
RED/YEL 0.0 V 0.1 V General Description and
Operation, gnition Coil
#3
RED/BLUE 0.0 V 0.0 V General Description and
D7 VSS nput / MOB
Response
WHT/BLK 0.0 V 0.1 V
(at rest)
Chassis Electrical
D8 Sensor Ground 5V
Reference A Return
GRN 0.0 V 0.0 V Appropriate Sensor
D9 Sensor Ground 5 V
Reference B Return
GRY 0.0 V 0.0 V Appropriate Sensor
D10 Mass Air Flow (MAF) YEL 4.9 V 4.2 V General Description, Mass
Air Flow Sensor
D11 Camshaft Position Sensor WHT 5.0 V or less
than 1.0 V
4.6 V General Description and
Operation, Camshaft
Position Sensor
D12 Not Used
D13 Not Used
D14 Bank 1 HO2S 1 Low GRN 0.0 V 0.1 V General Description and
D15 Bank 1 HO2S 1 Signal RED 0.4 V 0.1-0.9 V General Description and
D16 Not Used
PCM Pinout TabIe, 32-Way White Connector - Row "D"
(For EXPORT and SOUTH AFRICA)
TS23345
D1 njector Cylinder #2 GRN/ORN B+ B+ General Description and
D2 Torque Converter Clutch
(TCC)
BRN/BLU 0.0 V 0.0 V On-Vehicle Service, Torque
Converter Clutch
D3 njector Cylinder #1 GRN/WHT B+ B+ General Description and
D4 Serial Data (8192) ORN 5.0 V 5.0 V Chassis Electrical
#5
RED/YEL 0.0 V 0.1 V General Description and
#3
RED/BLUE 0.0 V 0.0 V General Description and
D7 VSS nput / MOB
Response
LGHT
GRN/WHT
0.0 V 0.1 V
(at rest)
Chassis Electrical
D8 Sensor Ground 5V
Reference A Return
GRN 0.0 V 0.0 V Appropriate Sensor
D9 Sensor Ground 5 V
Reference B Return
GRY 0.0 V 0.0 V Appropriate Sensor
D10 Mass Air Flow (MAF) YEL 4.9 V 4.2 V General Description, Mass
Air Flow Sensor
D11 Camshaft Position Sensor WHT 5.0 V or less
than 1.0 V
Operation, Camshaft
Position Sensor
D12 Not Used
D13 Not Used
D14 Not Used
D15 Not Used
D16 Not Used
PCM Pinout TabIe, 32-Way BIue Connector - Row "E"
(For except EXPORT and SOUTH AFRICA)
TS23346
E1 Transmission Output Shaft
Sensor (TOSS) High
RED 0.0 V 0.1 V Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
Sensor (TOSS) Low
WHT 0.0 V 0.0 V Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
E3 Pressure Control Solenoid
Low
PPL/RED 0.0 V 1.1 V Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
High
PPL/WHT 0.0 V 4.9 V Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
E5 Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) Control High
BLK/YEL B+ B+ General Description and
Operation, EGR Control
E6 Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) Control Low
YEL B+ B+ General Description and
Operation, EGR Control
E7 Transmission Range
Signal B
BLU/YEL 0.0 V 0.0 V Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
E8 Throttle Position (TP)
Sensor
BLU 0.5-0.8 V 0.5-0.8 V
(at idle)
Operation, Throttle Position
Sensor
E9 Engine Coolant
Temperature (ECT)
Sensor
BLU/RED 0.5-4.9 V
(depends on
temperature)
0.5-4.9 V
(depends on
temperature)
Operation, Engine Coolant
Temperature (ECT) Sensor
E10 Not Used
E11 Crankshaft Position (CKP)
Sensor +5 Volt Reference
YEL/RED 5.0 V or less
than 1.0 V
Position Sensor
Signal A
BLU/WHT B+ B+ Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
E13 Fuel Pump (FP) Relay RED/WHT 0.0 V B+ On-Vehicle Service, Fuel
Pump Relay
E14 Shift High (BAND APPLY) BRN/WHT B+ B+ Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
PIN Refer To ENG RUN IGN ON Wire CoIor PIN Function
E15 A/C Request GRN/ORN 0.0 V 0.0 V Electric Cooling Fans
E16 gnition Feed (1 of 2 F16) RED/BLU B+ B+
PCM Pinout TabIe, 32-Way BIue Connector - Row "E"
(For EXPORT and SOUTH AFRICA)
TS23346
Sensor (TOSS) High
RED 0.0 V 0.1 V Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
Sensor (TOSS) Low
WHT 0.0 V 0.0 V Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
Low
PPL/RED 0.0 V 1.1 V Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
High
PPL/WHT 0.0 V 4.9 V Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
E5 Not Used
E6 Not Used
Signal B
BLU/YEL 0.0 V 0.0 V Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
E8 Throttle Position (TP)
Sensor
BLU 0.5-0.8 V 0.5-0.8 V
(at idle)
Operation, Throttle Position
Sensor
E9 Engine Coolant
Temperature (ECT)
Sensor
BLU/RED 0.5-4.9 V
(depends on
temperature)
0.5-4.9 V
(depends on
temperature)
E10 Not Used
E11 Crankshaft Position (CKP)
Sensor +5 Volt Reference
YEL/RED 5.0 V or less
than 1.0 V
Position Sensor
Signal A
BLU/WHT B+ B+ Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
E13 Fuel Pump (FP) Relay RED/WHT 0.0 V B+ On-Vehicle Service, Fuel
Pump Relay
E14 Shift High (BAND APPLY) BRN/WHT B+ B+ Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
E15 A/C Request GRN/ORN 0.0 V 0.0 V Electric Cooling Fans
E16 gnition Feed (1 of 2 F16) RED/BLU B+ B+
PCM Pinout TabIe, 32-Way BIue Connector - Row "F"
TS23346
F1 Not Used
F2 Transmission Range
Signal C
BLU/BLK 0.0 V 0.0 V Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
F3 Transmission Range
Signal P
YEL/GRN B+ 0.0 V Automatic transmission
(4L30E)
F4 Brake Switch GRN/YEL 0.0 V 0.0 V Automatic transmission
(4L30E)
F5 Power Switch PPL/RED B+ B+ Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
F6 Winter Switch PPL/GRN B+ B+ Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
F7 Transmission Fluid
Temperature
RED/BLK 0.5-4.9 V
(depends on
temperature)
0.5-4.9 V
(depends on
temperature)
Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
F8 Manifold Absolute
Pressure (MAP)
GRY/BLK 3.5-4.9 V
(depends on
altitude and
barometric
pressure)
0.6-1.3 V General Description and
Operation, Manifold Absolute
Pressure
F9 Not Used
F10 Cruise Control GRY/BLU B+ B+ Automatic transmission
(4L30E)
F11 Kickdown Switch LT BLU B+ B+ Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
F12 DAG ORN/BLU B+ B+
F13 njector C Cylinder #3 GRN B+ B+ General Description and
F14 Shift A Solenoid BRN/RED B+ B+ Automatic Transmission
(4L30E)
F15 njector Cylinder #5 GRN/BLK B+ B+ General Description and
F16 gnition Feed (1 of 2 E16) RED/BLU B+ B+
Component Locators
Engine Component Locator (This iIIustration is based on RHD modeI.)
060RW210
Engine Component Locator TabIe
Number Name Location
1 Linear Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Rear right side of the engine
2 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor On the rear of the throttle body
3 ntake Air Temperature (AT) Sensor On the intake air duct near the throttle body
4 Check Engine (ML) Light On the instrument panel beneath the
tachometer
5 Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve On the left of the cylinder head cover
6 Air Cleaner Left front of the engine bay
7 Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Attached to the air filter box
8 Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor On the rear right side at the left of the cylinder
head cover
9 Fuel Pressure Regulator Rear right side of the engine
10 dle Air Control (AC) Valve On the left of the throttle body
11 Upper ntake Manifold Top of the engine
12 Fuse/Relay Box Along the inside of the right fender
13 Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Bolted to the top of the upper intake manifold
14 Throttle Body Between the intake air duct and the upper
intake manifold
15 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor On the coolant crossover pipe at the front of
the engine, near the throttle body
Engine Component Locator (This iIIustration is based on LHD modeI.)
755RW062
Engine Component Locator TabIe
1 Linear Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Rear right side of the engine
2 Throttle Position (TP) Sensor On the rear of the throttle body
3 ntake Air Temperature (AT) Sensor On the intake air duct near the throttle body
4 Check Engine (ML) Light On the instrument panel beneath the
tachometer
5 Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve On the left of the cylinder head cover
6 Air Cleaner Left front of the engine bay
7 Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Attached to the air filter box
8 Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor On the rear right side at the left of the cylinder
head cover
9 Fuel Pressure Regulator Rear right side of the engine
10 dle Air Control (AC) Valve On the left of the throttle body
11 Upper ntake Manifold Top of the engine
12 Fuse/Relay Box Along the inside of the right fender
13 Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Bolted to the top of the upper intake manifold
14 Throttle Body Between the intake air duct and the upper
intake manifold
15 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor On the coolant crossover pipe at the front of
the engine, near the throttle body
Undercarriage Component Locator
F00RW040
Undercarriage Component Locator TabIe (Automatic Transmission)
1 Fuel Pump Assembly nstalled in the top of the fuel tank
2 Fuel Gauge Unit nstalled in the front edge of the fuel tank, on
the right side
3 Fuel Filter Located along the inside of the right frame rail,
ahead of the rear axle
4 Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) 2WD: Protrudes from the transmission
housing, just ahead of the propeller shaft.
4WD: Protrudes from the rear output shaft
housing of the transfer case.
5 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1, HO2S 1) Threaded into the exhaust pipe ahead of the
right-hand catalytic converter
6 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2, HO2S 1) Threaded into the exhaust pipe ahead the
left-hand catalytic converter
Undercarriage Component Locator TabIe (ManuaI Transmission)
1 Fuel Pump Assembly nstalled in the top of the fuel tank
2 Fuel Gauge Unit nstalled in the front edge of the right frame
rail, ahead of the rear axle
3 Fuel Filter Located along the inside of the right frame rail,
ahead of the rear axle
4 Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) 2WD: Protrudes from the transmission
housing, just ahead of the propeller shaft.
4WD: Protrudes from the rear output shaft
housing of the transfer case.
right-hand catalytic converter
left-hand catalytic converter
Fuse and ReIay PaneI (Underhood EIectricaI Center)
TS23336
Sensors and MisceIIaneous Component
Locators
For EC.
060RW194
For AUSTRALIA, THAILAND, SOUTH EAST ASIA,
LATIN AMERICA, GULF, SAUDI, CHINA.
150RW101
T321066
T321067
140RW032
014RW125
T321070
055RW003
041RW004
025RW005
T321078
060RW007
028RW001
Diagnosis
Strategy-Based Diagnostics
Strategy-Based Diagnostics
The strategy-based diagnostic is a uniform approach to
repair all Electrical/Electronic (E/E) systems. The
diagnostic flow can always be used to resolve an E/E
system problem and is a starting point when repairs are
necessary. The following steps will instruct the technician
how to proceed with a diagnosis:
1. Verify the customer complaint.
To verify the customer complaint, the technician
should know the normal operation of the system.
2. Perform preliminary checks.
Conduct a thorough visual inspection.
Review the service history.
Detect unusual sounds or odors.
Gather diagnostic trouble code information to
achieve an effective repair.
3. Check bulletins and other service information.
This includes videos, newsletters, etc.
4. Refer to service information (manual) system
check(s).
System checks contain information on a system
that may not be supported by one or more DTCs.
System checks verify proper operation of the
system. This will lead the technician in an
organized approach to diagnostics.
5. Refer to service diagnostics.
DTC Stored
Follow the designated DTC chart exactly to make an
effective repair.
No DTC
Select the symptom from the symptom tables. Follow the
diagnostic paths or suggestions to complete the repair.
You may refer to the applicable component/system check
in the system checks.
No Matching Symptom
1. Analyze the complaint.
2. Develop a plan for diagnostics.
3. Utilize the wiring diagrams and the theory of
operation.
Call technical assistance for similar cases where repair
history may be available. Combine technician knowledge
with efficient use of the available service information.
Intermittents
Conditions that are not always present are called
intermittents. To resolve intermittents, perform the
following steps:
1. Observe history DTCs, DTC modes, and freezeframe
data.
2. Evaluate the symptoms and the conditions described
by the customer.
3. Use a check sheet or other method to identify the
circuit or electrical system component.
4. Follow the suggestions for intermittent diagnosis
found in the service documentation.
Most Tech 2s, such as the Tech and the
5884002850 (Fluke model 87 DVOM), have
data-capturing capabilities that can assist in detecting
intermittents.
No TroubIe Found
This condition exists when the vehicle is found to operate
normally. The condition described by the customer may
be normal. Verify the customer complaint against another
vehicle that is operating normally. The condition may be
intermittent. Verify the complaint under the conditions
described by the customer before releasing the vehicle.
1. Re-examine the complaint.
When the Complaint cannot be successfully found or
isolated, a re-evaluation is necessary. The complaint
should be re-verified and could be intermittent as
defined in , or could be normal.
2. Repair and verify.
After isolating the cause, the repairs should be made.
Validate for proper operation and verify that the
symptom has been corrected. This may involve road
testing or other methods to verify that the complaint
has been resolved under the following conditions:
Conditions noted by the customer.
f a DTC was diagnosed, verify a repair by
duplicating conditions present when the DTC was
set as noted in the Failure Records or Freeze
Frame data.
Verifying VehicIe Repair
Verification of the vehicle repair will be more
comprehensive for vehicles with OBD system
diagnostics. Following a repair, the technician should
perform the following steps:
IMPORTANT: Follow the steps below when you verify
repairs on OBD systems. Failure to follow these steps
could result in unnecessary repairs.
1. Review and record the Failure Records and the
Freeze Frame data for the DTC which has been
diagnosed (Freeze Frame data will only be stored for
an A or B type diagnostic and only if the ML(Check
Engine lamp) has been requested).
2. Clear the DTC(S).
3. Operate the vehicle within conditions noted in the
Failure Records and Freeze Frame data.
4. Monitor the DTC status information for the specific
DTC which has been diagnosed until the diagnostic
test associated with that DTC runs.
GeneraI Service Information
OBD ServiceabIity Issues
The list of non-vehicle faults that could affect the
performance of the OBD system has been compiled.
These non-vehicle faults vary from environmental
conditions to the quality of fuel used.
The illumination of the ML (Check Engine lamp) due to
a non-vehicle fault could lead to misdiagnosis of the
vehicle, increased warranty expense and customer
dissatisfaction. The following list of non-vehicle faults
does not include every possible fault and may not apply
equally to all product lines.
FueI QuaIity
Using fuel with the wrong octane rating for your vehicle
may cause driveability problems. Many of the major fuel
companies advertise that using premium gasoline will
improve the performance of your vehicle. Most premium
fuels use alcohol to increase the octane rating of the fuel.
Although alcohol-enhanced fuels may raise the octane
rating, the fuel's ability to turn into vapor in cold
temperatures deteriorates. This may affect the starting
ability and cold driveability of the engine.
Low fuel levels can lead to fuel starvation, lean engine
operation, and eventually engine misfire.
Non-OEM Parts
All of the OBD diagnostics have been calibrated to run
with OEM parts. Something as simple as a
high-performance exhaust system that affects exhaust
system back pressure could potentially interfere with the
operation of the EGR valve and thereby turn on the ML
(Check Engine lamp). Small leaks in the exhaust
system near the post catalyst oxygen sensor can also
cause the ML (Check Engine lamp) to turn on.
Aftermarket electronics, such as cellular phones,
stereos, and anti-theft devices, may radiate EM into the
control system if they are improperly installed. This may
cause a false sensor reading and turn on the ML (Check
Engine lamp).
Environment
Temporary environmental conditions, such as localized
flooding, will have an effect on the vehicle ignition system.
f the ignition system is rain-soaked, it can temporarily
cause engine misfire and turn on the ML (Check Engine
lamp).
Poor VehicIe Maintenance
The sensitivity of OBD diagnostics will cause the ML
(Check Engine lamp) to turn on if the vehicle is not
maintained properly. Restricted air filters, fuel filters, and
crankcase deposits due to lack of oil changes or improper
oil viscosity can trigger actual vehicle faults that were not
previously monitored prior to OBD. Poor vehicle
maintenance can not be classified as a non-vehicle
fault, but with the sensitivity of OBD diagnostics, vehicle
maintenance schedules must be more closely followed.
ReIated System FauIts
Many of the OBD system diagnostics will not run if the
PCM detects a fault on a related system or component.
One example would be that if the PCM detected a Misfire
fault, the diagnostics on the catalytic converter would be
suspended until Misfire fault was repaired. f the Misfire
fault was severe enough, the catalytic converter could be
damaged due to overheating and would never set a
Catalyst DTC until the Misfire fault was repaired and the
Catalyst diagnostic was allowed to run to completion. f
this happens, the customer may have to make two trips to
the dealership in order to repair the vehicle.
Maintenance ScheduIe
Refer to the .
VisuaI / PhysicaI Engine Compartment
Inspection
Perform a careful visual and physical engine
compartment inspection when performing any diagnostic
procedure or diagnosing the cause of an emission test
failure. This can often lead to repairing a problem without
further steps. Use the following guidelines when
performing a visual/physical inspection:
nspect all vacuum hoses for punches, cuts,
disconnects, and correct routing.
nspect hoses that are difficult to see behind other
components.
nspect all wires in the engine compartment for proper
connections, burned or chafed spots, pinched wires,
contact with sharp edges or contact with hot exhaust
manifolds or pipes.
Basic KnowIedge of TooIs Required
NOTE: Lack of basic knowledge of this powertrain when
performing diagnostic procedures could result in an
i ncorrect di agnosi s or damage to powertrai n
components. Do not attempt to diagnose a powertrain
problem without this basic knowledge.
A basic understanding of hand tools is necessary to effec-
tively use this section of the Service Manual.
SeriaI Data Communications
CIass II SeriaI Data Communications
This vehicle utilizes the Class communication system.
Each bit of information can have one of two lengths: long
or short. This allows vehicle wiring to be reduced by
transmitting and receiving multiple signals over a single
wire. The messages carried on Class data streams are
also prioritized. f two messages attempt to establish
communications on the data line at the same time, only
the message with higher priority will continue. The device
with the lower priority message must wait. The most
significant result of this regulation is that it provides Tech 2
manufacturers with the capability to access data from any
make or model vehicle that is sold.
The data displayed on the other Tech 2 will appear the
same, with some exceptions. Some Tech 2s will only be
able to display certain vehicle parameters as values that
are a coded representation of the true or actual value. For
more information on this system of coding, refer to
On this
vehicle Tech 2 displays the actual values for vehicle
parameters. t will not be necessary to perform any
conversions from coded values to actual values.
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD)
On-Board Diagnostic Tests
A diagnostic test is a series of steps, the result of which is
a pass or fail reported to the diagnostic executive. When
a diagnostic test reports a pass result, the diagnostic
executive records the following data:
The diagnostic test has been completed since the last
ignition cycle.
The diagnostic test has passed during the current
ignition cycle.
The fault identified by the diagnostic test is not
currently active.
When a diagnostic test reports a fail result, the diagnostic
executive records the following data:
The diagnostic test has been completed since the last
ignition cycle.
The fault identified by the diagnostic test is currently
active.
The fault has been active during this ignition cycle.
The operating conditions at the time of the failure.
Remember, a fuel trim DTC may be triggered by a list of
vehicle faults. Make use of all information available (other
DTCs stored, rich or lean condition, etc.) when
diagnosing a fuel trim fault.
Comprehensive Component Monitor
Diagnostic Operation
Input Components:
nput components are monitored for circuit continuity and
out-of-range values. This includes rationality checking.
Rationality checking refers to indicating a fault when the
signal from a sensor does not seem reasonable, i.e.
Throttle Position (TP) sensor that indicates high throttle
position at low engine loads or MAP voltage. nput
components may include, but are not limited to the
following sensors:
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)
Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor
Knock Sensor (KS)
Throttle Position (TP) sensor
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor
Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor
Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
n addition to the circuit continuity and rationality check,
the ECT sensor is monitored for its ability to achieve a
steady state temperature to enable closed loop fuel
control.
Output Components:
Output components are diagnosed for proper response to
control module commands. Components where
functional monitoring is not feasible will be monitored for
circuit continuity and out-of-range values if applicable.
Output components to be monitored include, but are not
limited to, the following circuits:
dle Air Control (AC) Motor
Electronic Transmission controls
A/C relays
Cooling fan relay
VSS output
ML control
Cruise control inhibit
Refer to PCM and Sensors in General Descriptions.
Passive and Active Diagnostic Tests
A passive test is a diagnostic test which simply monitors a
vehicle system or component. Conversely, an active test,
actually takes some sort of action when performing
diagnostic functions, often in response to a failed passive
test. For example, the EGR diagnostic active test will
force the EGR valve open during closed throttle decel
and/or force the EGR valve closed during a steady state.
Either action should result in a change in manifold
pressure.
Intrusive Diagnostic Tests
This is any on-board test run by the Diagnostic
Management System which may have an effect on
vehicle performance or emission levels.
Warm-Up CycIe
A warm-up cycle means that engine at temperature must
reach a minimum of 70 C (160 F) rise at least 22 C
(40 F) over the course of a trip.
Freeze Frame
Freeze Frame is an element of the Diagnostic
Management System which stores various vehicle
information at the moment an emissions-related fault is
stored in memory and when the ML is commanded on.
These data can help to identify the cause of a fault. Refer
to for more
detailed information.
FaiIure Records
Failure Records data is an enhancement of the OBD
Freeze Frame feature. Failure Records store the same
vehicle information as does Freeze Frame, but it will store
that information for any fault which is stored in on-board
memory, while Freeze Frame stores information only for
emission-related faults that command the ML on.
Common OBD Terms
Diagnostic
When used as a noun, the word diagnostic refers to any
on-board test run by the vehicle's Diagnostic
Management System. A diagnostic is simply a test run on
a system or component to determine if the system or
component is operating according to specification. There
are many diagnostics, shown in the following list:
Oxygen sensors
Oxygen sensor heaters
EGR
Catalyst monitoring
EnabIe Criteria
The term enable criteria is engineering language for the
conditions necessary for a given diagnostic test to run.
Each diagnostic has a specific list of conditions which
must be met before the diagnostic will run. Enable
criteria is another way of saying conditions required.
The enable criteria for each diagnostic is listed on the first
page of the DTC description under the heading
Conditions for Setting the DTC. Enable criteria varies
with each diagnostic, and typically includes, but is not
limited to the following items:
engine speed
vehicle speed
ECT
MAF/MAP
barometric pressure
AT
TP
fuel trim
TCC enabled
A/C on
Trip
Technically, a trip is a key on-run-key off cycle in which all
the enable criteria for a given diagnostic are met, allowing
the diagnostic to run. Unfortunately, this concept is not
quite that simple. A trip is official when all the enable
criteria for a given diagnostic are met. But because the
enable criteria vary from one diagnostic to another, the
definition of trip varies as well. Some diagnostic are run
when the vehicle is at operating temperature, some when
the vehicle first start up; some require that the vehicle be
cruising at a steady highway speed, some run only when
the vehicle is idle; some diagnostics function with the
TCC disables. Some run only immediately following a
cold engine start-up.
A trip then, is defined as a key on-run-key off cycle in
which the vehicle was operated in such a way as to satisfy
the enables criteria for a given diagnostic, and this
diagnostic will consider this cycle to be one trip. However,
another diagnostic with a different set of enable criteria
(which were not met) during this driving event, would not
consider it a trip. No trip will occur for that particular
diagnostic until the vehicle is driven in such a way as to
meet all the enable criteria.
The Diagnostic Executive
The Diagnostic Executive is a unique segment of
software which is designed to coordinate and prioritize
the diagnostic procedures as well as define the protocol
for recording and displaying their results. The main
responsibilities of the Diagnostic Executive are listed as
following:
Commanding the ML (Check Engine lamp) on and
off
DTC logging and clearing
Freeze Frame data for the first emission related DTC
recorded
Non-emission related Service Lamp (future)
Operating conditions Failure Records buffer, (the
number of records will vary)
Current status information on each diagnostic
The Diagnostic Executive records DTCs and turns on the
ML when emission-related faults occur. t can also turn
off the ML if the conditions cease which caused the DTC
to set.
Diagnostic Information
The diagnostic charts and functional checks are designed
to locate a faulty circuit or component through a process
of logical decisions. The charts are prepared with the
requirement that the vehicle functioned correctly at the
time of assembly and that there are not multiple faults
present.
There is a continuous self-diagnosis on certain control
functions. This diagnostic capability is complemented by
the diagnostic procedures contained in this manual. The
language of communicating the source of the malfunction
is a system of diagnostic trouble codes. When a
malfunction is detected by the control module, a
diagnostic trouble code is set and the Malfunction
ndicator Lamp (ML) (Check Engine lamp) is
illuminated.
MaIfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
The Malfunction ndicator Lamp (ML) looks the same as
the ML you are already familiar with (Check Engine
lamp). However, OBD requires that the it illuminate under
a strict set of guide lines.
Basically, the ML is turned on when the PCM detects a
DTC that will impact the vehicle emissions.
The ML is under the control of the Diagnostic Executive.
The ML will be turned on if an emissions-related
diagnostic test indicates a malfunction has occurred. t
will stay on until the system or component passes the
same test, for three consecutive trips, with no
emissionsrelated faults.
Extinguishing the MIL
When the ML is on, the Diagnostic Executive will turn off
the ML after trips that a test passed
has been reported for the diagnostic test that originally
caused the ML to illuminate.
Although the ML has been turned off, the DTC will remain
in the PCM memory (both Freeze Frame and Failure
Records) until
have been completed.
f the ML was set by either a fuel trim or misfire-related
DTC, additional requirements must be met. n addition to
the requirements stated in the previous paragraph, these
requirements are as follows:
The diagnostic tests that are passed must occur with
375 RPM of the RPM data stored at the time the last
test failed.
Plus or minus ten (10) percent of the engine load that
was stored at the time the last failed.
Similar engine temperature conditions (warmed up or
warming up ) as those stored at the time the last test
failed.
Meeting these requirements ensures that the fault which
turned on the ML has been corrected.
The ML (Check Engine lamp) is on the instrument
panel and has the following function:
t informs the driver that a fault affects vehicle emission
levels has occurred and that the vehicle should be
taken for service as soon as possible.
As a bulb and system check, the ML will come ON
with the key ON and the engine not running. When
the engine is started, the ML will turn OFF.
When the ML remains ON while the engine is
running, or when a malfunction is suspected due to a
driveability or emissions problem, a Powertrain
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD ll) System Check must be
performed. The procedures for these checks are given
in On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check. These
checks will expose faults which may not be detected if
other diagnostics are performed first.
DTC Types
Each DTC is directly related to a diagnostic test. The
Diagnostic Management System sets DTC based on the
failure of the tests during a trip or trips. Certain tests must
fail two (2) consecutive trips before the DTC is set. The
following are the four (4) types of DTCs and the
characteristics of those codes:
Type A
Emissions related
Requests illumination of the ML of the first trip with a
fail
Stores a History DTC on the first trip with a fail
Stores a Freeze Frame (if empty)
Stores a Fail Record
Updates the Fail Record each time the diagnostic
test fails
Type B
Emissions related
Armed after one (1) trip with a fail
Disarmed after one (1) trip with a pass
Requests illumination of the ML on the
with a fail
Stores a History DTC on the second consecutive trip
with a fail (The DTC will be armed after the first fail)
Stores a Freeze Frame on the second consecutive
trip with a fail (if empty)
Stores a Fail Record when the first test fails (not
dependent on fails)
test fails
Type C (if the vehicle is so equipped)
Non-Emissions related
Requests illumination of the Service Lamp or the
service message on the Drive nformation Center
(DC) on the with a fail
Stores a History DTC on the with a fail
store a Freeze Frame
Stores Fail Record when test fails
test fails
Type D ( non-emissions related are not utilized
on certain vehicle applications).
Non-Emissions related
Dose not request illumination of any lamp
Stores a History DTC on the with a fail
store a Freeze Frame
Stores Fail Record when test fails
test fails
IMPORTANT: Only four Fail Records can be stored.
Each Fail Record is for a different DTC. t is possible that
there will not be Fail Records for every DTC if multiple
DTCs are set.
Storing and Erasing Freeze Frame Data and FaiIure
Records
The data captured is called Freeze Frame data. The
Freeze Frame data is very similar to a single record of
operating conditions. Whenever the ML is illuminated,
the corresponding record of operating conditions is
recorded to the Freeze Frame buffer.
Data from these faults take precedence over data
associated with any other fault. The Freeze Frame data
will not be erased unless the associated history DTC is
cleared.
Each time a diagnostic test reports a failure, the current
engine operating conditions are recorded in the
buffer. A subsequent failure will update the
recorded operating conditions. The following operating
conditions for the diagnostic test which failed
include the following parameters:
Air Fuel Ratio
Air Flow Rate
Fuel Trim
Engine Speed
Engine Load
Engine Coolant Temperature
Vehicle Speed
TP Angle
MAP/BARO
njector Base Pulse Width
Loop Status
Intermittent MaIfunction Indicator Lamp
n the case of an intermittent fault, the ML (Check
Engine lamp) may illuminate and then (after three trips)
go OFF. However, the corresponding diagnostic trouble
code will be stored in the memory. When unexpected
diagnostic trouble codes appear, check for an intermittent
malfunction.
A diagnostic trouble code may reset. Consult the
Diagnostic Aids associated with the diagnostic trouble
code. A physical inspection of the applicable sub-system
most often will resolve the problem.
Data Link Connector (DLC)
The provision for communication with the control module
is the Data Link Connector (DLC). The DLC is used to
connect to Tech 2. Some common uses of Tech 2 are
listed below:
dentifying stored Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs).
Clearing DTCs.
Performing output control tests.
Reading serial data.
TS24064
Verifying VehicIe Repair
Verification of vehicle repair will be more comprehensive
for vehicles with OBD system diagnostic. Following a
repair, the technician should perform the following steps:
1. Review and record the Fail Records and/or Freeze
Frame data for the DTC which has been diagnosed
(Freeze Frame data will only be stored for an A or B
type diagnostic and only if the ML has been
requested).
2. Clear DTC(s).
3. Operate the vehicle within conditions noted in the Fail
Records and/or Freeze Frame data.
4. Monitor the DTC status information for the specific
DTC which has been diagnosed until the diagnostic
test associated with that DTC runs.
Reading Diagnostic TroubIe Codes Using
A Tech 2
The procedure for reading diagnostic trouble code(s) is to
used a diagnostic Tech 2. When reading DTC(s), follow
instructions supplied by Tech 2 manufacturer.
CIearing Diagnostic TroubIe Codes
IMPORTANT: Do not clear DTCs unless directed to do
so by the service information provided for each diagnostic
procedure. When DTCs are cleared, the Freeze Frame
and Failure Record data which may help diagnose an
intermittent fault will also be erased from memory.
f the fault that caused the DTC to be stored into memory
has been corrected, the Diagnostic Executive will begin to
count the warm-up cycles with no further faults
detected, the DTC will automatically be cleared from the
PCM memory.
To clear Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), use the
diagnostic Tech 2 clear DTCs. When clearing DTCs
follow instructions supplied by the tool manufacturer.
When Tech 2 is not available, DTCs can also be cleared
by disconnecting of the following sources for at least
thirty (30) seconds.
NOTE: To prevent system damage, the ignition key must
be OFF when disconnecting or reconnecting battery
power.
The power source to the control module. Examples:
fuse, pigtail at battery PCM connectors etc.
The negative battery cable. (Disconnecting the
negative battery cable will result in the loss of other
on-board memory data, such as preset radio tuning).
Tech 2
From 98 MY, suzu dealer service departments are
recommended to use Tech 2. Please refer to Tech 2 Tech
2 user guide.
901RW180
Legend
(1) PCMCA Card
(2) RS 232 Loop Back Connector
(3) SAE 16/19 Adaptor
(4) DLC Cable
(5) Tech2
Tech 2 Features
1. Tech 2 is 12 volt system. Do not apply 24 volt.
2. After connect and/or install Tech 2 body, Vehicle
Communications nterface (VC) module, PCMCA
card and DLC connector, connect them to the vehicle
DLC.
3. After power off to the Tech 2, remove and reinstall the
PCMCA card.
4. The PCMCA card has a capacity of 10 Megabytes
which is 10 times greater than the memory of the Tech
1 Mass Storage Cartridge.
5. The Tech 2 has the capability of two snapshots.
6. The PCMCA card is sensitive to magnetism and
static electricity, so care should be taken in the
handling of the card.
7. The Tech 2 can plot a graph when replaying a
snapshot.
8. Always return to the Main Menu to press EXT key
several times before shutting down.
9. To clear Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs), open
Application Menu and press F1: Clear DTC nfo.
Getting Started
Before operating the suzu PCMCA card with the Tech
2, the following steps must be performed:
1. The suzu 98 System PCMCA card (1) inserts into
the Tech 2 (5).
2. Connect the SAE 16/19 adapter (3) to the DLC cable
(4).
3. Connect the DLC cable to the Tech 2 (5)
4. Make sure the vehicle ignition is off.
5. Connect the Tech 2 SAE 16/19 adapter to the vehicle
DLC.
1. For RHD model: Right front side in the console
box.
2. For LHD model: Left front side in the console box.
060RW220
6. The vehicle ignition turns on.
7. Verify the Tech 2 power up display.
060RW009
NOTE: The RS232 Loop back connector is only to use for
diagnosis of Tech 2 and refer to user guide of the Tech 2.
Operating Procedure (For ExampIe)
The power up screen is displayed when you power up the
tester with the suzu systems PCMCA card. Follow the
operating procedure below. (Ver. 5.471)
060RW014
060RW218
Menu
The following table shows, which functions are used
the available equipment versions.
060RW228
DTC Modes
060RW229
On OBD passenger cars there are five options available
in Tech 2 DTC mode to display the enhanced information
available. A description of the new modes, DTC nfo
follows. After selecting DTC, the following menu
appears:
DTC nfo
Freeze Frame
Fail Records (not all applications)
Clear nfo
060RW223
The following is a brief description of each of the sub
menus in DTC nfo and Specific DTC. The order in which
they appear here is alphabetical and not necessarily the
way they will appear on the Tech 2.
DTC Information Mode
Use the DTC info mode to search for a specific type of
stored DTC information. There are seven choices. The
service manual may instruct the technician to test for
DTCs in a certain manner. Always follow published
service procedures.
To get a complete description of any status, press the
Enter key before pressing the desired F-key. For
example, pressing Enter then an F-key will display a
definition of the abbreviated Tech 2 status.
060RW221
DTC Status
This selection will display any DTCs that have not run
during the current ignition cycle or have reported a test
failure during this ignition up to a maximum of 33 DTCs.
DTC tests which run and pass will cause that DTC
number to be removed from Tech 2 screen.
FaiI This Ignition
This selection will display all DTCs that have failed during
the present ignition cycle.
History
This selection will display only DTCs that are stored in the
PCM's history memory. t will not display Type B DTCs
that have not requested the ML (Check Engine lamp). t
will display all type A and B DTCs that have requested the
ML and have failed within the last 40 warm-up cycles. n
addition, it will display all type C and type D DTCs that
have failed within the last 40 warm-up cycles.
Last Test FaiIed
This selection will display only DTCs that have failed the
last time the test ran. The last test may have run during a
previous ignition cycle if a type A or type B DTC is
displayed. For type C and type D DTCs, the last failure
must have occurred during the current ignition cycle to
appear as Last Test Fail.
MILSVC or Message Requested
This selection will display only DTCs that are requesting
the ML. Type C and type D DTCs cannot be displayed
using this option. This selection will report type B DTCs
only after the ML has been requested.
Not Run Since Code CIear
This option will display up to 33 DTCs that have not run
since the DTCs were last cleared. Since any displayed
DTCs have not run, their condition (passing or failing) is
unknown.
Test FaiIed Since Code CIear
This selection will display all active and history DTCs that
have reported a test failure since the last time DTCs were
cleared. DTCs that last failed more than 40 warm-up
cycles before this option is selected will not be displayed.
Injector BaIance Test
This test is conducted to make it sure that appropriate
electric signals are being sent to injectors Nos. 16.
Tech 2 must be used for this test.
Test Procedure:
1. Connect Tech 2 to the vehicle DLC.
2. Run the Engine at idle.
3. Select F3: Miscellaneous Test in the Application
Menu.
060RW228
4. Select F7: njector Balance Test in the Miscellaneous
Test.
060RX006
5. Select injector number and push injector off of soft
key.
060RW230
6. Make sure of engine speed change.
7. n the engine speed whose change has been
confirmed, the injector electric circuit can be regard
as normal.
As for the engine speed whose change has not been
confirmed, the injector electric circuit or the injector
proper is faulty.
EGR ControI Test
This test is conducted check EGR valve for its working.
Test Procedure:
Menu.
060RW228
4. Select F5: EGR Control Test in the Miscellaneous
Test.
060RX008
5. nstruct EGR Valve to check a data list.
060RW234
6. f change in the data list shows a normal valve.
IdIe Air ControI System Test
This test is conducted check AC system for its working.
Test Procedure:
Menu.
060RW228
4. Select F3: AC System Test in the Miscellaneous
Test.
060RX007
5. Select F1: AC Control Test.
060RW235
6. nstruct AC system to check a data list.
060RW233
F0: RPM Control
060RW232
F2: AC Reset
060RW231
7. f change in the data list shows a normal AC.
Primary System-Based Diagnostic
Primary System-Based Diagnostic
There are primary system-based diagnostics which
evaluate system operation and its effect on vehicle
emissions. The primary system-based diagnostics are
listed below with a brief description of the diagnostic
function:
Oxygen Sensor Diagnosis
The fuel control heated oxygen sensors (Bank 1 HO2S 1
and Bank 2 HO2S 1) are diagnosed for the following
conditions:
nactive signal (output steady at bias voltage approx.
450 mV)
Signal fixed high
Signal fixed low
f the oxygen sensor pigtail wiring, connector or terminal
are damaged, the entire oxygen sensor assembly must
be replaced. DO NOT attempt to repair the wiring,
connector or terminals. n order for the sensor to function
properly, it must have clean reference air provided to it.
This clean air reference is obtained by way of the oxygen
sensor wire(s). Any attempt to repair the wires, connector
or terminals could result in the obstruction of the
reference air and degrade oxygen sensor performance.
Refer to
FueI ControI Heated Oxygen Sensor
The main function of the fuel control heated oxygen
sensors is to provide the control module with exhaust
stream oxygen content information to allow proper fueling
and maintain emissions within mandated levels. After it
reaches operating temperature, the sensor will generate
a voltage, inversely proportional to the amount of oxygen
present in the exhaust gases. The control module uses
the signal voltage from the fuel control heated oxygen
sensors while in closed loop to adjust fuel injector pulse
width. While in closed loop, the PCM can adjust fuel
delivery to maintain an air/fuel ratio which allows the best
combination of emission control and driveability.
HO2S Heater
Heated oxygen sensors are used to minimize the amount
of time required for closed loop fuel control to begin
operation and to allow accurate catalyst monitoring. The
oxygen sensor heater greatly decreases the amount of
time required for fuel control sensors (Bank 1 HO2S 1 and
Bank2 HO2S 1) to become active. Oxygen sensor
heaters are required to maintain a sufficiently high
temperature which allows accurate exhaust oxygen
content readings further away from the engine.
FueI Trim System Monitor Diagnostic
Operation
FueI Trim System Monitor Diagnostic
Operation
This system monitors the averages of short-term and
long-term fuel trim values. f these fuel trim values stay at
their limits for a calibrated period of time, a malfunction is
indicated. The fuel trim diagnostic compares the
averages of short-term fuel trim values and long-term fuel
trim values to rich and lean thresholds. f either value is
within the thresholds, a pass is recorded. f both values
are outside their thresholds, a rich or lean DTC will be
recorded.
The fuel trim system diagnostic also conducts an intrusive
test. This test determines if a rich condition is being
caused by excessive fuel vapor from the EVAP canister.
n order to meet OBD requirements, the control module
uses weighted fuel trim cells to determine the need to set
a fuel trim DTC. A fuel trim DTC can only be set if fuel trim
counts in the weighted fuel trim cells exceed
specifications. This means that the vehicle could have a
fuel trim problem which is causing a problem under
certain conditions (i.e., engine idle high due to a small
vacuum leak or rough idle due to a large vacuum leak)
while it operates fine at other times. No fuel trim DTC
would set (although an engine idle speed DTC or HO2S
DTC may set). Use a Tech 2 to observe fuel trim counts
while the problem is occurring.
A fuel trim DTC may be triggered by a number of vehicle
faults. Make use of all information available (other DTCs
stored, rich or lean condition, etc.) when diagnosing a fuel
trim fault.
FueI Trim CeII Diagnostic Weights
No fuel trim DTC will set regardless of the fuel trim counts
in cell 0 unless the fuel trim counts in the weighted cells
are also outside specifications. This means that the
vehicle could have a fuel trim problem which is causing a
problem under certain conditions (i.e. engine idle high due
to a small vacuum leak or rough due to a large vacuum
leak) while it operates fine at other times. No fuel trim
DTC would set (although an engine idle speed DTC or
HO2S DTC may set). Use a Tech 2 to observe fuel trim
counts while the problem is occurring.
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check
TS321119
Circuit Description
The on-board diagnostic system check is the starting
point for any driveability complaint diagnosis. Before
using this procedure, perform a careful visual/physical
check of the PCM and engine grounds for cleanliness and
tightness.
The on-board diagnostic system check is an organized
approach to identifying a problem created by an
electronic engine control system malfunction.
Diagnostic Aids
An intermittent may be caused by a poor connection,
rubbed-through wire insulation or a wire broken inside the
insulation. Check for poor connections or a damaged
harness. nspect the PCM harness and connector for
improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or
damaged terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection,
and damaged harness.
Test Description
Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the
Diagnostic Chart:
1. The ML (Check Engine lamp) should be ON
steady with the ignition ON/engine OFF. f not,
Chart A-1 should be used to isolate the malfunction.
2. Checks the Class 2 data circuit and ensures that the
PCM is able to transmit serial data.
3. This test ensures that the PCM is capable of
controlling the ML (Check Engine lamp) and the
ML (Check Engine lamp) driver circuit is not
shorted to ground.
4. f the engine will not start, the
chart should be used to diagnose the condition.
7. A Tech 2 parameter which is not within the typical
range may help to isolate the area which is causing
the problem.
10.This vehicle is equipped with a PCM which utilizes
an electrically erasable programmable read only
memory (EEPROM). When the PCM is replaced,
the new PCM must be programmed.
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check
Step Action VaIue(s) Yes No
1 1. gnition ON, engine OFF.
2. Observe the malfunction indicator lamp (ML or
Check Engine lamp).
s the ML (Check Engine lamp)ON? Go to
Go to
2 1. gnition OFF.
2. nstall a Tech 2.
3. gnition ON.
4. Attempt to display PCM engine data with the Tech 2.
Does the Tech 2 display PCM data? Go to Go to
3 1. Using the Tech 2 output tests function, select ML
(Check Engine lamp) dash lamp control and
command the ML (Check Engine lamp) OFF.
2. Observe the ML (Check Engine lamp).
Did the ML (Check Engine lamp) turn OFF? Go to
Go to
4 Attempt to start the engine.
Did the engine start and continue to run?
Go to
Go to
5 Select Display DTCs with the Tech 2.
Are any DTCs stored? Go to Go to
6 Are two or more of the following DTCs stored? P0107,
P0108, P0113, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0712.?
Go to
Go to
applicable
DTC table
7 Compare PCM data values displayed on the Tech 2 to
the typical engine scan data values.
Are the displayed values normal or close to the typical
values?
Refer
to
Refer to
indicated
8 1. gnition OFF, disconnect the PCM.
2. gnition ON, engine OFF.
3. Check the Class 2 data circuit for an open, short to
ground, or short to voltage. Also, check the DLC
ignition feed circuit for an open or short to ground
and the DLC ground circuit for an open.
4. f a problem is found, repair as necessary.
Was a problem found? Go to Go to
9 Attempt to display PCM data with the Tech 2.
Does the Tech 2 display PCM engine data? Go to Go to
10 Replace the PCM.
IMPORTANT: The replacement PCM must be
programmed. Refer to
s the action complete? Go to
A/C CIutch ControI Circuit Diagnosis
D06RW085
Circuit Description
When air conditioning and blower fan are selected, and if
the system has a sufficient refrigerant charge, a 12-volt
signal is supplied to the A/C request input of the
powertrain control module (PCM). The A/C request
signal may be temporarily canceled during system
operation by the electronic thermostat in the evaporator
case. The electronic thermostat may intermittently
remove the control circuit ground for the A/C thermostat
relay to prevent the evaporator from forming ice. When
the A/C request signal is received by the PCM, the PCM
supplies a ground from the compressor clutch relay if the
engine operating conditions are within acceptable
ranges. With the A/C compressor relay energized,
voltage is supplied to the compressor clutch coil.
The PCM will enable the compressor clutch to engage
whenever A/C has been selected with the engine running,
unless any of the following conditions are present:
The throttle is greater than 90%.
The ignition voltage is below 10.5 volts.
The engine speed is greater than 4500 RPM for 5
seconds or 5400 RPM.
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is greater than
125 C (257 F).
The intake air temperature (AT) is less than 5 C
(41 F).
The power steering pressure switch signals a cramped
position.
Diagnostic Aids
To diagnose an the intermittent fault, check for the
following conditions:
Poor connection at the PCMnspect connections for
backed-out terminals, improper mating, broken locks,
improperly formed or damaged terminals, and poor
terminal-to-wire connection.
Damaged harnessnspect the wiring harness for
damage. f the harness appears to OK, observe the
A/C clutch while moving connectors and wiring
harnesses related to the A/C. A sudden clutch
malfunction will indicate the source of the intermittent
fault.
A/C CIutch Diagnosis
This chart should be used for diagnosing the electrical
portion of the A/C compressor clutch circuit. A Tech 2 will
be used in diagnosing the system. The Tech 2 has the
ability to read the A/C request input to the PCM. The Tech
2 can display when the PCM has commanded the A/C
clutch ON. The Tech 2 should have the ability to
override the A/C request signal and energize the A/C
compressor relay.
Test Description
IMPORTANT: Do not engage the A/C compressor
clutch with the engine running if an A/C mode is not
selected at the A/C control switch.
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
Diagnostic Chart:
3. This a test determine is the problem is with the
refrigerant system. f the switch is open, A/C
pressure gauges will be used to determine if the
pressure switch is faulty or if the system is partially
discharged or empty.
4. Although the normal complaint will be the A/C clutch
failing to engage, it is possible for a short circuit to
cause the clutch to run when A/C has not been
selected. This step is a test for that condition.
7. There is an extremely low probability that both relays
will fail at the same time, so the substitution process
is one way to check the A/C Thermostat relay. Use
a known good relay to do a substitution check.
9. The blower system furnishes a ground for the A/C
control circuit, and it also shares a power source
through the Heater and A/C Relay. The blower
must be ON in order to test the A/C system.
1 Was the On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 Are any other DTCs stored?
Go to the
other DTC
chart(s) first Go to
3 1. Disconnect the electrical connector at the pressure
switch located on the receiver/drier.
2. Use an ohmmeter to check continuity across the
pressure switch.
s the pressure switch open?
Go to Air
to diagnose
the cause of
the open
pressure
switch Go to
4 IMPORTANT: Before continuing with the diagnosis, the
following conditions must be met:
The intake air temperature must be greater than
15 C. (60 F).
The engine coolant temperature must be less
than 119 C (246 F).
1. A/C OFF.
2. Start the engine and idle for 1 minute.
3. Observe the A/C compressor.
s the A/C compressor clutch engaged even though
A/C has not been requested? Go to Go to
5 1. dle the engine.
2. A/C ON.
3. Blower ON.
4. Observe the A/C compressor.
s the A/C compressor magnetic clutch engaged?
Refer to
Go to
Step No Yes VaIue(s) Action
6 1. Engine idling.
2. A/C ON.
3. Blower ON.
4. Observe the A/C Request display on the Tech 2.
Does the tool A/C Request display indicate Yes? Go to Go to
7 Temporarily substitute the A/C compressor relay in
place of the A/C thermostat relay, then repeat Step 5.
Did the A/C Request display indicate Yes? Go to Go to
8 Replace the original A/C thermostat relay.
s the action complete? Verify repair
9 Dose the blower operate? Go to Go to
10 Repair the blower.
11 Check for a faulty 10a A/C fuse in the underdash fuse
panel.
Was the 10A fuse OK? Go to Go to
12 Check for short circuit and make repairs if necessary.
Replace the 10A A/C fuse.
13 1. gnition ON.
2. Use a DVM to check voltage at the positive A/C
switch wire (BRN).
Was voltage equal to the specified value? +B Go to Go to
14 Repair the open wire (BRN) between the A/C switch
and the A/C fuse.
15 1. Remove the glove box to gain access to the A/C
thermostat.
2. Disconnect the thermostat connector.
3. Attach a fused jumper between ground and the
PNK/GRN wire at the thermostat.
4. A/C ON.
5. Blower ON.
Dose A/C request indicate YES on the Tech 2? Go to Go to
16 1. gnition ON.
2. Use a DVM to check voltage at the electronic A/C
thermostat.
17 Check for an open (LT GRN) between the thermostat
and the A/C switch.
Was the wire open? Go to Go to
18 Repair the open wire (LT GRN) between the thermostat
and the A/C switch.
19 Replace the A/C switch.
20 Use an ohmmeter to check continuity between the
electronic A/C thermostat and the blower switch.
Was there an open circuit? Go to Go to
21 Repair the open wire (GRN/YEL) between the
thermostat and the blower switch.
22 Replace the electronic A/C thermostat.
s the an action complete? Verify repair
23 Check for an open circuit between A/C thermostat relay
and PCM A/C request terminal (E-15).
24 Repair the open circuit between the PCM and A/C
thermostat relay.
25 Check for an open circuit between the A/C switch (LT
GRN) and the A/C thermostat relay (LT GRN).
26 Repair the open circuit between the A/C switch and the
A/C thermostat relay.
27 1. gnition ON.
2. Use a DVM to check voltage at the A/C pressure
switch (BRN).
28 Repair the open circuit between the 10A A/C fuse and
the pressure switch.
29 Use an ohmmeter to check continuity between the
pressure switch (GRN/WHT) and the A/C thermostat
relay (GRN/WHT).
Was the circuit open? Go to Go to
30 Repair the open circuit between the pressure switch
and the A/C thermostat relay.
31 Check for damaged pin or terminal at E-15 of the PCM.
Was a damaged pin or terminal found? Go to Go to
32 Repair the damaged pin or terminal.
33 Replace the PCM.
34 1. Remove the A/C compressor relay.
2. gnition ON.
3. Use a DVM to check voltage at both of the BRN
wires at the A/C compressor relay socket.
s the voltage equal to the specified value? +B Go to Go to
35 Repair the faulty BRN wire between the A/C fuse and
the A/C compressor relay .
36 1. A/C compressor relay removed.
2. Engine idling.
3. A/C ON.
4. Blower ON.
5. Use a DVM to measure voltage between the
GRN/BLK wire at the A/C compressor relay socket
and battery .
Did the DVM indicate the specified value? +B Go to Go to
37 Check for an open GRN/BLK wire between PCM
terminal B-14 and the A/C compressor relay.
Was the wire open? Go to Go to
38 Repair the open GRN/BLK wire between the PCM and
the A/C compressor relay.
39 Check for a damaged pin or terminal at B-14 of the
PCM.
Was a damaged pin or a terminal found? Go to Go to
40 1. A/C compressor relay removed.
2. Connect a fused jumper at the A/C compressor
relay socket between either BRN wire and the
BRN/YEL wire.
3. Engine idling.
4. A/C ON.
5. Blower ON.
Did the compressor magnetic clutch engage? Go to Go to
41 Repair the A/C compressor relay.
42 Check for an open circuit between the A/C compressor
relay and the A/C clutch.
Was an open circuit found? Go to Go to
43 Repair the open circuit between the compressor Clutch
and the A/C compressor relay.
44 Service the compressor clutch or replace the
compressor due to a faulty internal overheat switch.
45 1. Remove the A/C compressor relay.
2. dle the engine.
s the compressor clutch still engaged when A/C is not
selected? Go to Go to
46 Repair the short to voltage between the A/C clutch and
A/C compressor relay.
47 1. Reinstall the A/C compressor relay.
2. Remove the A/C thermostat relay.
3. Engine idling.
s the compressor clutch still engaged when A/C is not
selected? Go to Go to
48 Use a DVM to check for a short to ground between the
A/C compressor relay and B-14 of the PCM.
Was a short detected? Go to Go to
49 Repair the short to ground between the PCM and A/C
compressor relay.
50 Repair the short to ground between the A/C thermostat
relay and the electronic thermostat.
EIectronic Ignition System Diagnosis
f the engine cranks but will not run or immediately stalls,
the Engine Cranks But Will Not Start chart must be used
to determine if the failure is the ignition system or the fuel
system. f DTC P0341, or P0336 is set, the appropriate
diagnostic trouble code chart must be used for diagnosis.
f a misfire is being experienced with no DTC set, refer to
the section for diagnosis.
FueI Metering System Check
Some failures of the fuel metering system will result in an
Engine Cranks But Will Not Run symptom. f this
condition exists, refer to the
chart. This chart will determine if the problem is caused
by the ignition system, the PCM, or the fuel pump
electrical circuit.
Refer to for the fuel system
wiring schematic.
f there is a fuel delivery problem, refer to
, which diagnoses the fuel injectors, the fuel
pressure regulator, and the fuel pump. f a malfunction
occurs in the fuel metering system, it usually results in
either a rich HO2S signal or a lean HO2S signal. This
condition is indicated by the HO2S voltage, which causes
the PCM to change the fuel calculation (fuel injector pulse
width) based on the HO2S reading. Changes made to the
fuel calculation will be indicated by a change in the long
term fuel trim values which can be monitored with a Tech
2. deal long term fuel trim values are around 0%; for a
lean HO2S signal, the PCM will add fuel, resulting in a fuel
trim value above 0%. Some variations in fuel trim values
are normal because all engines are not exactly the same.
f the fuel trim values are greater than +23%, refer to
for items
which can cause a lean HO2S signal.
IdIe Air ControI (IAC) VaIve
The Tech 2 displays the AC pintle position in counts. A
count of 0 indicates the PCM is commanding the AC
pintle to be driven all the way into a fully-seated position.
This is usually caused by a large vacuum leak.
The higher the number of counts, the more air is being
commanded to bypass the throttle blade. Refer to AC
System Check in order to diagnose the AC system.
Refer to in
for other possible causes of idle problems.
FueI System Pressure Test
A fuel system pressure test is part of several of the
diagnostic charts and symptom checks. To perform this
test, refer to
FueI Injector CoiI Test Procedure and
FueI Injector BaIance Test Procedure
T32003
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart:
2. Relieve the fuel pressure by connecting the
5-8840-0378-0 Fuel Pressure Gauge to the fuel
pressure connection on the fuel rail.
CAUTION: In order to reduce the risk of fire and
personaI injury, wrap a shop toweI around the fueI
pressure connection. The toweI wiII absorb any fueI
Ieakage that occurs during the connection of the fueI
pressure gauge. PIace the toweI in an approved
container when the connection of the fueI pressure
gauge is compIete.
Place the fuel pressure gauge bleed hose in an
approved gasoline container.
With the ignition switch OFF, open the valve on the
fuel pressure gauge.
3. Record the lowest voltage displayed by the DVM
after the first second of the test. (During the first
second, voltage displayed by the DVM may be
inaccurate due to the initial current surge.)
njector Specifications:
Resistance Ohms Voltage Specification at
10 C-35 C (50 F-95 F)
11.8 12.6 5.7 6.6
The voltage displayed by the DVM should be within
the specified range.
The voltage displayed by the DVM may increase
throughout the test as the fuel injector windings
warm and the resistance of the fuel injector windings
changes.
An erratic voltage reading (large fluctuations in
voltage that do not stabilize) indicates an
intermittent connection within the fuel injector.
5. njector Specifications:
Highest Acceptable
Voltage Reading
Above/Below 35 C/10 C
(95 F/50 F)
Acceptable Subtracted
Value
9.5 Volts 0.6 Volts
7. The Fuel njector Balance Test portion of this chart
(Step 7 through Step 11) checks the mechanical
(fuel delivery) portion of the fuel injector. An engine
cool-down period of 10 minutes is necessary in
order to avoid irregular fuel pressure readings due
to Hot Soak fuel boiling.
Injector CoiI Test Procedure (Steps 1-6) and Injector BaIance Test Procedure (Steps 7-11)
R262001
CYLINDER 1 2 3 4 5 6
1st Reading (1) 296 kPa
(43 psi)
296 kPa
(43 psi)
296 kPa
(43 psi)
296 kPa
(43 psi)
296 kPa
(43 psi)
296 kPa
(43 psi)
2nd Reading (2) 131 kPa
(19 psi)
117 kPa
(17 psi)
124 kPa
(18 psi)
145 kPa
(21 psi)
131 kPa
(19 psi)
130 kPa
(19 psi)
Amount of Drop (1st
Reading2nd Reading)
165 kPa
(24 psi)
179 kPa
(26 psi)
172 kPa
(25 psi)
151 kPa
(22 psi)
165 kPa
(24 psi)
166 kPa
(24 psi)
Av.drop = 166 kPa/24 psi
10 kPa/1.5 psi
= 156 176 kPa or
22.5 25.5 psi
OK Faulty, Rich
(Too Much
Fuel Drop)
OK Faulty, Lean
(Too Little
Fuel Drop)
OK OK
NOTE: These figures are examples only.
Injector CoiI Test Procedure (Steps 1-6) and Injector BaIance Test Procedure
(Steps 7-11)
performed?
Go to Step 2
Go to
2 1. Turn the engine OFF.
NOTE: n order to prevent flooding of a single cylinder
and possible engine damage, relieve the fuel pressure
before performing the fuel injector coil test procedure.
2. Relieve the fuel pressure. Refer to
3. Connect the 5-8840-2638-0 Fuel njector Tester to
B+ and ground, and to the 5-8840-2619-0 njector
Switch Box.
4. Connect the injector switch box to the grey fuel
injector harness connector located on the front of
the EVAP canister bracket.
5. Set the amperage supply selector switch on the fuel
injector tester to the Coil Test 0.5 amp position.
6. Connect the leads from the 5-8840-0285-0 Digital
Voltmeter (DVM) to the injector tester. Refer to the
illustrations associated with the test description.
7. Set the DVM to the tenths scale (0.0).
8. Observe the engine coolant temperature.
s the engine coolant temperature within the specified
values?
10 C (50 F)
to 35 C
(95 F) Go to Go to
3 1. Set injector switch box injector #1.
2. Press the Push to Start Test button on the fuel
injector tester.
3. Observe the voltage reading on the DVM.
IMPORTANT: The voltage reading may rise during the
test.
4. Record the lowest voltage observed after the first
second of the test.
5. Set the injector switch box to the next injector and
repeat steps 2, 3, and 4.
Did any fuel injector have an erratic voltage reading
(large fluctuations in voltage that did not stabilize) or a
voltage reading outside of the specified values? 5.7-6.6 V Go to Go to
4 Replace the faulty fuel injector(s). Refer to
s the action complete? Go to
(Steps 7-11)
5 1. Set injector switch box injector #1.
2. Press the Push to Start Test button on the fuel
injector tester.
3. Observe the voltage reading on the DVM.
IMPORTANT: The voltage reading may rise during the
test.
4. Record the lowest voltage observed after the first
second of the test.
5. Set the injector switch box to the next injector and
repeat steps 2, 3, and 4.
Did any fuel injector have an erratic voltage reading
(large fluctuations in voltage that did not stabilize) or a
voltage reading above the specified value? 9.5 V Go to Go to
6 1. dentify the highest voltage reading recorded (other
than those above 9.5 V).
2. Subtract the voltage reading of each injector from
the highest voltage selected in step 1. Repeat until
you have a subtracted value for each injector.
For any injector, is the subtracted Value in step 2
greater than the specified value? 0.6 V Go to Go to
7 CAUTION: In order to reduce the risk of fire and
personaI injury, wrap a shop toweI around the
fueI pressure connection. The toweI wiII absorb
any fueI Ieakage that occurs during the
connection of the fueI pressure gauge. PIace the
toweI in an approved container when the
connection of the fueI pressure gauge is
compIete.
1. Connect the 5-8840-0378-0 Fuel Pressure Gauge
to the fuel pressure test port.
2. Energize the fuel pump using the scan tool.
3. Place the bleed hose of the fuel pressure gauge into
an approved gasoline container.
4. Bleed the air out of the fuel pressure gauge.
5. With the fuel pump running, observe the reading on
the fuel pressure gauge.
s the fuel pressure within the specified values?
296-376 kPa
(43-55 psi) Go to
Go to
8 Turn the fuel pump OFF.
Does the fuel pressure remain constant?
Go to
Go to
(Steps 7-11)
9 1. Connect the 5-8840-2638-0 Fuel njector Tester
and 5-8840-2619-0 njector Switch Box the fuel
injector harness connector.
2. Set the amperage supply selector switch on the fuel
injector tester to the Balance Test 0.52.5 amp
position.
3. Using the scan tool turn the fuel pump ON then
OFF in order to pressurize the fuel system.
4. Record the fuel pressure indicated by the fuel
pressure gauge after the fuel pressure stabilizes.
This is the first pressure reading.
5. Energize the fuel injector by depressing the Push
to Start Test button on the fuel injector tester.
6. Record the fuel pressure indicated by the fuel
pressure gauge after the fuel pressure gauge
needle has stopped moving. This is the second
pressure reading.
7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for each fuel injector.
8. Subtract the second pressure reading from the first
pressure reading for one fuel injector. The result is
the pressure drop value.
9. Obtain a pressure drop value for each fuel injector.
10.Add all of the individual pressure drop values. This
is the total pressure drop.
11. Divide the total pressure drop by the number of fuel
injectors. This is the average pressure drop.
Does any fuel injector have a pressure drop value that
is either higher than the average pressure drop or lower
than the average pressure drop by the specified value?
10 kPa
(1.5 psi) Go to
Go to
10 Re-test any fuel injector that does not meet the
specification. Refer to the procedure in step 11.
NOTE: Do not repeat any portion of this test before
running the engine in order to prevent the engine from
flooding.
Does any fuel injector still have a pressure drop value
that is either higher than the average pressure drop or
lower than the average pressure drop by the specified
value?
10 kPa
(1.5 psi) Go to
Go to
11 Replace the faulty fuel injector(s). Refer to
Knock Sensor Diagnosis
The Tech 2 has two data displays available for diagnosing
the knock sensor (KS) system. The two displays are
described as follows:
Knock Retard indicates the number of degrees that
the spark timing is being retarded due to a knock
condition.
KS Noise Channel indicates the current voltage level
being monitored on the noise channel.
DTCs P0325 and P0327 are designed to diagnose the KS
module, the knock sensor, and the related wiring. The
problems encountered with the KS system should set a
DTC. However, if no DTC was set but the KS system is
suspect because of a detonation complaint, refer to
Powertrain ControI ModuIe (PCM)
Diagnosis
To read and clear diagnostic trouble codes, use a Tech 2.
IMPORTANT: Use of a Tech 2 is recommended to clear
diagnostic trouble codes from the PCM memory.
Diagnostic trouble codes can also be cleared by turning
the ignition OFF and disconnecting the battery power
from the PCM for 30 seconds. Turning off the ignition and
disconnecting the battery power from the PCM will cause
all diagnostic information in the PCM memory to be
cleared. Therefore, all the diagnostic tests will have to be
re-run.
Since the PCM can have a failure which may affect only
one circuit, following the diagnostic procedures in this
section will determine which circuit has a problem and
where it is.
f a diagnostic chart indicates that the PCM connections
or the PCM is the cause of a problem, and the PCM is
replaced, but this does not correct the problem, one of the
following may be the reason:
There is a problem with the PCM terminal connections.
The terminals may have to be removed from the
connector in order to check them properly.
The problem is intermittent. This means that the
problem is not present at the time the system is being
checked. n this case, refer to the portion of
the manual and make a careful physical inspection of
all component and wiring associated with the affected
system.
There is a shorted solenoid, relay coil, or harness.
Solenoids and relays are turned ON and OFF by the
PCM using internal electronic switches called drivers.
A shorted solenoid, relay coil, or harness will not
damage the PCM but will cause the solenoid or relay to
be inoperative.
MuItipIe PCM Information Sensor
DTCS Set
Circuit Description
The powertrain control module (PCM) monitors various
sensors to determine the engine operating conditions.
The PCM controls fuel delivery, spark advance,
transmission operation, and emission control device
operation based on the sensor inputs.
The PCM provides a sensor ground to all of the sensors.
The PCM applies 5 volts through a pull-up resistor, and
determines the status of the following sensors by
monitoring the voltage present between the 5-volt supply
and the resistor:
The engine coolant temperature (ETC) sensor
The intake air temperature (AT) sensor
The transmission fluid temperature (TFT) sensor
The PCM provides the following sensors with a 5-volt
reference and a sensor ground signal:
The exhaust gas recirculating (EGR) pintle position
sensor
The throttle position (TP) sensor
The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor
The PCM monitors the separate feedback signals from
these sensors in order to determine their operating
status.
Diagnostic Aids
IMPORTANT: Be sure to inspect PCM and engine
grounds for being secure and clean.
A short to voltage in one of the sensor input circuits may
cause one or more of the following DTCs to be set:
P0108
P0113
P0118
P0123
P0560
P0712
P0406
IMPORTANT: f a sensor input circuit has been shorted
to voltage, ensure that the sensor is not damaged. A
damaged sensor will continue to indicate a high or low
voltage after the affected circuit has been repaired. f the
sensor has been damaged, replace it.
An open in the sensor ground circuit between the PCM
and the splice will cause one or more of the following
DTCs to be set:
P0108
P0113
P0118
P0123
P0712
P0406
A short to ground in the 5-volt reference A or B circuit will
cause one or more of the following DTCs to be set:
P0107
P0122
n the 5-volt reference circuit A, between the PCM and the
splice, will cause one or more of the following DTCs to be
set:
P0122
n the 5-volt reference circuit B, between the PCM and the
splice, will cause one or more of the following DTCs to be
set:
P0107
Check for the following conditions:
Poor connection at PCM. nspect the harness
connectors for backed-out terminals, improper mating,
broken locks, improperly formed or damage terminals,
and a poor terminal-to-wire connection.
Damaged harness. nspect the wiring harness for
damage. f the harness is not damaged, observe an
affected sensor's displayed value on the Tech 2 with
the ignition ON and the engine OFF while you move
the connectors and the wiring harnesses related to the
following sensors:
AT
ECT
TP
MAP
EGR
TFT
MuItipIe PCM Information Sensor DTCs Set
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. Turn the ignition OFF, disconnect the PCM.
2. Turn the ignition ON, check the 5 volt reference A
circuit for the following conditions:
A poor connection at the PCM.
An open between the PCM connector and the
splice.
A short to ground.
A short to voltage.
s there an open or short? Go to Go to
3 Repair the open or short.
4 Check the sensor ground circuit for the following
conditions:
A poor connection at the PCM or the affected
sensors.
An open between the PCM connector and the
affected sensors.
s there an open or a poor connection? Go to Go to
5 Repair the open or the poor connection.
6 Measure the voltage between the EGR pintle position
sensor signal circuit at the PCM harness connector and
ground.
Does the voltage measure near the specified value? 0 V Go to Go to
7 Measure the voltage between the MAP sensor signal
circuit at the PCM harness connector and ground.
8 Measure the voltage between the TP sensor signal
9 Measure the voltage between the AT sensor signal
10 Measure the voltage between the ECT sensor signal
MuItipIe PCM Information Sensor DTCs Set
11 1. Disconnect the EGR valve.
2. Measure the voltage between the EGR pintle
position sensor signal circuit at the PCM harness
connector and ground.
12 Measure the voltage between the TFT sensor signal
13 Replace the EGR valve.
14 Locate and repair the short to voltage in the MAP
sensor signal circuit.
15 Locate and repair the short to voltage in the TP sensor
signal circuit.
16 Locate and repair the short to voltage in the AT sensor
signal circuit.
17 Locate and repair the short to voltage in the ECT
18 Locate and repair the short to voltage in the EGR pintle
position sensor signal circuit.
19 Locate and repair the short to voltage in the TFT sensor
signal circuit.
20 Replace the PCM.
s the action complete?
Go to

Exhaust Gas RecircuIation (EGR)
Diagnosis (For except EXPORT and
SOUTH AFRICA)
Pintle position error diagnosis is covered by DTC P0402,
P0404, P1404, P0405, P0406. f EGR diagnostic trouble
codes P0402, P0404, P1404, P0405, P0406 are
encountered, refer to the DTC charts.
Engine Tech 2 Data Definitions and
Ranges
A/C CLUTCH - Tech 2 DispIays ON or OFF -
ndicates whether the PCM has commanded the A/C
clutch ON. Used in A/C system diagnostic.
A/C REQUEST - Tech 2 DispIays YES or NO -
ndicates the state of the A/C request input circuit from the
HVAC controls. The PCM uses the A/C request signal to
determine whether A/C compressor operation is being
requested.
AIR/FUEL RATIO - Tech 2 Range 0.0-25.5 -
Air/fuel ratio indicates the PCM commanded value. n
closed loop, the air/fuel ratio should normally be
displayed around 14.2-14.7. A lower air/fuel ratio
indicates a richer commanded mixture, which may be
seen during power enrichment or TWC protection modes.
A higher air/fuel ratio indicates a leaner commanded
mixture. This can be seen during deceleration fuel mode.
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE - Tech 2 Range 10-105
kPa/0.00-5.00 VoIts -
The barometric pressure reading is determined from the
MAP sensor signal monitored during key up and wide
open throttle (WOT) conditions. The barometric pressure
is used to compensate for altitude differences and is
normally displayed around 61-104 depending on
altitude and barometric pressure.
CHECK TRANS LAMP - AUTO TRANSMISSION -
ndicates the need to check for a DTC with the Tech 2
when the lamp is flashing 0.2 seconds ON and 0.2
seconds OFF.
CMP ACT. COUNTER - Cam Position Activity
DECEL FUEL MODE - Tech 2 DispIay ACTIVE or
INACTIVE -
ACTVE displayed indicates that the PCM has detected
conditions appropriate to operate in deceleration fuel
mode. The PCM will command the deceleration fuel
mode when it detects a closed throttle position while the
vehicle is traveling over 20 mph. While in the deceleration
fuel delivered by entering open loop and decreasing the
injector pulse width.
DESIRED EGR POS. - Tech 2 Range 0%-100% -
Represents the EGR pintle position that the PCM is
commanding.
DESIRED IDLE - Tech 2 Range 0-3187 RPM -
The idle speed that the PCM is commanding. The PCM
will compensate for various engine loads based on engine
coolant temperature, to keep the engine at the desired
speed.
ECT - (Engine CooIant Temperature) Tech 2
Range -40 C to 151 C (-40 F to 304 F) -
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is mounted in the
coolant stream and sends engine temperature
information to the PCM. The PCM applies 5 volts to the
ECT sensor circuit. The sensor is a thermistor which
changes internal resistance as temperature changes.
When the sensor is cold (high resistance), the PCM
monitors a high signal voltage and interprets that as a cold
engine. As the sensor warms (decreasing resistance),
the voltage signal will decrease and the PCM will interpret
the lower voltage as a warm engine.
EGR DUTY CYCLE - Tech 2 Range 0%-100% -
Represents the EGR valve driver PWM signal from the
PCM. A duty cycle of 0% indicates that no EGR flow is
being commanded; a 100% duty cycle indicates
maximum EGR flow commanded.
EGR FEEDBACK - Tech 2 Range 0.00-5.00 VoIts -
ndicates the EGR pintle position sensor signal voltage
being monitored by the PCM. A low voltage indicates a
fully extended pintle (closed valve); a voltage near 5 volts
indicates a retracted pintle (open valve).
ENGINE LOAD - Tech 2 Range 0%-100% -
Engine load is calculated by the PCM from engine speed
and MAF sensor readings. Engine load should increase
with an increase in RPM or air flow.
ENGINE RUN TIME - Tech 2 Range
00:00:00-99:99:99 Hrs:Min:Sec -
ndicates the time elapsed since the engine was started.
f the engine is stopped, engine run time will be reset to
00:00:00.
ENGINE SPEED - Range 0-9999 RPM -
Engine speed is computed by the PCM from the 58X
reference input. t should remain close to desired idle
under various engine loads with engine idling.
FUEL PUMP - Tech 2 DispIays ON or OFF -
ndicates the PCM commanded state of the fuel pump
relay driver circuit.
FUEL TRIM CELL - Tech 2 Range 0-21 -
The fuel trim cell is dependent upon engine speed and
MAF sensor readings. A plot of RPM vs. MAF is divided
into 22 cells. Fuel trim cell indicates which cell is currently
active.
FUEL TRIM LEARN - Tech 2 DispIays NO or YES
-
When conditions are appropriate for enabling long term
fuel trim corrections, fuel trim learn will display YES.
This indicates that the long term fuel trim is responding to
the short term fuel trim. f the fuel trim learn displays
NO, then long term fuel trim will not respond to changes
in short term fuel trim.
HO2S BANK 1, SEN. 1 - Tech 2 Range 0-1132 mV
-
Represents the fuel control exhaust oxygen sensor
output voltage. Should fluctuate constantly within a range
between 10 mV (lean exhaust) and 1000 mV (rich
exhaust) while operating in closed loop.
HO2S BANK2, SEN. 1-Tech 2 Range 0-1132 mV-
Represents the fuel control exhaust oxygen sensor
output voltage. Should fluctuate constantly within a range
between 10mV (lean exhaust) and 1000 mV (rich
exhaust) while operating in closed loop.
HO2S BANK 1, SEN. 1-Tech 2 DispIays NOT
READY or READY-
ndicates the status of the exhaust oxygen sensor. The
Tech 2 will indicate that the exhaust oxygen sensor is
ready when the PCM detects a fluctuating HO2S voltage
sufficient to allow closed loop operation. This will not
occur unless the exhaust oxygen sensor is warmed up.
HO2S BANK 2, SEN. 1 - Tech 2 DispIays NOT
READY or READY -
ndicates the status of the exhaust oxygen sensor. The
Tech 2 will indicate that the exhaust oxygen sensor is
ready when the PCM detects a fluctuating HO2S voltage
sufficient to allow closed loop operation. This will not
occur unless the exhaust oxygen sensor is warmed up.
HO2S WARM UP TIME BANK 1, SEN. 1/BANK 2
SEN. 1 - Tech 2 Range 00:00:00-99:99:99
HRS:MIN:SEC -
ndicates warm-up time for each HO2S. The HO2S
warm-up time is used for the HO2S heater test. The PCM
will run the heater test only after a cold start (determined
by engine coolant and intake air temperature at the time
of start-up) and only once during an ignition cycle. When
the engine is started the PCM will monitor the HO2S
voltage. When the HO2S voltage indicates a sufficiently
active sensor, the PCM looks at how much time has
elapsed since start-up. f the PCM determines that too
much time was required for the HO2S to become active,
a DTC will set. f the engine was warm when started,
HO2S warm-up will the display 00:00:00.
IAC POSITION - Tech 2 Range 0-255 Counts -
Displays the commanded position of the idle air control
pintle in counts. A larger number of counts means that
more air is being commanded through the idle air
passage. dle air control should respond fairly quickly to
changes in engine load to maintain desired idle RPM.
IAT (INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE) - Tech 2 Range
-40 C to 151 C (-40 F to 304 F) -
The PCM converts the resistance of the intake air
temperature sensor to degrees. ntake air temperature
(AT) is used by the PCM to adjust fuel delivery and spark
timing according to incoming air density.
IGNITION 1 - Tech 2 Range 0-25.5 VoIts -
This represents the system voltage measured by the
PCM at its ignition feed.
INJ. PULSE BANK 1/INJ. PULSE BANK 2 - Tech 2
Range 0-1000 msec. -
ndicates the amount of time the PCM is commanding
each injector ON during each engine cycle. A longer
injector pulse width will cause more fuel to be delivered.
njector pulse width should increase with increased
engine load.
KS NOISE CHANNEL (Knock Sensor) -
ndicates the output from the KS noise channel. There is
always some electrical noise in an engine compartment
and to avoid mistaking this as engine knock, the output
from the knock sensor is compared to the output from the
noise channel. A knock condition is not set unless the
knock sensor output is greater than the noise channel
output.
LONG TERM FUEL TRIM BANK 1/BANK 2 -
The long term fuel trim is derived from the short term fuel
trim values and represents a long term correction of fuel
delivery for the bank in question. A value of 0% indicates
that fuel delivery requires no compensation to maintain
the PCM commanded air/fuel ratio. A negative value
significantly below 0% indicates that the fuel system is
rich and fuel delivery is being reduced (decreased injector
pulse width). A positive value significantly greater than
0% indicates that a lean condition exists and the PCM is
compensating by adding fuel (increased injector pulse
width). Because long term fuel trim tends to follow short
term fuel trim, a value in the negative range due to
canister purge at idle should not be considered unusual.
Fuel trim values at maximum authority may indicate an
excessively rich or lean system.
LOOP STATUS - Tech 2 DispIays OPEN or
CLOSED -
CLOSED indicates that the PCM is controlling fuel
delivery according to oxygen sensor voltage. n OPEN
the PCM ignores the oxygen sensor voltage and bases
the amount of fuel to be delivered on TP sensor, engine
coolant, and MAF sensor inputs only.
MAF - Tech 2 Range 0.0-512 gm/s -
MAF (mass air flow) is the MAF input frequency
converted to grams of air per second. This indicates the
amount of air entering the engine.
MAP - Tech 2 Range 10-105 kPa (0.00-4.97 VoIts)
-
The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor measures
the change in the intake manifold pressure from engine
load, EGR flow, and speed changes. As intake manifold
pressure increases, intake vacuum decreases, resulting
in a higher MAP sensor voltage and kPa reading. The
MAP sensor signal is used to monitor intake manifold
pressure changes during the EGR flow test, to update the
BARO reading, and as an enabling factor for several of
the diagnostics.
MIL - Tech 2 DispIays ON or OFF -
ndicates the PCM commanded state of the malfunction
indicator lamp.
POWER ENRICHMENT - Tech 2 DispIays ACTIVE
or INACTIVE -
ACTVE displayed indicates that the PCM has detected
conditions appropriate to operate in power enrichment
mode. The PCM will command power enrichment mode
when a large increase in throttle position and load is
detected. While in power enrichment mode, the PCM will
increase the amount of fuel delivered by entering open
loop and increasing the injector pulse width. This is done
to prevent a possible sag or hesitation from occurring
during acceleration.
SPARK - Tech 2 Range -64 to 64 -
Displays the amount of spark advance being commanded
by the PCM on the C circuit.
START-UP ECT - Tech 2 Range -40 C to 151 C
(-40 F to 304 F) -
ndicates the engine coolant temperature at the time that
the vehicle was started. Used by the HO2S diagnostic to
determine if the last start-up was a cold start.
START-UP IAT - Tech 2 Range -40 C to 151 C
(-40 F to 304 F) -
ndicates the intake air temperature at the time that the
vehicle was started. Used by the HO2S diagnostic to
determine if the last start-up was a cold start.
TP - Tech 2 Range 0%-100% -
TP (throttle position) angle is computed by the PCM from
the TP sensor voltage. TP angle should display 0% at
idle and 100% at wide open throttle.
TP SENSOR - Tech 2 Range 0.00-5.00 VoIts -
The voltage being monitored by the PCM on the TP
CATALYST PROTECTION MODE - Tech 2 DispIays
YES or NO -
YES displayed indicates that the PCM has detected
conditions appropriate to operate in TWC protection
mode. The PCM will decrease the air/fuel ratio to a value
that depends on mass air flow (higher mass air flow =
lower air/fuel ratio).
UPSHIFT LAMP (MANUAL TRANSMISSION)
VEHICLE SPEED - Tech 2 Range 0-255 km/h
(0-155 mph) -
The vehicle speed sensor signal is converted into km/h
and mph for display.
WEAK CYLINDER - Tech 2 DispIays CyIinder
Number -
This indicates that the PCM has detected crankshaft
speed variations that indicate 2% or more cylinder firing
events are misfires.
TypicaI Scan Data VaIues
Use the Typical Scan Data Values Table only after the
On-Board Diagnostic System Check has been
completed, no DTC(s) were noted, and you have
determined that the on-board diagnostics are functioning
properly. Tech 2 values from a properly-running engine
may be used for comparison with the engine you are
diagnosing. The typical scan data values represent
values that would be seen on a normally-running engine.
NOTE: A Tech 2 that displays faulty data should not be
used, and the problem should be reported to the Tech 2
manufacturer. Use of a faulty Tech 2 can result in
misdiagnosis and unnecessary replacement of parts.
Only the parameters listed below are referred to in this
service manual for use in diagnosis. For further
information on using the Tech 2 to diagnose the PCM and
related sensors, refer to the applicable reference section
listed below. f all values are within the typical range
described below, refer to the section for
diagnosis.
Test Conditions
Engine running, lower radiator hose hot, transmission in
park or neutral, closed loop, accessaries off, brake not
applied and air conditioning off.
3.2/3.5L V-6 Engine
Tech 2
Parameter
Data List Units
DispIayed
TypicaI Data
VaIues (IDLE)
TypicaI Data
VaIues
(2500 RPM)
Refer To
A/C Clutch Engine On/Off Off Off General Description and
Operation, A/C Clutch
Circuit Operation
A/C Request Engine Yes/No No No General Description and
Operation, A/C Request
Signal
Air/Fuel Ratio Engine Ratio: _ to
1
14.7 14.7 General Description and
Operation, Fuel System
Metering Purpose
Barometric
Pressure
Engine kPa 61-104 (depends
on altitude and
barometric)
61-104 (depends
on altitude and
barometric)
Operation
CMP Act.
Counter (Cam
Position Activity)
Engine Counts 0-255, always
increasing
0-255, always
increasing
DTC P0341 and P0342
Decel Fuel
Mode
Engine Active/nac
tive
nactive nactive General Description and
Operation, Deceleration
Mode
Desired EGR
Position
Engine Percent 0% 0% General Description and
Operation, EGR Pintle
Position Sensor
Desired dle Engine RPM 750 General Description and
Operation, dle Air Control
(AC) Valve
ECT (Engine
Coolant Temp)
Engine Degrees C,
Degrees F
80-100 C
(176-212 F)
80-100 C
(176-212 F)
EGR Closed
Valve Pintle
Position
Engine Steps 20-40 20-40 General Description and
Operation, EGR Pintle
Position Sensor
EGR Duty Cycle Engine Percent 0% 0% General Description and
Operation, Linear EGR
Operation and Results of
ncorrect Operation
EGR Feedback Engine Volts 0.45-0.80 0.45-0.80
EGR
Normalized
Engine Percent 0% 0%
Engine Load Engine Percent 2.0% - 5.5% 8.0% - 16.0% General Description and
Operation, Mass Air Flow
(MAF) Sensor
Time From Start Engine Sec Varies. Resets at
each engine
start.
Varies. Resets at
each engine
start.
Engine Speed Engine RPM Within 50 to

+100 of Desired
dle
Actual engine
speed
DTCs: P1508, P1509
Fuel Pump Engine On/Off On On Engine Fuel
HO2S Bank 1
Sen.1 (millivolts)
O2 Sensor
Data
Millivolts 50-950 changing
quickly
50-950, always
changing quickly
Operation, Fuel control
HO2S
Tech 2
Parameter
Refer To TypicaI Data
VaIues
(2500 RPM)
TypicaI Data
VaIues (IDLE)
Units
DispIayed
Data List
HO2S Bank 2
Sen.1 (millivolts)
O2 Sensor
Data
Millivolts 50-950 changing
quickly
50-950 changing
quickly
Operation, Fuel Control
HO2S
HO2S Bank 1
Sen.1
(ready/not
ready)
O2 Sensor
Data
Ready
Yes/No
Ready
Yes
Ready
Yes
HO2S; DTC: P0135
HO2S Bank 2
Sen.1
(ready/not
ready)
O2 Sensor
Data
Ready
Yes/No
Ready
Yes
Ready
Yes
HO2S
HO2S Warm-Up
Time Bank 1
Sen.1
O2 Sensor
Data
Seconds 25-45 25-45 General Description and
HO2S
HO2S Warm-Up
Time Bank 2
Sen.1
O2 Sensor
Data
Seconds 25-45 25-45 General Description and
HO2S
AT (ntake Air
Temp)
Engine Degrees C,
Degrees F
0-100 C,
depends on
underhood
0-80 C, depends
on underhood
Operation, ntake Air
Temperature (AT) Sensor
gnition Voltage Engine Volts 12.8-14.1 12.8-14.1 General Description and
Operation, Electronic
gnition System
nj. Pulse Bank
1
Engine Millisecond
s
2.0-4.0 2.5-4.0 General Description, Fuel
Metering, Fuel njector
nj. Pulse Bank
2
Engine Millisecond
s
2.0-4.0 2.5-4.0 General Description, Fuel
Metering, Fuel njector
KS Noise
Channel (Knock
Sensor)
Engine Volts 0.10-0.40 0.50-1.75 General Description and
Operation, Knock Sensor
Purpose and Operation;
DTCs: P0352, P0327
Loop Status Engine Open/Clos
ed
Closed Closed General Description and
Operation, Fuel Metering
System; DTCs:
P0125-P0155
MAF (Mass Air
Flow)
Engine Grams per
second
2.85-6.65 9.5-16.5 General Description and
Operation, MAF; DTCs:
P101, P0102, P0103
MAP kPa
(Manifold
Absolute
Pressure)
Engine Kilopascals

Operation, Manifold
Absolute Pressure (MAP)
Sensor; DTCs: P0106,
P0107, P0108
ML Engine On/Off Off Off On-Board Diagnostic
System Check
Power
Enrichment
Engine nactive/Ac
tive
nactive nactive General Description and
Operation, Acceleration
Mode
Spark
(Advance)
Engine Degrees
Before Top
Dead
Center
15-22 34-44 General Description and
Operation, Electronic
gnition System
Tech 2
Parameter
Refer To TypicaI Data
VaIues
(2500 RPM)
TypicaI Data
VaIues (IDLE)
Units
DispIayed
Data List
Start-Up ECT
(Engine Coolant
Temp)
Engine Degrees C,
Degrees F
Depends on
engine coolant
temperature at
time of start-up
Depends on
engine coolant
temperature at
time of start-up
Start-Up AT
(ntake Air
Temp)
Engine Degrees C,
Degrees F
Depends on
intake air
temperature at
time of start-up
Depends on
intake air
temperature at
time of start-up
Operation, ntake Air
Temperature (AT) Sensor
TP
(Throttle
Position)
Engine Percent 0

Operation, Throttle
Position (TP) Sensor;
DTCs: P0121,
P0122,P0123
TP Sensor
(Throttle
Position)
Engine Volts 0.50-0.82 0.60-1.00 General Description and
Operation, Throttle
Position (TP) Sensor;
DTCs: P0121,
P0122,P0123
Catalyst
Protection Mode
Engine No/Yes No No General Description, Fuel
Metering, catalytic
Converter Protection Mode
Vehicle Speed Engine MPH /
km/h
0 0 4L30-E Automatic
Transmission Diagnosis
EVAP Purge
Solenoid
Engine Percent 65 99 General Description
VM Solenoid Engine On/Off On On General Description
Security Wait
Time
Engine Active/nac
tive
nactive nactive
No MaIfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
D06RW00006
Circuit Description
The Check Engine lamp (ML) should always be
illuminated and steady with the ignition ON and the
engine stopped. gnition feed voltage is supplied to the
ML bulb through the meter fuse. The powertrain control
module (PCM) turns the ML ON by grounding the ML
driver circuit.
Diagnostic Aids
An intermittent ML may be cased by a poor connection,
rubbed-through wire insulation, or a wire broken inside
the insulation. Check for the following items:
nspect the PCM harness and connections for
f the engine runs OK, check for a faulty light bulb, an
open in the ML driver circuit, or an open in the
instrument cluster ignition feed.
f the engine cranks but will not run, check for an open
PCM ignition or battery feed, or a poor PCM to engine
ground.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
2. A No ML condition accompanied by a no-start
condition suggests a faulty PCM ignition feed or
battery feed circuit.
9. Using a test light connected to B+, probe each of the
PCM ground terminals to ensure that a good ground
is present. Refer to for
terminal locations of the PCM ground circuits.
12.n this step, temporarily substitute a known good
relay for the PCM relay. The horn relay is nearby,
and it can be verified as good simply by honking
the horn. Replace the horn relay after completing
this step.
17.This vehicle is equipped with a PCM which utilizes
the new PCM must be programmed. Refer to
performed?
Go to
Go to
Does the engine start? Go to Go to
3 Check the meter fuse for the instrument cluster ignition
feed circuit.
s the fuse OK? Go to Go to
4 gnition ON, probe the ignition feed circuit at the
cluster connector with a test light to ground.
s the test light ON? Go to Go to
5 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM.
3. Jumper the ML driver circuit at the PCM connector
to ground.
4. gnition ON.
s the ML ON? Go to Go to
6 Check the PCM ignition feed and battery feed fuses (15
A engine fuse and 15 A PCM fuse).
Are both fuses OK? Go to Go to
7 1. gnition OFF.
3. gnition ON.
4. Probe the ignition feed circuit at the PCM harness
connector with a test light to ground.
8 Probe the battery feed circuit at the PCM harness
connector with a test light to ground.
9 Check for a faulty PCM ground connection.
Was a problem found? Verify repair Go to
10 Check for damaged terminals at the PCM.
11 Check for an open ML driver circuit between the PCM
and the ML.
12 Substitute a known good relay for the PCM main
relay.
Was the malfunction fixed? Verify repair Go to
13 Repair the open in the ignition feed circuit.
14 Locate and repair the open PCM battery feed circuit.
15 Locate and repair the short to ground in the PCM
ignition feed circuit or PCM battery feed circuit.
16 Locate and repair the short to ground in the ignition
feed circuit to the instrument cluster, and replace the
fuse.
17 Replace the PCM.
programmed. Refer to in for
procedures.
18 Check the ML driver circuit for a poor connection at the
instrument panel connector.
Was a problem found?
Verify repair
Go to
in
MaIfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) "ON" Steady
D06RW00007
Circuit description
The malfunction indicator lamp (ML) should always be
illuminated and steady with ignition ON and the engine
stopped. gnition feed voltage is supplied directly to the
ML indicator. The powertrain control module (PCM)
turns the ML ON by grounding the ML driver circuit.
The ML should not remain ON with the engine running
and no DTC(s) set. A steady ML with the engine running
and no DTC(s) suggests a short to ground in the ML
driver circuit.
Diagnostic Aids
Poor connection or damaged harness nspect the
PCM harness and connectors for improper mating,
broken locks, improperly formed or damaged
terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection, and
damaged harness.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
2. f the ML does not remain ON when the PCM is
disconnected, the ML driver wiring is not faulty.
3. f the ML driver circuit is OK, the instrument panel
cluster is faulty.
6. This vehicle is equipped with a PCM which utilizes
the new PCM must be programmed. Refer to
MaIfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) "ON" Steady
1 Was the On-Board diagnostic (OBD) System Check
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. gnition OFF, disconnect PCM.
2. gnition ON, observe the ML (Service Engine
Soon lamp).
s the ML ON? Go to Go to
3 1. gnition OFF, disconnect the instrument panel
cluster.
2. Check the ML driver circuit between the PCM and
the instrument panel cluster for a short to ground.
Was the ML driver circuit shorted to ground?
Go to
Go to
4 Replace the instrument panel cluster.
Go to
5 1. gnition OFF, reconnect the PCM.

2. Using Tech 2, select Output Miscellaneous Test
and command the ML OFF.
Did the ML turn OFF?
Go to
Go to
6 Replace the PCM.
Go to

Engine Cranks But WiII Not Run
D06RX00004
Circuit Description
The electronic gnition system uses a coil-at-plug method
of spark distribution. n this type of ignition system, the
powertrain control module (PCM) triggers the correct
driver inside the ignition coil, which then triggers the
correct ignition coil based on the 58X signal received from
the crankshaft position sensor (CKP). The spark plug
connected to the coil fires when the CM opens the ground
circuit for the coil's primary circuit.
During crank, the PCM monitors the CKP 58X signal. The
CKP signal is used to determine which cylinder will fire
first. After the CKP 58X signal has been processed by the
PCM, it will command all six injectors to allow a priming
shot of fuel for all the cylinders. After the priming, the
injectors are left OFF during the next six 58X reference
pulses from the CKP. This allows each cylinder a chance
to use the fuel from the priming shot. During this waiting
period, a camshaft position (CMP) signal pulse will have
been received by the PCM. The CMP signal allows the
PCM to operate the injectors sequentially based on
camshaft position. f the camshaft position signal is not
present at start-up, the PCM will begin sequential fuel
delivery with a 1-in-6 chance that fuel delivery is correct.
The engine will run without a CMP signal, but will set a
DTC code.
Diagnostic Aids
An intermittent problem may be caused by a poor
connection, rubbed-through wire insulation or a wire
broken inside the insulation. Check for the following
items:
damaged harness.
Faulty engine coolant temperature sensor Using
Tech 2, compare engine coolant temperature with
intake air temperature on a completely cool engine.
Engine coolant temperature should be within 10 C of
intake air temperature. f not, replace the ECT sensor.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
5. An obvious cause of low fuel pressure would be an
empty fuel tank.
6. The engine will easily start and run if a few injectors
are disabled. t is not necessary to test all injectors
at this time since this step is only a test to verify that
all of the injectors have not been disabled by fuel
contamination.
7. A blinking test light verifies that the PCM is
monitoring the 58X crankshaft reference signal and
is capable of activating the injectors. f there is an
open or shorted driver circuit, DTCs 201-206 should
be set.
19.By using a spark tester, each ignition coil's ability to
produce 25,000 volts is verified.
25.f there is an open or shorted driver circuit, DTCs
201-206 should be set. All six injector driver circuits
can be checked at one time without removing the
intake manifold if a 5-8840-2636-0 test light is
available. This is the alternative procedure:
With the ignition OFF, disconnect the gray
connector located at the rear of the air filter, attached
to a bracket on the purge canister.
Connect test light 5-8840-2636-0 to the connector.
Do any of the light constantly illuminate or fail to blink
when the engine is cranked? f so, repair the short or
open circuit, or replace the PCM if indicated.
This procedure only tests the driver circuit as far as the
test connection, so step 31 is added to test the circuit all
the way to the injector.
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 Check the 15 A ignition coil fuse, the 15 A engine fuse,
and the 30 A PCM fuse.
Was a fuse blown? Go to Go to
3 Check for a short to ground and replace the fuse.
4 1. gnition OFF, install a fuel pressure gauge at the
test fitting on the fuel supply line in the engine
compartment. (Use a shop cloth to absorb any fuel
leakage while making the connection.)
2. gnition ON, observe the fuel pressure.
s the fuel pressure within the specified values, and
does it hold steady?
285-376 kPa
(43-55 psi) Go to Go to
5 s any fuel pressure indicated?
Go to Go to
6 nstall an injector switch box to the injector test
connector, and attempt to operate the injector.
Did the fuel pressure drop when the injector is
operated? Go to Go to
7 nstall an injector test light at the #2 cylinder injector
harness connector.
Does the light blink when the engine is cranked? Go to Go to
8 1. gnition ON.
2. While the coil connectors are disconnected, touch
each coil connector's ignition feed terminal with a
grounded test light (the ignition feed wire is black
with orange tracer).
Did the test light illuminate? Go to Go to
9 Repair the open ignition feed circuit.
10 While the coil connectors are disconnected, touch
each connector's secondary ground terminal with a
test light to B+. (The ground wires are black.)
Did the test light illuminate at each coil connector? Go to Go to
11 Repair the open secondary ground circuit.
12 1. Test the fuel for contamination.
2. f a problem is found, clean the fuel system and
correct the contaminated fuel condition as
necessary. Replace the fuel filter and replace any
injectors that are not delivering fuel (see njector
Balance Test).
13 1. Remove any ignition coil and install a spark tester at
the spark plug end of the coil.
2. Observe the tester while the engine is cranking.
Was a crisp, blue spark observed? Only one or two
sparks followed by no result is considered the same as
No Spark. Go to Go to
14 Replace the ignition coil, and return to Step 13 to test
the remaining coils.
15 Repeat Step 13 for each coil. Remove only one coil at a
time, and reinstall each coil on its spark plug after
testing, but do not refasten coils with screws at this
time.
After all coils have passed the spark test, does the
engine start?
Refasten all
coils with
their screws Go to
16 1. Remove the spark plugs from all cylinders.
2. Visually inspect the spark plug electrodes.
3. Replace any spark plugs with loose or missing
electrodes or cracked insulators.
Did your inspection reveal any spark plugs exhibiting
excessive fouling?
Correct the
fouling
condition Go to
17 Refer to to diagnose the
Faulty or incorrect camshaft drive belts
Leaking or sticky valves or rings
Excessive valve deposits
Loose or worn rocker arms
Weak valve springs
ncorrect valve timing
Leaking head gasket
s the action complete? Verify repair Go to
18 Observe the Engine Speed data display on the scan
tool while cranking the engine.
s the engine RPM indicated? (f the scan tool is
normally powered from the cigarette lighter socket, and
if the scan tool display goes blank while cranking the
engine, it will be necessary to power the scan tool
directly from the vehicle battery.) Go to Go to
19 1. Disconnect the 7-pin gray connector at the rear of
the air filter beneath the point where the air duct
attaches to the MAF sensor.
2. gnition ON.
3. Using a test light connected to ground, probe the
ignition terminal at the PCM (female) side of the
7-pin connector.
20 1. At the PCM (female) side of the connector, connect
a test light between the ignition + terminal and one
of the injector driver circuits at the same connector.
2. gnition ON.
3. Observe the test light, and repeat the test for each
injector driver circuit.
Did the test light stay on when checking any of the 6
injector driver circuits? Go to Go to
2. gnition ON, observe the test light.
22 Locate and repair the short to ground in the injector
driver circuit.
23 1. Using the same test location as in step 20, connect
a test light between the ignition terminal and one of
the driver circuits.
2. Crank the engine and observe the test light.
3. Repeat for each injector driver circuit.
Did the light blink during the test for each circuit? Go to Go to
24 Check for an open injector driver circuit.
25 1. At the injector (male) side of the gray connector,
connect an ohmmeter between the ignition pin and
one of the driver circuit pins.
2. Check for continuity in the circuit.
3. Repeat for each injector circuit. The readings
should be approximately equal to the specified
value for injector resistance.
Was a problem found? 12.5 ohms Verify repair Go to
26 Repair the ignition feed circuit.
27 Replace the PCM.
28 1. Raise the vehicle and disconnect the CKP sensor
harness.
2. gnition ON.
3. With a test light to ground, probe the harness
ignition feed terminal.
Did the light illuminate? Go to Go to
29 Check the ignition feed wire between the sensor and
the PCM for a short to ground or open circuit.
30 1. gnition ON.
2. At the CKP harness connector, connect a test light
between the ignition and ground terminals.
31 Check the sensor ground circuit for an open or short to
voltage.
32 Check the signal circuit between the sensor and the
PCM for a short to ground, short to voltage, or an open.
33 Replace the CKP sensor.
FueI System EIectricaI Test
D06RW101
Circuit Description
When the ignition switch is first turned ON, the
powertrain control module (PCM) energizes the fuel
pump relay which applies power to the in-tank fuel pump.
The fuel pump relay will remain ON as long as the
engine is running or cranking and the PCM is receiving
58X crankshaft position pulses. f no 58X crankshaft
position pulses are present, the PCM de-energizes the
fuel pump relay within 2 seconds after the ignition is
turned ON or the engine is stopped.
The fuel pump delivers fuel to the fuel rail and injectors,
then to the fuel pressure regulator. The fuel pressure
regulator controls fuel pressure by allowing excess fuel to
be returned to the fuel tank. With the engine stopped and
ignition ON, the fuel pump can be turned ON by using a
command by Tech 2.
Diagnostic Aids
damaged harness.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
2. f the fuel pump is operating but incorrect pressure is
noted, the fuel pump wiring is OK and the Fuel
System Pressure Test chart should be used for
diagnosis.
CAUTION: To reduce the risk of fire and personaI
injury:
It is necessary to reIieve fueI system pressure
before connecting a fueI pressure gauge. Refer to
FueI Pressure ReIief Procedure, beIow.
A smaII amount of fueI may be reIeased when
disconnecting the fueI Iines. Cover fueI Iine
fittings with a shop toweI before disconnecting, to
catch any fueI that may Ieak out. PIace the toweI in
an approved container when the disconnect is
compIeted.
FueI Pressure ReIief Procedure
1. Remove the fuel cap.
2. Remove the fuel pump relay from the underhood
relay center.
3. Start the engine and allow it to stall.
4. Crank the engine for an additional 3 seconds.
FueI Gauge InstaIIation
1. Remove the shoulder fitting cap.
2. nstall fuel gauge 5-8840-0378-0 to the fuel feed line
located in front of and above the right side valve train
cover .
3. Reinstall the fuel pump relay.
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. Read the Caution above.
2. Relieve the fuel system pressure and install the fuel
pump pressure gauge to the test fitting.
3. Use Tech 2 to command the fuel pump ON.
s there an immediate pressure build-up which
indicates the pump is running? Go to Go to
3 1. Verify that the pump is not running by removing the
fuel filler cap and listening.
2. Command the pump ON with Tech 2.
Did the pump turn OFF after 2 seconds?
Test
completed Go to
4 1. gnition OFF.
2. Remove the fuel pump relay.
battery feed to the relay.
5 Repair short or open battery feed to fuel pump relay.
6 1. Connect a test light between the two wires that
connect to the fuel pump relay pull-in coil.
2. gnition ON.
Did the test light illuminate for 2 seconds and then turn
off? Go to Go to
7 1. With a test light connected to battery (), probe the
fuel pump relay connector at the wire which runs
from the relay pull-in coil to the PCM.
2. gnition ON.
Did the test light illuminate for 2 seconds and then turn
off? Go to Go to
8 Locate and repair open in the fuel pump relay ground
circuit.
9 Check for short or open between the PCM and the fuel
pump relay.
10 1. Check the fuel pump relay circuit for a poor terminal
connection at the PCM.
2. f a problem is found, replace terminal as necessary.
11 Replace the PCM.
12 1. Reconnect the fuel pump relay.
2. Disconnect the fuel pump electrical connector at the
fuel tank.
fuel pump feed wire (harness side).
4. Command the fuel pump ON with Tech 2.
Did the light illuminate for 2 seconds? Go to Go to
13 1. Honk the horn to verify that the horn relay is
functioning.
2. Substitute the horn relay for the fuel pump relay.
3. Leave the test light connected as in step 12.
Did the test light illuminate for 2 seconds when the fuel
pump was commanded ON? Go to Go to
14 1. Re-connect the horn relay in its proper location.
2. Check for a short circuit, blown fuse or open circuit
between the relay and the fuel tank.
15 1. With the fuel pump electrical connector at the fuel
tank disconnected, connect a test light between the
feed wire and the ground wire (harness side).
Did the test light illuminate for 2 seconds? Go to Go to
16 Repair the open circuit in the fuel pump ground wire.
17 1. Re-connect the horn relay in its proper location.
2. Replace the fuel pump relay.
18 Replace the fuel pump.
FueI System Diagnosis
140RW020
Legend
(1) Fuel Filler Cap
(2) Fuel Tank
(3) Rollover Valve
(4) Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
(5) Fuel Filter
(6) Fuel Rail Right
(7) Right Bank
(8) Fuel Rail Left
(9) Left Bank
(10) Fuel Pressure Control Valve
(11) Common Chamber
(12) Duty Solenoid Valve
(13) Throttle Valve
(14) Canister
(15) Evapo Shut Off Valve
Circuit Description
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the powertrain
control module (PCM) will turn ON the in-tank fuel
pump. The in-tank fuel pump will remain ON as long as
the engine is cranking or running and the PCM is receiving
58X crankshaft position pulses. f there are no 58X
crankshaft position pulses, the PCM will turn the in-tank
fuel pump OFF 2 seconds after the ignition switch is
turned ON or 2 seconds after the engine stops running.
The in-tank fuel pump is an electric pump within an
integral reservoir. The in-tank fuel pump supplies fuel
through an in-line fuel filter to the fuel rail assembly. The
fuel pump is designed to provide fuel at a pressure above
the pressure needed by the fuel injectors. A fuel pressure
regulator, attached to the fuel rail, keeps the fuel available
to the fuel injectors at a regulated pressure. Unused fuel
is returned to the fuel tank by a separate fuel return line.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
2. Connect the fuel pressure gauge to the fuel feed line
as shown in the fuel system illustration. Wrap a
shop towel around the fuel pressure connection in
order to absorb any fuel leakage that may occur
when installing the fuel pressure gauge. With the
ignition switch ON and the fuel pump running, the
fuel pressure indicated by the fuel pressure gauge
should be 333-376 kPa (48-55 psi). This pressure
is controlled by the amount of pressure the spring
inside the fuel pressure regulator can provide.
3. A fuel system that cannot maintain a constant fuel
pressure has a leak in one or more of the following
areas:
The fuel pump check valve.
The fuel pump flex line.
The valve or valve seat within the fuel pressure
regulator.
The fuel injector(s).
4. Fuel pressure that drops off during acceleration,
cruise, or hard cornering may case a lean condition.
A lean condition can cause a loss of power, surging,
or misfire. A lean condition can be diagnosed using
a Tech Tech 2. f an extremely lean condition
occurs, the oxygen sensor(s) will stop toggling. The
oxygen sensor output voltage(s) will drop below 500
mV. Also, the fuel injector pulse width will increase.
IMPORTANT: Make sure the fuel system is not
operating in the Fuel Cut-Off Mode.
When the engine is at idle, the manifold pressure is
low (high vacuum). This low pressure (high vacuum)
is applied to the fuel pressure regulator diaphragm.
The low pressure (high vacuum) will offset the
pressure being applied to the fuel pressure regulator
diaphragm by the spring inside the fuel pressure
regulator. When this happens, the result is lower fuel
pressure. The fuel pressure at idle will vary slightly as
the barometric pressure changes, but the fuel
pressure at idle should always be less than the fuel
pressure noted in step 2 with the engine OFF.
16.Check the spark plug associated with a particular
fuel injector for fouling or saturation in order to
determine if that particular fuel injector is leaking. f
checking the spark plug associated with a particular
fuel injector for fouling or saturation does not
determine that a particular fuel injector is leaking,
use the following procedure:
Remove the fuel rail, but leave the fuel lines and
injectors connected to the fuel rail. Refer to
in
Lift the fuel rail just enough to leave the fuel injector
nozzles in the fuel injector ports.
CAUTION: In order to reduce the risk of fire and
personaI injury that may resuIt from fueI spraying on
the engine, verify that the fueI raiI is positioned over
the fueI injector ports and verify that the fueI injector
retaining cIips are intact.
Pressurize the fueI system by connecting a 10 amp
fused jumper between B+ and the fueI pump reIay
connector.
VisuaIIy and physicaIIy inspect the fueI injector
nozzIes for Ieaks.
17.A rich condition may result from the fuel pressure
being above 376 kPa (55 psi). A rich condition may
cause a DTC P0132 or a DTC P0172 to set.
Driveability conditions associated with rich
conditions can include hard starting (followed by
black smoke) and a strong sulfur smell in the
exhaust.
20.This test determines if the high fuel pressure is due
to a restricted fuel return line or if the high fuel
pressure is due to a faulty fuel pressure regulator.
21.A lean condition may result from fuel pressure
below 333 kPa (48 psi). A lean condition may
cause a DTC P0131 or a DTC P0171 to set.
Driveability conditions associated with lean
conditions can include hard starting (when the
engine is cold ), hesitation, poor driveability, lack of
power, surging , and misfiring.
22.Restricting the fuel return line causes the fuel
pressure to rise above the regulated fuel pressure.
Command the fuel pump ON with Tech 2. The fuel
pressure should rise above 376 kPa (55 psi) as the
fuel return line becomes partially closed.
NOTE: Do not allow the fuel pressure to exceed 414 kPa
(60 psi). Fuel pressure in excess of 414 kPa (60 psi) may
damage the fuel pressure regulator.
injury:
It is necessary to reIieve fueI system pressure
before connecting a fueI pressure gauge. Refer to
FueI Pressure ReIief Procedure, beIow.
A smaII amount of fueI may be reIeased when
disconnecting the fueI Iines. Cover fueI Iine
fittings with a shop toweI before disconnecting, to
catch any fueI that may Ieak out. PIace the toweI in
an approved container when the disconnect is
compIeted.
relay center.
4. Crank the engine for an additional 3 seconds.
FueI Gauge InstaIIation
1. Remove the shoulder fitting cap.
2. nstall fuel gauge 5-8840-0378-0 to the fuel feed line
located in front of and above the right side valve train
cover.
3. Reinstall the fuel pump relay.
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. Turn the ignition OFF.
2. Turn the air conditioning system OFF.
3. Relieve fuel system pressure and install the fuel
pressure gauge.
4. Turn the ignition ON.
NOTE: The fuel pump will run for approximately 2
seconds. Use Tech 2 to command the fuel pump ON.
5. Observe the fuel pressure indicated by the fuel
pressure gauge with the fuel pump running.
s the fuel pressure within the specified limits?
290-376 kPa
3 NOTE: The fuel pressure will drop when the fuel pump
stops running, then it should stabilize and remain
constant.
Does the fuel pressure indicated by the fuel pressure
gauge remain constant? Go to Go to
4 1. When the vehicle is at normal operation
temperature, turn the ignition ON to build fuel
pressure and observe the measurement on the
gauge.
2. Start the engine and observe the fuel pressure
gauge.
Did the reading drop by the amount specified after the
engine was started?
21-105 kPa
5 s fuel pressure dropping off during acceleration,
cruise, or hard cornering? Go to
Check for
improper fuel
6 Visually and physically inspect the following items for a
restriction:
The in-pipe fuel filter.
The fuel feed line.
Was a restriction found? Verify repair Go to
7 Remove the fuel tank and visually and physically
inspect the following items:
The fuel pump strainer for a restriction.
The fuel line for a leak.
Verify that the correct fuel pump is in the vehicle.
Was a problem found in any of these areas? Verify repair Go to
8 Replace the fuel pump.
9 1. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the fuel pressure
regulator.
2. With the engine idling, apply 12-14 inches of
vacuum to the fuel pressure regulator.
gauge drop by the amount specified?
21-105 kPa
10 Locate and repair the loss of vacuum to the fuel
pressure regulator.
11 Replace the fuel pressure regulator.
12 1. Run the fuel pump with Tech 2.
2. After pressure has built up, turn off the pump and
clamp the supply hose shut with suitable locking
pliers.
13 Visually inspect the fuel supply line and repair any
leaks.
14 Remove the fuel tank and inspect for leaky hose or
in-tank fuel line.
15 1. f the pliers are still clamped to the fuel supply hose,
remove the locking pliers.
2. With suitable locking pliers, clamp the fuel return
line to prevent fuel from returning to the fuel tank.
3. Run the fuel pump with Tech 2.
4. After pressure has built up, remove power to the
pump.
16 Locate and replace any leaking fuel injector(s).
17 s the fuel pressure indicated by the fuel pressure
gauge above the specified limit?
376 kPa
(55 psi) Go to Go to
18 1. Relieve the fuel pressure. Refer to the
2. Disconnect the fuel return line from the fuel rail.
3. Attach a length of flexible hose to the fuel rail return
outlet passage.
4. Place the open end of the flexible hose into an
approved gasoline container.
5. Run the fuel pump with Tech 2.
6. Observe the fuel pressure indicated by the fuel
pressure gauge with the fuel pump running.
s the fuel pressure within the specified limits?
290-376 kPa
19 Locate and correct the restriction in the fuel return line.
20 Visually and physically inspect the fuel rail outlet
passages for a restriction.
Was a restriction found? Verify repair Go to
21 s the fuel pressure indicated by the fuel pressure
gauge above the specified value? 0 kPa (0 psi) Go to Go to
22 1. Command the fuel pump ON with Tech 2.
2. Using suitable pliers which will not damage the fuel
hose, gradually apply pressure with the pliers to
pinch the flexible fuel return hose closed.
CAUTION: Do not Iet the fueI pressure exceed
the second specified vaIue.
gauge rise above the first specified value?
376 kPa
(55 psi)
414 kPa
(60 psi) Go to Go to
23 1. Command the fuel pump ON with Tech 2.
2. Remove the fuel filler cap and listen for the sound of
the fuel pump running.
3. Turn the pump off.
Was the fuel pump running? Go to
Go to
IdIe Air ControI (IAC) System Check
Circuit Description
The powertrain control module (PCM) controls engine
idle speed with the idle air control (AC) valve. To increase
idle speed, the PCM retracts the AC valve pintle away
from its seat, allowing more air to bypass the throttle bore.
To decrease idle speed, it extends the AC valve pintle
towards its seat, reducing by pass air flow. Tech 2 will
read the PCM commands to the AC valve in counts.
Higher counts indicate more air bypass (higher idle).
Lower counts indicate less air is allowed to bypass (lower
idle).
Diagnostic Aids
A slow, unstable, or fast idle may be caused by a non-AC
system problem that cannot be overcome by the AC
valve. Out of control range AC Tech 2 counts will be
above 60 if idle is too low, and zero counts if idle is too
high. The following checks should be made to repair a
non-AC system problem:
Vacuum leak (high idle) f idle is too high, stop the
engine. Fully extend (low) AC with the Tech 2. Start
the engine. f idle speed is above 800 RPM, locate and
correct the vacuum leak, including the PCV system.
Check for binding of the throttle blade or linkage.
Lean heated oxygen sensor signal (high air/fuel ratio)
The idle speed may be too high or too low. Engine
speed may vary up and down, and disconnecting the
AC valve does not help. Diagnostic trouble codes
P0131, P0151, P0171, or P0174 may be set. Tech 2
oxygen (O2) voltage will be less than 100 mV (0.1 V).
Check for low regulated fuel pressure, water in fuel, or
a restricted injector.
Rich heated oxygen sensor signal (low air/fuel ratio)
The idle speed will be too low. Tech 2 AC counts will
usually be above 80. The system is obviously rich and
may exhibit black smoke in the exhaust.
Tech 2 O2 voltage will be fixed at about 750 mV (0.75
V). Check for high fuel pressure, or a leaking or
sticking injector. A silicon-contaminated heated
oxygen sensor will show an O2 voltage slow to
respond on Tech 2.
Throttle body Remove the AC valve and inspect the
bore for foreign material.
AC valve electrical connections AC valve
connections should be carefully checked for proper
contact.
PCV valve An incorrect or faulty PCV valve may
result in an incorrect idle speed. Refer to
f intermittent poor driveability or
idle symptoms are resolved by disconnecting the AC,
carefully recheck the connections and valve terminal
resistance, or replace the AC.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
1. The Tech 2 is used to extend and retract the AC
valve. Valve movement is verified by an engine
speed change. f no change in engine speed
occurs, the valve can be resettled when removed
from the throttle body.
2. This step checks the quality of the AC movement in
step 1. Between 700 revolutions per minute (RPM)
and about 1500 RPM, the engine speed should
change smoothly with each flash of the tester light
in both extend and retract. f the AC valve is
retracted beyond the control range (about 1500
RPM), it may take many flashes to extend the AC
valve before engine speed will begin to drop. This
is normal on certain engines. Fully extending the
AC may cause engine stall. This may be normal.
IdIe Air ControI (IAC) System Check
1 1. gnition OFF.
2. Connect the Tech 2.
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Block the wheels.
5. Turn the air conditioning OFF.
6. dle the engine in Park (A/T) or Neutral (M/T).
7. Operate the AC test.
8. The engine speed should decrease and increase as
the AC is cycled.
Does the RPM change? Go to Go to
2 RPM should change smoothly.
Does the RPM change within the range specified?
700-1500
RPM Go to
3 Check the AC passages.
Are the AC passages OK? Go to Go to
4 Clear any obstruction from the AC passages.
5 Replace the AC. Refer to
(Engine Knock, Poor Performance, or Poor Economy)
D06RW035
Circuit Description
The knock sensor (KS) sends an AC voltage signal to the
powertrain control module (PCM). As the KS detects
engine knock, the signal to the PCM changes in amplitude
and frequency. The PCM retards timing if the engine
speed is over 900 RPM.
Diagnostic Aids
f the KS system checks OK, but detonation is the
complaint, refer to
Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
Diagnostic Chart.
9. The change in signal speed depends on how hard
the tapping is done. Normally there is about 1.5 to
10 mV at PCM pin A2 with the engine off. Loud
tapping should be able to make the reading jump to
20-25 mV AC.
(Engine Knock, Poor Performance, or Poor Economy)
1 s DTC P0325 or P0327 set?
Go to
Go to
2 Run the engine at 1500 RPM.
s there an internal engine knock? Go to Go to
3 Repair the mechanical problem.
4 1. nstall Tech 2.
2. Turn the ignition ON.
3. Cycle through the list until Knock Retard is
displayed.
s knock retard at the specified value? 0 Go to Go to
5 Replace the PCM.
6 1. Start the engine.
2. Monitor the knock retard display on Tech 2 while
changing the throttle setting to place different loads
on the engine.
s knock retard at the specified value? (Turn the ignition
OFF.) 0 Go to Go to
7 1. At the rear of the engine, behind the rear fuel
injector on the lift side, disconnect the 2-wire knock
sensor harness connector.
2. Attach the positive lead of DVM to B+.
3. On the main harness side of the connector, use the
negative lead of the DVM to probe the connector pin
that is connected to the black wire.
Dose the DVM indicate the specified value?
(Reconnect the knock sensor harness.) B+ Go to Go to
8 Repair the open black wire ground for the shield which
prevents stray electromagnetic pulses from affecting
the knock signal.
9 1. Reconnect the wire harness.
2. Set a DVM to AC voltage.
3. With the DVM, backprobe the PCM connector at
A2.
4. Tap the engine lift brackprobe with a socket
extension.
Did the DVM show an increase in AC voltage while
tapping on the lift bracket? System OK Go to
10 Replace the knock sensor.
Exhaust Gas RecircuIation (EGR) System Check
D06RW106
Circuit Description
A properly operation exhaust gas recirculation (EGR)
system will directly affect the air/fuel requirements of the
engine. Since the exhaust gas introduced into the air/fuel
mixture is an inert gas (contains very little or no oxygen),
less fuel is required to maintain a correct air/fuel ratio.
ntroducing exhaust gas into the combustion chamber
lowers combustion temperatures and reduces the
formation of oxides of nitrogen (NOx) in the exhaust gas.
Lower combustion temperatures also prevent detonation.
f the EGR pintle were to stay closed, the inert exhaust
gas would be replaced with air and the air/fuel mixture
would be leaner. The powertrain control module (PCM)
would compensate for the lean condition by adding fuel,
resulting in higher long term fuel trim values.
Diagnostic Aids
The EGR valve chart is a check of the EGR system. An
EGR pintle constantly in the closed position could cause
detonation and high emissions of NOx. t could also result
in high long term fuel trim values in the open throttle cell,
but not in the closed throttle cell. An EGR pintle
constantly in the open position would cause a rough idle.
Also, an EGR mounted incorrectly (rotated 180 ) could
cause rough idle. Check for the following items:
EGR passages Check for restricted or blocked EGR
passages.
Manifold absolute pressure sensor A manifold
absolute pressure sensor may shift in calibration
enough to affect fuel delivery. Refer to
Exhaust Gas RecircuIation (EGR) System Check
1 Check the EGR valve for looseness.
s the EGR valve Loose? Go to Go to
2 Tighten the EGR valve.
3 1. Place the transmission selector in Park or Neutral.
2. Start the engine and idle until warm.
3. Using Tech 2, command EGR 50% ON.
Does the engine idle rough and lose RPMs?
EGR system
working
properly. No
problem
found. Go to
4 1. Engine OFF.
2. gnition ON.
3. Using a test light to ground, check the EGR harness
between the EGR valve and the ignition feed.
Does the test light illuminate? Go to Go to
5 Repair the EGR harness ignition feed.
Was the problem corrected? Verify repair Go to
6 1. Remove the EGR valve.
2. Visually and physically inspect the EGR valve
pintle, valve passages and adapter for excessive
deposits, obstructions or any restrictions.
Does the EGR valve have excessive deposits,
obstructions or any restrictions? Go to Go to
7 Clean or replace EGR system components as
necessary.
Was the problem corrected? Verify repair Go to
8 1. Ground the EGR valve metal case to battery ().
2. Using Tech 2, command EGR ON and observe the
EGR valve pintle for movement.
Does the EGR valve pintle move according to
command? Go to
Go to
9 1. Remove the EGR inlet and outlet pipes from the
intake and exhaust manifolds.
2. Visually and physically inspect manifold EGR ports
and EGR inlet and outlet pipes for blockage or
restriction caused by excessive deposits or other
damage.
Do the manifold EGR ports or inlet and outlet pipes
have excessive deposits, obstructions, or any
restrictions? Go to
EGR system
working
properly. No
problem
found.
10 Clean or replace EGR system components as
necessary.
ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure (MAP) Output Check
D06RW102
Circuit Description
The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor measures
the changes in the intake MAP which result from engine
load (intake manifold vacuum) and engine speed
changes; and converts these into a voltage output. The
powertrain control module (PCM) sends a 5-volt
reference voltage to the MAP sensor. As the MAP
changes, the output voltage of the sensor also changes.
By monitoring the the sensor output voltage, the PCM
knows the MAP. A lower pressure (low voltage) output
voltage will be about 1-2 volts at idle. Higher pressure
(high voltage) output voltage will be about 4-4.8 volts at
wide open throttle. The MAP sensor is also used, under
certain conditions, to measure barometric pressure,
allowing the PCM to make adjustments for different
altitudes. The PCM uses the MAP sensor to diagnose
proper operation of the EGR system, in addition to other
functions.
Test Description
IMPORTANT: Be sure to used the same diagnostic test
equipment for all measurements.
The number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the
Diagnostic Chart.
2. Applying 34 kPa (10 Hg) vacuum to the MAP sensor
should cause the voltage to be 1.5-2.1 volts less
than the voltage at step 1. Upon applying vacuum
to the sensor, the change in voltage should be
instantaneous. A slow voltage change indicates a
faulty sensor.
3. Check the vacuum hose to the sensor for leaking or
restriction, Be sure that no other vacuum devices
are connected to the MAP hose.
IMPORTANT: Make sure the electrical connector
remains securely fastened.
4. Disconnect the sensor from the bracket. Twist the
sensor with your hand to check for an intermittent
connection. Output changes greater than 0.10 volt
indicate a bad sensor.
ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure (MAP) Output Check
1 1. Turn the ignition OFFand leave it OFF for 15
seconds.
2. gnition ON. Don't crank engine.
3. Tech 2 should indicate a manifold absolute pressure
(MAP) sensor voltage.
4. Compare this scan reading to scan reading of a
known good vehicle obtained using the exact same
procedure as in Steps 1-4.
s the voltage reading the same +/0.40 volt? Go to Go to
2 1. Disconnect the vacuum hose at the MAP sensor
and plug the hose.
2. Connect a hand vacuum pump to the MAP sensor.
3. Start the engine.
4. Apply 34 kPa (10 Hg) of vacuum and note the
voltage change.
s the voltage change 1.5-2.1 volts less than Step 1? Go to Go to
3 No trouble found. Check the sensor cover for leakage
or restriction.
Does the hose supply vacuum to the MAP sensor only? Go to Go to
4 Repair the material to block.
5 Check the sensor connection.
s the sensor connection good? Go to Go to
6 Replace the sensor. Refer to
7 Repair the poor connection.
PCM Diagnostic TroubIe Codes
The following table lists the diagnostic trouble codes
supported by this vehicle application. f any DTCs not
listed here are displayed by a Tech 2, the Tech 2 data may
be faulty; notify the Tech 2 manufacturer of any DTCs
displayed that are not included in the following table.
A - Emission related P-code, check engine light on as
soon as a failure detected.
B - Emission related P-code, check engine light on if a
failure detected in two consecutive trips.
C - Non emission related P-code, check engine light on
if a failure detected in one trip.
D - Non emission related P-code, no check engine
light, but P-code will be set if a failure detected.
X - Do not check.
PCM Diagnostic TroubIe Codes
PCM Diagnostic TroubIe Codes (Cont'd)
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0101 MAF System Performance
D06RW103
Circuit Description
The mass air flow (MAF) sensor measures the amount of
air which passes through it into the engine during a given
time. The powertrain control module (PCM) uses the
mass air flow information to monitor engine operating
conditions for fuel delivery calculations. A large quantity
of air entering the engine indicates an acceleration or high
load situation, while a small quantity or air indicates
deceleration or idle.
The MAF sensor produces a frequency signal which can
be monitored using a Tech 2. DTC P0101 will be set if the
signal from the MAF sensor does not match a predicted
value based on throttle position and engine RPM.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The engine is running.
No TP sensor or MAP sensor DTCs are set.
The throttle is steady, TP angle doesn't change by
more than 1%.
System voltage is between 11.5 volts and 16 volts.
Calculated air flow is between 25 g/second and 40
g/second.
Above conditions present for at least 1 second.
MAF signal frequency indicates an airflow significantly
higher or lower than a predicted value based on throttle
position and engine RPM for a total of 12.5 seconds
over a 25-second period of time.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
The PCM will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp
(ML) after the second consecutive trip in which the
fault is detected.
The PCM calculates an airflow value based on idle air
control valve position, throttle position, RPM and
barometric pressure.
The PCM will store conditions which were present
when the DTC was set as Freeze Frame and in the
Failure Records data.
Conditions for CIearing the MIL/DTC
DTC P0101 can be cleared by using the Tech 2 Clear
nfo function or by disconnecting the PCM battery
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
An intermittent may be caused by the following:
Poor connections.
Mis-routed harness.
Rubbed through wire insulation.
Broken wire inside the insulation.
Refer to ntermittents under service category Symptoms.
Any un-metered air may cause this DTC to set. Check for
the following:
The duct work at the MAF sensor for leaks.
An engine vacuum leak.
The PCV system for vacuum leaks.
An incorrect PCV valve.
The engine oil dip stick not fully seated.
The engine oil fill cap loose or missing.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
2. The MAF system performance or rationality
diagnostic uses the MAP sensor signal along with
other input to calculate an expected airflow rate that
is then compared to the actual measured airflow
from the MAF sensor. The first few steps of this
table verify that the MAP sensor is working properly.
6. Using Freeze Frame and/or Failure Records data
may aid in locating an intermittent condition. f the
DTC cannot be duplicated, the information included
in the Freeze Frame and/or Failure Records data
can be useful in determining how many miles since
the DTC set. The Fail Counter and Pass Counter
can also be used to determine how many ignition
cycles the diagnostic reported a pass and/or a fail.
Operate the vehicle within the same Freeze Frame
conditions (RPM, load, vehicle speed , temperature,
etc.) that were noted. This will isolate when the
DTC failed.
For any test that requires back probing the PCM or
component harness connectors, use the Connector
Test Adapter Kit J 35616-A. Using this kit will
prevent any damage to the harness connector
terminals.
7. Any un-metered air may cause this DTC to set.
Check the PVC system for vacuum leaks. Also
inspect the dip stick for being pulled out. Check the
oil fill cap for being loose.
8. Verifies the signal circuit from the MAF sensor
electrical connector to the PCM.
9. Verifies whether a ground and B+ circuit is available.
10. Checks a signal circuit for an open.
11. Checks for a signal circuit shorted to B+.
DTC P0101 - MAF System Performance
performed?
Go to
Go to
2. Using a Tech 2, select MAP from the Engine 1
Data List.
s the value displayed greater than the value shown? 85 kPa Go to Go to
3 1. Remove the MAP sensor from the intake manifold
but leave the electrical harness connected.
2. Connect a hand operated vacuum pump to the MAP
sensor.
3. Observe the MAP display while slowly applying
vacuum up to 20 Hg as indicated on the pump
gauge.
Each 1 of vacuum applied should result in a 3 to 4 kPa
drop in the MAP sensor value on the Tech 2 and the
value should change smoothly with each increase in
vacuum.
Did the MAP value change smoothly through the entire
range of the test without any erratic readings? Go to Go to
4 With 20 Hg vacuum applied to the MAP sensor, is the
MAF sensor reading the same or less than the value
shown? 34 kPa Go to Go to
5 Disconnect the vacuum source from the MAP sensor.
Does the MAP sensor reading return to its original
value? Go to Go to
DTC P0101 - MAF System Performance
2. Review the Freeze Frame and/or Failure Records
data for this DTC and note parameters.
3. gnition OFF for 15 seconds.
4. Start the engine and operate the vehicle within the
conditions required for this diagnostic to run, and as
close to the conditions recorded in Freeze Frame
/Failure Records possible. (Special operating
conditions that need to be met before the PCM will
run this diagnostic (where applicable) are listed in
Conditions for Setting the DTC).
5. Using the Tech 2, select DTC, then enter the DTC
number which was set.
Does the Tech 2 indicate that this diagnostic failed this
ignition? Go to
Refer to
7 1. Check for the following conditions:
Objects blocking the MAF sensor inlet screen;
ntake manifold vacuum leaks;
Vacuum leaks at throttle body;
Vacuum leaks EGR value flange and pipes.
Crankcase ventilation valve faulty, missing, or
incorrectly installed.
8 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the MAF sensor connector.
4. Using DVM 5-8840-0285-0, measure voltage
between the MAF sensor signal circuit and chassis
ground.
s the voltage near the specified value? 5 V Go to Go to
9 Connect a test light (5-8840-0607-0) between the MAF
sensor ignition feed and ground circuits at the MAF
10 s the voltage less than the specified value? 4.5 V Go to Go to
3. Measure voltage between the MAF signal circuit
and ground.
12 Connect a test light (5-8840-0607-0) between the MAF
sensor ignition feed circuit and chassis ground.
13 1. Check for a poor connection at the MAF sensor.
2. f a poor connection is found, replace faulty
terminal(s). Refer to
Was a poor connection found? Verify repair Solved
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0102 MAF Sensor Circuit Low Frequency
T321122
Circuit Description
load situation, while a small quantity of air indicates
be monitored using a Tech 2. The frequency will vary
within a range of around 2500 Hz at idle to around
1900 Hz at maximum engine load. DTC P0102 will be set
if the signal from the MAF sensor is below the possible
range of a normally operating MAF sensor.
The engine is running above 500 RPM for greater than
10 seconds.
System voltage is above 11.5 volts.
MAF signal frequency is below 1000 Hz for a total of
50-percent of the last 1000 samples monitored. A
sample is taken every cylinder event.
(ML) the first time the fault is detected.
The PCM calculates an air flow value based on idle air
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
Poor connection at PCM nspect harness connectors
for backed-out terminals, improper mating, broken
locks, improperly formed or damaged terminals, and
poor terminal-to-wire connection.
Misrouted harness nspect the MAF sensor harness
to ensure that it is not routed too close to high voltage
wires.
Damaged harness nspect the wiring harness for
damage. f the harness appears to be OK, observe the
Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses
related to the MAF sensor. A change in the display will
indicate the location of the fault.
Plugged intake air duct or filter element A wide-open
throttle acceleration from a stop should cause the
mass air flow displayed on a Tech 2 to increase from
about 3-6 g/second at idle to 100 g/second or greater
at the time of the 1-2 shift. f not, check for a restriction.
f DTC P0102 cannot be duplicated, the information
included in the Failure Records data can be useful in
determining vehicle mileage since the DTC was last set.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
2. This step verifies that the problem is present at idle.
4. A voltage reading of less than 4 or over 5 volts at the
MAF sensor signal circuit indicates a fault in the
wiring or a poor connection.
5. This verifies that ignition feed voltage and a good
ground are available at the MAF sensor.
DTC P0102 - MAF Sensor Circuit Low Frequency
performed?
Go to
Go to
2. With the engine idling, monitor MAF Frequency
display on the Tech 2.
s the MAF Frequency below the specified value? 3 g/Sec Go to Go to
2. Review and record Tech 2 Failure Records data.
3. Operate the vehicle within Failure Records
conditions as noted.
4. Using a Tech 2, monitor DTC info for DTC P0102.
Does the Tech 2 indicate DTC P0102 failed this
ignition? Go to
Refer to
4 1. gnition OFF.
4. Using a DVM, measure voltage between the MAF
sensor signal circuit and battery ground.
s the voltage near the specified value? 5 V Go to Go to
5 Connect a test light between the MAF sensor ignition
feed and ground circuits at the MAF sensor harness
connector.
6 Connect a test light between the MAF sensor ignition
feed circuit and battery ground.
7 1. Check for a poor connection at the MAF sensor.
2. f a poor connection is found, replace the faulty
terminal(s).
Was a poor connection found? Verify repair Go to
8 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the MAF sensor.
3. Disconnect the PCM connector for the MAF signal
circuit.
5. With the DVM, measure the voltage between the
MAF signal terminal at the PCM and battery ground.
s the voltage under the specified value? 4 V Go to Go to
DTC P0102 - MAF Sensor Circuit Low Frequency
9 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM white connector.
3. gnition ON.
4. Check the MAF sensor signal circuit for a short to 5
volts.
10 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM white connector.
3. gnition ON.
4. Check the MAF sensor signal circuit between the
PCM and the MAF sensor for an open, short to
ground, or short to the MAF ground circuit.
11 Locate and repair the open in the ground circuit to the
MAF sensor.
12 Locate and repair the open in the ignition feed circuit to
the MAF sensor.
13 Replace the MAF sensor.
14 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0103 MAF Sensor Circuit High Frequency
T321122
Circuit Description
load situation, while a small quantity of air indicates
be monitored using a Tech 2. The frequency will vary
within a range of around 2500 Hz at idle to around
9000 Hz at maximum engine load. DTC P0103 will be set
if the signal from the MAF sensor is above the possible
range of a normally operating MAF sensor.
The engine is running above 500 RPM for more than
10 seconds.
System voltage is above 11.5 volts.
MAF signal frequency is above 10,000 Hz (10.0 kHz)
for a total of 50 percent of the last 200 samples
monitored. A sample is taken every cylinder event.
The PCM calculates an airflow value based on idle air
Conditions for cIearing the MIL/DTC
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
2. This step verifies that the problem is present at idle.
4. A frequency reading with the MAF sensor connector
disconnected indicates an electromagnetic
interfernce (EM) related fault.
DTC P0103 - MAF Sensor Circuit High Frequency
performed?
Go to
Go to
4. Using a Tech 2, monitor DTC info for DTC P0103.
ignition? Go to
Refer to
2. With the engine idling, monitor MAF Frequency
s MAF Frequency above the specified value? 219 g/Sec Go to Go to
4 1. gnition OFF.
3. gnition ON, engine idling.
4. Using a Tech 2, monitor MAF Frequency.
Does the Tech 2 indicate a MAF Frequency at the
specified value? 0.0 g/Sec Go to Go to
6 1. Check the MAF harness for incorrect routing near
high voltage components (solenoids, relays,
motors).
2. f incorrect routing is found, correct the harness
routing.
7 1. With the engine idling, monitor MAF Frequency
2. Quickly snap open throttle to wide open throttle
while under a road load and record value.
Does the Tech 2 indicate MAF Frequency above the
specified value? 219 g/Sec Go to Go to
8 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0107 MAP Sensor Circuit Low VoItage
D06RW102
Circuit Description
The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor responds
to changes in intake manifold pressure (vacuum). The
MAP sensor signal voltage to the powertrain control
module (PCM) varies from below 2 volts at idle (high
vacuum) to above 4 volts with the ignition ON, engine
not running or at wide-open throttle (low vacuum).
The MAP sensor is used to determine manifold pressure
changes while the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow
test diagnostic is being run (refer to ), to
determine engine vacuum level for some other
diagnostics and to determine barometric pressure
(BARO). The PCM monitors the MAP signals for voltages
outside the normal range of the MAP sensor. f the PCM
detects a MAP signal voltage that is excessively low, DTC
P0107 will be set.
No TP sensor DTCs present.
Engine is running.
Throttle angle is above 1% if engine speed is less than
1000 RPM.
Throttle angle is above 2% if engine speed is above
1000 RPM.
The MAP sensor indicates manifold absolute pressure
at or below 11 kPa for a total of approximately 10
seconds over a 16-second period.
gnition voltage more than 11 volts.
The PCM will default to a BARO value of 79.3 kPa.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
Check for intermittent codes.
The MAP sensor shares a 5 Volt reference with the
Rough Road Sensor. f these codes are also set, it
could indicate a problem with the 5 Volt reference
circuit .
The MAP sensor shares a ground with the Rough Road
Sensor, the ECT sensor, and the Transmission Fluid
Temperature sensor.
MAP display on the Tech 2 while moving connectors
and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change
in the display will indicate the location of the fault.
f it is determined that the DTC occurs intermittently,
performing the DTC P0107 Diagnostic Chart may isolate
the cause of the fault.
DTC P0107 - MAP Sensor Circuit Low VoItage
performed?
Go to
Go to
2. With the throttle closed, observe the MAP value
displayed on the Tech 2.
s the MAP value near the specified value?
11 kPa at sea
level Go to Go to
4. Using a Tech 2, monitor Specific DTC info for DTC
P0107.
Does the Tech 2 indicate DTC P0107 failed? Go to
Refer to
4 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the MAP sensor electrical connector.
3. Jumper the 5 volt reference A circuit and the MAP
signal together at the MAP sensor harness
connector.
4. gnition ON.
5. Observe the MAP value displayed on the Tech 2.
s the MAP value near the specified value? 5 V 104 kPa Go to Go to
5 1. Disconnect the jumper.
2. Connect a test light between B+ and the MAP
sensor signal circuit at the MAP sensor harness
connector.
3. Observe the MAP value displayed on the Tech 2.
s the MAP value near the specified value. 5 V 104 kPa Go to Go to
6 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM and check the 5 volt reference
A circuit for an open or short to ground.
3. f the 5 volt reference A circuit is open or shorted to
ground, repair it as necessary.
Was the 5 volt reference A circuit open or shorted to
ground? Verify repair Go to
7 Check the 5 volt reference A circuit for a poor
connection at the PCM and replace the terminal if
necessary.
Did the terminal require replacement? Verify repair Go to
8 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM, and check the MAP signal
circuit for an open, short to ground, or short to the
sensor ground circuit.
3. f the MAP sensor signal circuit is open or shorted to
Was the MAP signal circuit open or shorted to ground? Verify repair Go to
DTC P0107 - MAP Sensor Circuit Low VoItage
9 Check the MAP sensor signal circuit for a poor
connection at the PCM and the MAP sensor; replace
the terminal if necessary.
10 Replace the MAP sensor.
11 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0108 MAP Sensor Circuit High VoItage
D06RW102
Circuit Description
MAP sensor signal voltage to the powertrain control
module (PCM) varies from below 2 volts at idle (high
vacuum) to above 4 volts with the key ON, engine not
running or at wide-open throttle (low vacuum).
The MAP sensor is used to determine manifold pressure
changes while the linear EGR flow test diagnostic is being
run (refer to ), to determine engine vacuum
level for some other diagnostics and to determine
barometric pressure (BARO). The PCM monitors the
MAP signals for voltages outside the normal range of the
MAP sensor. f the PCM detects a MAP signal voltage
that is excessively high, DTC P0108 will be set.
No TP sensor DTCs present.
Engine is running for more than 10 seconds.
Throttle position is below 3% if engine speed is below
1000 RPM.
Throttle position is below 10% if engine speed is above
1000 RPM.
The MAP sensor indicates an intermittent manifold
absolute pressure above 80 kPa for a total of
approximately 10 seconds over a 16-second period.
The PCM will default to a BARO value of 79.3 kPa.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
MAP display on the Tech 2 while moving connectors
determining vehicle mileage since the DTC was last set. f
it is determined that the DTC occurs intermittently,
DTC P0108 - MAP Sensor Circuit High VoItage
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. f the engine idle is rough, unstable or incorrect,
repair the idle problem before using this chart. Refer
to section.
2. With the engine idling, note the MAP value on the
Tech 2.
s the MAP reading above the specified value? 90 kPa Go to Go to
P0108.
ignition? Go to
Refer to
4 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnected the MAP sensor electrical connector.
3. gnition ON.
4. Note the MAP sensor voltage displayed on the Tech
2.
s the MAP sensor voltage at the specified value? 0.0 V 11 kPa Go to Go to
5 Probe the sensor ground circuit with a test light to B+.
6 1. Check the MAP signal circuit for a short to voltage or
a short to the 5 volt reference A circuit.
2. f the MAP sensor signal circuit is shorted, repair
circuit as necessary.
Was the MAP sensor signal circuit shorted? Verify repair Go to
7 1. Check for a poor sensor ground terminal connection
at the MAP sensor electrical connector.
2. f a problem if found, replace the faulty terminal.
8 Check for a plugged or leaking vacuum supply to the
MAP sensor.
s the vacuum supply plugged or leaking? Verify repair Go to
9 1. Check for a poor sensor ground terminal connection
at the PCM.
2. f a problem is found, replace the faulty terminal.
10 1. Check the continuity of the MAP sensor ground
circuit.
2. f the MAP sensor ground circuit measures over 5
ohms, repair open or poor connection.
Was a condition found and corrected? Verify repair Go to
DTC P0108 - MAP Sensor Circuit High VoItage
11 Replace the PCM.
s the action complete? Verify Repair
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0112 IAT Sensor Circuit Low VoItage
D06RW026
Circuit Description
The intake air temperature (AT) sensor is a thermistor
which measures the temperature of the air entering the
engine. The powertrain control module (PCM) applies 5
volts through a pull-up resistor to the AT sensor. When
the intake air is cold, the sensor resistance is high and the
PCM will monitor a high signal voltage on the AT signal
circuit. f the intake air is warm, the sensor resistance is
lower, causing the PCM to monitor a lower voltage. DTC
P0112 will set when the PCM detects an excessively low
signal voltage on the intake air temperature sensor signal
circuit.
The engine has been running for over 2 minutes.
Vehicle speed is greater than 30 mph (48 km/h) .
AT signal voltage indicates and intake air temperature
greater than 148 C (298 F) (about 5 volts) for a total
of 12.5 seconds over a 25-second period of time.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
for backed-bout terminals, improper mating, broken
AT display on the Tech 2 while moving connectors and
wiring harnesses related to the AT sensor. A change
in the AT display will indicate the location of the fault.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart:
2. Verifies that the fault is present.
3. f DTC P0112 can be repeated only by duplicating
the Failure Records condition, refer to the
table. The table
may be used to test the AT sensor at various
temperatures to evaluate the possibility of a
shifted sensor that may be stored above or below
a certain temperature. f this is the case, replace
the AT sensor. f the AT sensor appears to be OK,
the fault is intermittent; refer to .
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
C F OHMS
Temperature vs. Resistance VaIues
(approximate)
100 212 177
80 176 332
60 140 667
45 113 1188
35 95 1802
25 77 2796
15 59 4450
5 41 7280
5 23 12300
15 5 21450
30 22 52700
40 40 100700
DTC P0112-IAT Sensor Circuit Low VoItage
performed?
Go to
Go to
2. Using a Tech 2, monitor the intake air temperature
(AT).
s the intake air temperature greater than the specified
value?
148 C
(283 F) Go to Go to
3 1. gnition ON, engine OFF. Review and record
Tech 2 Failure Records data.
3. Using a Tech 2, monitor the Specific DTC info for
DTC P0112.
ignition?
Refer to
Refer to
4 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the AT sensor electrical connector.
3. gnition ON.
4. Observe the intake air temperature on the Tech 2.
s the intake air temperature below the specified value?
38 C
(36 F) Go to Go to
5 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM electrical connectors.
3. Check the AT sensor signal circuit for a short to
ground.
s the AT sensor signal circuit shorted to ground? Verify repair Go to
6 Replace the AT sensor.
7 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0113 IAT Sensor Circuit High VoItage
D06RW026
Circuit Description
which measures the temperature of the air entering the
engine. The powertrain control module (PCM) applies 5
volts through a pull-up resistor to the AT sensor. When
the intake air is cold, the sensor resistance is high and the
PCM will monitor a high signal voltage on the AT signal
circuit. f the intake air is warm, the sensor resistance is
lower causing the PCM to monitor a lower voltage. DTC
P0113 will set when the PCM detects an excessively high
signal voltage on the intake air temperature sensor signal
circuit.
The engine has been running for over 4 minutes.
Vehicle speed is less than 20 mph (32 km/h).
ECT signal temperature is above 60 C (140 F).
Mass air flow is less then 20 g/second.
AT signal voltage indicates an intake air temperature
less than 39 C (38 F) for total of 12.5 seconds over
a 25-second period.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
The AT sensor shares a ground with the EGR position
sensor and the TP sensor. Check the ground if these
DTC's are set.
AT display on the Tech 2 while moving connectors and
wiring harnesses related to the AT sensor. A change
in the AT display will indicate the location of the fault.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart:
the Failure Records conditions, refer to the
Temperature vs. Resistance Values table. The
table may be used to test the AT sensor at various
shifted sensor that may be open above or below a
certain temperature. f this is the case, replace the
AT sensor. f the AT sensor appears to be OK, the
fault is intermittent; refer to .
Intake Air Temperature Sensor
C F OHMS
(approximate)
100 212 177
80 176 332
60 140 667
45 113 1188
35 95 1802
25 77 2796
15 59 4450
5 41 7280
5 23 12300
15 5 21450
30 22 52700
40 40 100700
DTC P0113 -IAT Sensor Circuit High VoItage
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 gnition ON, engine OFF. Observe the ntake Air
Temp display on the Tech 2.
s the ntake Air Temp below the specified value?
38 C
(36 F) Go to Go to
2. Review and record Tech 2 Failure Records data
parameters.
P0113.
Does the Tech 2 indicate DTC P0113 failed?
Refer to
Refer to
4 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the AT sensor electrical connector.
3. Jumper the AT signal circuit and the sensor ground
circuit together at the AT sensor harness
connector.
4. gnition ON.
5. Observe the ntake Air Temp display on the Tech
2.
s the ntake Air Temp at the specified value?
140 C
(284 F) Go to Go to
5 1. Jumper the AT signal circuit at the AT sensor
harness connector to chassis ground.
2. Observe the ntake Air Temp display on the Tech
2.
s the ntake Air Temp at the specified value?
140 C
(284 F) Go to Go to
DTC P0113 -IAT Sensor Circuit High VoItage
6 Check for poor connections at the AT sensor and
replace terminals if necessary.
Did any terminals require replacement? Verify repair Go to
7 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM, and check the AT sensor
ground circuit for an open.
3. f the AT sensor ground circuit is open, repair it as
necessary.
Was the AT sensor ground circuit open? Verify repair Go to
8 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM, and check the AT signal
circuit for an open.
3. f the AT sensor signal circuit is open, repair it as
necessary.
Was the AT signal circuit open? Verify repair Go to
9 Check for a poor sensor ground or AT signal circuit
terminal connection at the PCM and replace
terminal(s) if necessary.
Did any of the terminals need to be replaced? Verify repair Go to
10 Replace the AT sensor.
11 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0117 ECT Sensor Circuit Low VoItage
060RY00304
Circuit Description
The engine coolant temperature (ETC) sensor is a
thermistor mounted on a coolant crossover pipe at the
rear of the engine. The powertrain control module (PCM)
applies a voltage (about 5 volts) through a pull-up resistor
to the ECT signal circuit. When the engine coolant is cold,
the sensor (thermistor) resistance is high, therefore the
PCM will measure a high signal voltage. As the engine
coolant warms, the sensor resistance becomes lower,
and the ECT signal voltage measured at the PCM drops.
With a fully warmed-up engine, the ECT signal voltage
should measure about 1.5 to 2.0 volts.
Engine running time is longer than one minute.
The ECT sensor signal indicates an engine coolant
temperature greater than 150 C (302 F) (about 0.10
V) for a total of 50 seconds over a 100second period.
The PCM will substitute the ECT reading with a default
engine coolant temperature value. The default value
is based on start-up intake air temperature and running
time.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
ECT display on the Tech 2 while moving connectors
and wiring harnesses related to the ECT sensor. A
change in the ECT display will indicate the location of
the fault.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
Temperature vs. Resistance Values table. The
table may be used to test the ECT sensor at various
shifted sensor that may be shorted above or below
the ECT sensor. f the ECT sensor appears to be
OK, the fault is intermittent; refer to .
Engine CooIant Temperature Sensor
C F OHMS
(approximate)
100 212 177
80 176 332
60 140 667
45 113 1188
35 95 1802
25 77 2796
15 59 4450
5 41 7280
5 23 12300
15 5 21450
30 22 52700
40 40 100700
DTC P0117 - ECT Sensor Low VoItage
performed?
Go to
Go to
2. Observe the Eng Cool Temp display on the Tech 2.
s the Eng Cool Temp below the specified value?
139 C
(282 F) Go to Go to
P0117.
ignition? Go to
Refer to
4 1. Disconnect the ECT sensor electrical connector.
s the Eng Cool Temp at the specified value?
39 C
(38 F) Go to Go to
5 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM and check the ECT signal
circuit for a short to ground or a short to the sensor
ground circuit.
3. f the ECT signal circuit is shorted. repair it as
necessary.
Was the ECT signal circuit shorted to ground? Verify repair Go to
6 Replace the ECT sensor.
7 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0118 ECT Sensor Circuit High VoItage
060RY00304
Circuit Description
The engine coolant temperature (ETC) sensor is a
thermistor mounted in on a coolant crossover pipe at the
rear of the engine. The powertrain control module (PCM)
applies a voltage (about 5 volts) through a pull-up resistor
to the ECT signal circuit. When the engine coolant is cold,
the sensor (thermistor) resistance is high, therefore the
PCM will measure a high signal voltage. As the engine
coolant warms, the sensor resistance becomes less, and
the ECT signal voltage measured at the PCM drops. With
a fully warmed-up engine, the ECT signal voltage should
measure about 1.5 to 2.0 volts.
Engine running time is longer than 1.5 minutes.
The ECT sensor signal indicates an engine coolant
temperature of 39 C (38 F) or less (about 5 volts)
for a total of 50 seconds over a 100-second period.
The PCM will substitute the ECT reading with a default
engine coolant temperature value. The default value
is based on start-up intake air temperature and running
time.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
The ECT shares a ground with the Transmission Fluid
Temperature sensor, the Rough Road sensor, and the
MAP sensor.
Check the ground if these DTCs are also set.
and wiring harnesses related to the ECT sensor. A
change in the ECT display will indicate the location of
the fault.
f it is determined that the DTC occurs intermittently,
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
Temperature vs. Resistance Value table. The
table may be used to test the ECT sensor at various
shifted sensor that may be shorted above or below
the ECT sensor. f the ECT sensor appears to be
OK, the fault is intermittent; refer to .
Engine CooIant Temperature Sensor
C F OHMS
(approximate)
100 212 177
80 176 332
60 140 667
45 113 1188
35 95 1802
25 77 2796
15 59 4450
5 41 7280
5 23 12300
15 5 21450
30 22 52700
40 40 100700
DTC P0118 - ECT Sensor Circuit High VoItage
performed?
Go to
Go to
s the Eng Cool Temp below the specified value?
39 C
(38 F) Go to Go to
4. Using a Tech 2, monitor the Specific DTC info for
DTC P0118.
Does the Tech 2 indicate DTC P0118 failed?
Refer to
Refer to
4 1. Disconnect the ECT sensor electrical connector.
2. Jumper the ECT signal circuit and the sensor
ground circuit together at the ECT sensor harness
connector.
140 C
(284 F) Go to Go to
5 1. Jumper the ECT signal circuit at the ECT sensor
harness connector to chassis ground.
140 C
(284 F) Go to Go to
6 Check for poor connections at the ECT sensor and
replace terminals if necessary.
DTC P0118 - ECT Sensor Circuit High VoItage
7 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM, and check the ECT sensor
ground circuit for an open.
3. f the ECT sensor ground circuit is open, repair it as
necessary.
Was the ECT sensor ground circuit open? Verify repair Go to
8 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM, and check the ECT signal
circuit for an open.
3. f the ECT sensor signal circuit is open, repair it as
necessary.
Was the ECT signal circuit open? Verify repair Go to
9 Check for a poor sensor ground or ECT signal circuit
terminal connection at the PCM and replace
terminal(s) if necessary.
Did any of the terminals need to be replaced? Verify repair Go to
11 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0121 TP System Performance
D06RW028
Circuit Description
The throttle position (TP) sensor circuit provides a voltage
signal that changes relative to throttle blade angle. The
signal voltage will vary from about 0.6 volts at closed
throttle to about 4.5 volts at wide open throttle (WOT).
The TP signal is used by the powertrain control module
(PCM) for fuel control and many of the PCM-controlled
outputs. The PCM monitors throttle position and
compares actual throttle position from the TP sensor to a
predicted TP value calculated from engine speed. f the
PCM detects an out-of-range condition, DTC P0121 will
set.
No MAP DTCs, or P0121, P0122, P0123 are set.
MAP reading is below 55 kPa.
Throttle is steady, throttle angle is changing less than
1%.
Predicted throttle angle is not close to actual throttle
angle.
Above conditions are present for a total of 12.5
seconds over a 25-second period of time.
fault is detected.
The PCM will use a default throttle position based on
mass air flow and RPM.
info function or by disconnecting the PCM battery
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
Skewed MAP signal or faulty Map sensor An
incorrect MAP signal may cause the PCM to incorrectly
calculate the predicted TP sensor value during high
engine load situations. Check for an unusually low
MAP reading. This condition can cause DTC P0121 to
be set.
locks improperly formed or damaged terminals, and
DTC P0121 -TP System Performance
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. gnition ON, engine not running.
2. Observe the MAP reading on the Tech 2.
s the MAP reading less than the specified value? 65 kPa Go to Go to
3 1. Disconnected the MAP sensor.
2. Connect a test light between the 5 volt reference A
circuit and the MAP signal circuit at the MAP sensor
harness connector.
3. Observe the MAP reading on the Tech 2.
s the MAP reading less than the specified value? 65 kPa Go to Go to
4 1. Check the MAP signal circuit between the PCM and
the MAP sensor for an open, short to ground, or
short to the MAP ground circuit.
2. f the MAP signal circuit is open or shorted, repair it
as necessary.
Was the MAP signal circuit open or shorted? Verify repair Go to
6 Observe the TP angle reading on the Tech 2 while
slowly opening the throttle.
Does the TP angle increase steadily and evenly from
the closed throttle value to the wide open throttle
value?
Closed
throttle = 0%
Wide open
throttle =
100%
Refer to
Go to
7 1. Disconnect the TP sensor.
2. Observe the TP sensor reading on the Tech 2.
s the TP sensor reading near the specified value? 0 V Go to Go to
8 1. Connect a test light between the 5 volt reference A
circuit and the TP sensor signal circuit at the TP
2. Observe the TP sensor reading on the Tech 2.
s the TP sensor reading at the specified value? 5 V Go to Go to
9 Check the following items:
1. TP signal circuit for a short to voltage.
2. TP sensor ground circuit for high resistance
between the PCM and the TP sensor.
3. TP sensor ground circuit for a poor connection.
4. f a problem is found, repair wiring harness as
necessary.
DTC P0121 -TP System Performance
10 Check the following items:
1. TP signal circuit or 5 volt reference A circuit for a
poor connection.
2. TP signal circuit or 5 volt reference A circuit for
high resistance between the PCM and the TP
sensor.
3. f a problem is found, repair wiring harness as
necessary.
11 Replace the TP sensor.
12 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0122 TP Sensor Circuit Low VoItage
D06RW028
Circuit Description
signal voltage will vary from below 0.6 volts at closed
The TP signal is used by the powertrain control module
(PCM) for fuel control and many of the PCMcontrolled
outputs.
The ignition is ON.
TP sensor signal voltage is less than 0.22 volt for a total
of 0.78 second over a 1.5-second period.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
Check intermittent codes.
The TP sensor shares a 5 Volt reference with the EGR
position sensor. Check the 5 Volt reference if these
DTCs are also set.
The TP sensor shares a ground with the AT sensor,
the EGR position sensor.
throttle position display on the Tech 2 while moving
connectors and wiring harnesses related to the TP
sensor. A change in the display will indicate the
location of the fault.
DTC P0122 -TP Sensor Circuit Low VoItage
performed?
Go to
Go to
2. With the throttle closed, observe the TP Sensor
s the TP Sensor below the specified value? 0.22 V Go to Go to
4. Using a Tech 2, monitor the DTC info for DTC
P0122.
Does the Tech 2 indicate DTC P0122 failed? Go to
Refer to
4 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the TP sensor electrical connector.
3. Jumper the 5 volt reference A circuit and the TP
signal together at the TP sensor harness connector.
4. gnition ON.
Observe the TP Sensor display on the Tech 2.
s the TP Sensor at the specified value? 5 V Go to Go to
5 1. Disconnect jumper.
2. Connect a test light between B+ and the TP sensor
signal circuit at the TP sensor harness connector.
Observe the TP Sensor display on the Tech 2.
s the TP Sensor at the specified value? 5 V Go to Go to
6 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM and check the 5 volt reference
A circuit for an open or short to ground.
3. f the 5 volt reference A circuit is open or shorted to
Was the 5 volt reference A circuit open or shorted to
ground? Verify repair Go to
7 Check the 5 volt reference A circuit for a poor
necessary.
8 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM, and check the TP signal
circuit for an open, short to ground, or short to the
sensor ground circuit.
3. f the TP sensor signal circuit is open or shorted to
Was the TP signal circuit open or shorted to ground? Verify repair Go to
9 Check the TP sensor signal circuit for a poor
necessary.
DTC P0122 -TP Sensor Circuit Low VoItage
10 Check the TP sensor signal circuit for a poor
connection at the TP sensor and replace the terminal if
necessary.
12 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0123 TP Sensor Circuit High VoItage
D06RW028
Circuit Description
signal voltage will vary from about 0.6 volts at closed
The TP signal is one of the most important inputs used by
the powertrain control module (PCM) for fuel control and
many of the PCM-controlled outputs.
The ignition is ON.
TP sensor signal voltage is greater than 4.88 volts for
a total of 0.78 second over a 1.5-second period.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
Check intermittent codes.
The TP sensor shares a 5 Volt reference with the EGR
position sensor. Check the 5 Volt reference if these
DTCs are also set.
The TP sensor shares a ground with the AT sensor
and the EGR position sensor. Check the ground if
these other DTCs are also set.
TP sensor display on the Tech 2 while moving
connectors and wiring harnesses related to the TP
sensor. A change in the display will indicate the
Faulty TP sensor With the ignition key ON, engine
OFF, observe the TP sensor display on the Tech 2
while slowly depressing the accelerator to wide open
throttle. f a voltage over 4.88 volts is seen at any point
in normal accelerator travel, replace the TP sensor.
Test Description
Number (s) below refer to the step number(s) on the
Diagnostic Chart.
7. Components that share the TP sensor 5 volt reference
A circuit include the following device:
EGR valve
Disconnect the component while observing the TP
sensor display on the Tech 2. f the reading
changes drastically when this component is
disconnected, replace the component that affected
the reading.
DTC P0123 - TP Sensor Circuit High VoItage
performed?
Go to
Go to
2. With the throttle closed, observe the TP Sensor
s the TP Sensor above the specified value? 4.88 V Go to Go to
P0123.
Does the Tech 2 indicate DTC P0123 failed. Go to
Refer to
4 1. Disconnect the TP sensor electrical connector.
2. Observe the TP Sensor display on the Tech 2.
s the TP Sensor near the specified value? 0 V Go to Go to
5 Probe the sensor ground circuit at the TP sensor
harness connector with a test light connected to B+.
3. Check for a short to voltage on the TP sensor signal
circuit.
4. f the TP sensor signal circuit is shorted, repair it as
necessary.
Was the TP sensor signal circuit shorted? Verify repair Go to
7 1. gnition ON.
2. Monitor the TP Sensor Tech 2 display while
disconnecting each of the components that share
the 5 volt reference A circuit (one at a time).
3. f the TP Sensor Tech 2 display changes, replace
the component that caused the display to change
when disconnected.
Does disconnecting any of these components cause
the TP Sensor display to change? Verify repair Go to
3. Check for a short to B+ on the 5 volt reference A
circuit.
4. f the 5 volt reference A circuit is shorted, repair it
as necessary.
Was the 5 volt reference A circuit shorted? Verify repair Go to
9 Check for poor electrical connections at the TP sensor
and replace terminals if necessary.
DTC P0123 - TP Sensor Circuit High VoItage
10 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM, and check for an open sensor
ground circuit to the TP sensor.
3. f a problem is found, repair it as necessary.
Was the sensor ground circuit to the TP sensor open? Verify repair Go to
12 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0131 HO2S Circuit Low VoItage Bank 1
Sensor 1
060RW236
Circuit Description
The powertrain control module (PCM) supplies a bias
voltage of about 450 mV between the heated oxygen
sensor (HO2S) signal high and signal low circuits. When
measured with a 10 megaohm digital voltmeter, this may
display as low as 350 mV. The oxygen sensor varies the
voltage within a range of about 1000 mV when the
exhaust is rich, down through about 10 mV when exhaust
is lean. The PCM constantly monitors the HO2S signal
during closed loop operation and compensates for a rich
or lean condition by decreasing or increasing injector
pulse width as necessary. f the Bank 1 HO2S 1 voltage
remains excessively low for an extended period of time,
DTC P0131 will be set.
No related DTCs.
Vehicle is operating in closed loop.
Engine coolant temperature is above 60 C (140 F).
Closed loop commanded air/fuel ratio is between
14.5 and 14.8.
Throttle angle is between 3% and 19%.
Bank 1 HO2S 1 signal voltage remains below 22 mV
during normal closed loop operation for a total of 77
Open loop fuel control will be in effect.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
Heated oxygen sensor wiring The sensor pigtail may
be routed incorrectly and contacting the exhaust
system.
Poor PCM to engine block grounds.
Fuel pressure The system will go lean if pressure is
too low. The PCM can compensate for some
decrease. However, f fuel pressure is too low, a DTC
P0131 may be set. Refer to .
Lean injector(s) Perform njector Balance Test.
Vacuum leaks Check for disconnected or damaged
vacuum hoses and for vacuum leaks at the intake
manifold, throttle body, EGR system, and PCV system.
Exhaust leaks An exhaust leak may cause outside air
to be pulled into the exhaust gas stream past the
HO2S, causing the system to appear lean. Check for
exhaust leaks that may cause a false lean condition to
be indicated.
MAF sensor The system can go lean if the MAF
sensor signal indicates an engine airfiow
measurement that is not correct. Disconnect the MAF
sensor to see if the lean condition is corrected. f so,
replace the MAF sensor.
Fuel contamination Water, even in small amounts,
can be delivered to the fuel injectors. The water can
cause a lean exhaust to be indicated. Excessive
alcohol in the fuel can also cause this condition. Refer
to for the procedure to check
for fuel contamination.
f none of the above conditions are present, replace the
affected HO2S.
Test Description
Number(s) below refer to step numbers on the diagnostic
chart.
3. DTC P0131 failing during operation may indicate a
condition described in the Diagnostic Aids above.
f the DTC P0131 test passes while the Failure
Records conditions are being duplicated, an
intermittent condition is indicated.
Reviewing the Failure Records vehicle mileage since the
diagnostic test last failed may help determine how often
the condition that caused the DTC to be set occurs. This
may assist in diagnosing the condition.
DTC P0131 -HO2S Circuit Low VoItage Bank 1 Sensor 1
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. nstall the Tech 2.
2. Run the engine at operating temperature.
3. Operate the vehicle within the parameters specified
under Conditions for Setting the DTC criteria
included in Diagnostic Support.
4. Using a Tech 2, monitor Bank 1 HO2S 1 voltage.
Does the Bank 1 HO2S 1 voltage remain below the
specified value? 22 mV Go to Go to
3 1. gnition ON, engine OFF, review and record Tech
2 Failure Records data and note parameters.
P0131 until the DTC P0131 test runs.
Note test result.
Does Tech 2 indicate DTC P0131 failed this ignition? Go to
Refer to
3. Check the Bank 1 HO2S 1 high and low circuits for a
short to ground or a short to the heater ground
circuit.
Are the Bank 1 HO2S 1 signal circuits shorted to
ground? Go to Go to
5 Repair the Bank 1 HO2S 1 signal circuit.
6 1. Turn the ignition OFF, HO2S 1 and PCM
disconnected.
2. Check for continuity between the high and low
signal circuits.
Was there continuity between the high and low circuits? Go to Go to
7 Repair the short between the high and low circuits.
DTC P0131 -HO2S Circuit Low VoItage Bank 1 Sensor 1
8 1. gnition OFF.
2. Reconnect the PCM, leave the sensor
disconnected.
3. gnition ON.
Does the Tech 2 indicate Bank 1 HO2S 1 voltage
between the specified values? 425-475 mV
Refer to
Go to
9 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0132 HO2S Circuit High VoItage Bank 1
Sensor 1
060RW236
Circuit Description
sensor (HO2S) signal and low circuits. When measured
with a 10 megaohm digital voltmeter, this may display as
low as 320 mV. The oxygen sensor varies the voltage
within a range of about 1000 mV when exhaust is rich,
down through about 10 mV when exhaust is lean. The
PCM constantly monitors the HO2S signal during closed
loop operation and compensates for a rich or lean
condition by decreasing or increasing injector pulse width
as necessary. f the Bank 1 HO2S 1 voltage remains
excessively high for an extended period of time, DTC
P0132 will be set.
No related DTCs.
Engine coolant temperature is above 60 C (140 F)
14.5 and 14.8.
Bank 1 HO2S 1 signal voltage remains above 952 mV
OR
during deceleration fuel cutoff mode operation for 3
seconds.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
Check the following items:
Fuel pressure The system will go rich if pressure is
too high. The PCM can compensate for some
increase. However, if fuel pressure is too high, a DTC
Perform njector Balance Test Refer to
.
MAF sensor The system can go rich if MAF sensor
signal indicates an engine airflow measurement that is
not correct. Disconnect the MAF sensor to see it the
rich condition is corrected. f so, replace the MAF
sensor.
Check for a leak in the fuel pressure regulator
diaphragm by checking the vacuum line to the
regulator for the presence of fuel. There should be no
fuel in the vacuum line.
An intermittent TP sensor output will cause the system
to go rich due to a false indication of the engine
accelerating.
Shorted Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) f the HO2S
is internally shorted, the HO2S voltage displayed on
the Tech 2 will be over 1 volt. Try disconnecting the
affected HO2S with the key ON, engine OFF. f the
displayed HO2S voltage changes from over 1000 mV
to around 450 mV, replace the HO2S. Silicon
contamination of the HO2S can also cause a high
HO2S voltage to be indicated. This condition is
indicated by a powdery white deposit on the portion of
the HO2S exposed to the exhaust stream. f
contamination is noticed, replace the affected HO2S.
Open HO2S Signal Circuit or Faulty HO2SA poor
connection or open in the HO2S signal circuit can
cause the DTC to set during deceleration fuel mode.
An HO2S which is faulty and not allowing a full voltage
swing between the rich and lean thresholds can also
cause this condition. Operate the vehicle by
monitoring the HO2S voltage with a Tech 2. f the
HO2S voltage is limited within a range between 300
mV to 600 mV, check the HO2S signal circuit wiring
and associated terminal conditions.
affected HO2S.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
3. DTC P0132 failing during deceleration fuel cutoff
mode operation may indicate a condition described
in the Diagnostic Aids above. f the DTC P0132
test passes while the Failure Records conditions are
being duplicated, an intermittent condition is
indicated.
DTC P0132 - HO2S Circuit High VoItage Bank 1 Sensor 1
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. nstall the Tech 2.
3. Operate the vehicle within parameters specified
under Conditions for Setting the DTC included in
Diagnostic Support.
Does the Bank 1 HO2S 1 voltage remain above the
specified value?
952 mV (500
mV in
deceleration
fuel cutoff
mode) Go to Go to
3 1. gnition ON, review and record Tech 2 Failure
Records data.
4. Note the test result.
ignition? Go to
Refer to
4 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect Bank 1 HO2S 1.
3. gnition ON.
4. At HO2S Bank 1 Sensor 1 connector (PCM side)
use a DVM to measure voltages at the high and low
signal terminals.
Are the voltages in the specified range? 3-4 V Go to Go to
5 Repair short to voltage in signal circuit.
6 1. gnition ON, engineOFF.
2. At Bank 1 HO2S 1 connector (PCM side) jumper
both the HO2S high and low signal circuits (PCM
side) to ground.
s Bank 1 HO2S 1 voltage below the specified value? 10 mV Go to Go to
7 1. Disconnect the jumpers to ground from Bank 1
HO2S 1 PCM-side connector.
2. With the HO2S 1 connector disconnected, monitor
Bank 1 HO2S 1 voltage.
s Bank 1 HO2S 1 voltage between the specified
values? 425-475 mV
Refer to
Go to
8 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0134 HO2S Circuit Insufficient Activity Bank 1
Sensor 1
060RW237
Circuit Description
sensor (HO2S) high and low circuits. When measured
with a 10 megaohm digital voltmeter, this may display
as low as 320 mV. The oxygen sensor varies the
exhaust is rich, down through about 10 mV when
exhaust is lean. The PCM constantly monitors the
HO2S signal during closed loop operation and
compensates for a rich or lean condition by decreasing
or increasing injector pulse width as necessary. f the
Bank 1 HO2S 1 voltage remains at or near the 450 mV
bias for an extended period of time, DTC P0134 will be
set, indicating an open sensor signal or sensor low
circuit.
Heated oxygen sensors are used to minimize the
amount of time required for closed loop fuel control
operation and to allow accurate catalyst monitoring.
The oxygen sensor heater greatly decreases the
amount of time required for fuel control sensors Bank
1 HO2S 1 and Bank 2 HO2S 1 to become active.
Oxygen sensor heaters are required by post-catalyst
monitor sensors to maintain a sufficiently high
temperature for accurate exhaust oxygen content
readings further from the engine.
No related DTCs.
Battery voltage is above 10 volts.
Engine run time is longer than 40 seconds.
Oxygen sensor heater has been determined to be
functioning properly.
Bank 1 HO2S 1 signal voltage remains between
400 mV and 500 mV for a total of 77 seconds over a
90-second period of time.
Action Take When the DTC Sets
DTC P0134 can be cleared by using Tech 2 Clear nfo
function or by disconnecting the PCM battery feed.
Diagnostic Aids
harness connectors for backed-out terminals,
Faulty HO2S heater or heater circuit With the ignition
ON, engine OFF, after a cool down period, the
HO2S 1 voltage displayed on Tech 2 is normally
455-460 mV. A reading over 1000 mV indicates a
signal line shorted to voltage. A reading under 5 mV
indicates a signal line shorted to ground or signal lines
shorted together. Disconnect the HO2S and connect
a test light between the HO2S ignition feed and heater
ground circuits. f the test light does not light for 2
seconds when the ignition is turned on, repair the open
ignition feed or sensor ground circuit as necessary. f
the test light lights and the HO2S signal and low circuits
are OK, replace the HO2S.
ntermittent test With the gnition ON, monitor the
HO2S signal voltage while moving the wiring harness
and related connectors. f the fault is induced, the
HO2S signal voltage will change. This may help isolate
the location of the malfunction.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
3. f the DTC P0134 test passes while the Failure
intermittent conditions is indicated.
DTC P0134 -HO2S Circuit Insufficient Activity Bank 1 Sensor 1
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. nstall Tech 2.
3. Operate the engine above 1200 RPM for two
minutes.
Does Tech 2 indicate Bank 1 HO2S 1 voltage varying
outside the specified values? 400-500 mV Go to Go to
3. Using Tech 2, monitor Specific DTC info for DTC
Refer to
4 Check for a damaged harness.
5 Check for poor Bank 1 HO2S 1 high and low circuit
terminal connections at the Bank 1 HO2S 1 harness
connector and replace terminal(s) if necessary.
6 Check for poor Bank 1 HO2S 1 high and low circuit
terminal connections at the PCM and replace terminals
if necessary.
7 1. gnition OFF.
2. With the PCM disconnected, check continuity of the
Bank 1 HO2S 1 high circuit.
3. f the Bank 1 HO2S 1 high circuit measures over 5.0
ohms, repair open or poor connection as necessary.
Was a Bank 1 HO2S 1 high circuit problem found and
corrected? Verify repair Go to
DTC P0134 -HO2S Circuit Insufficient Activity Bank 1 Sensor 1
8 1. gnition OFF.
2. With the PCM disconnected, check continuity of the
Bank 1 HO2S 1 low circuit.
3. f the Bank 1 HO2S 1 low circuit measures over 5
ohms, repair open or poor connection as necessary.
Was a Bank 1 HO2S 1 low circuit problem found and
corrected? Verify repair Go to
2. Disconnect Bank 1 HO2S 1 and jumper the HO2S
high and low circuits (PCM side) to ground.
3. Using Tech 2, monitor Bank 1 HO2S 1 voltage.
s Bank 1 HO2S 1 voltage in the specified range? 0-10 mV Go to Go to
10 Replace Bank 1 HO2S 1.
11 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0151 HO2S Circuit Low VoItage Bank 2
Sensor 1
060RW190
Circuit Description
or lean condition by decreasing or increasing injector
remains excessively low for an extended period of time,
No related DTCs.
The engine is operating in closed loop.
14.5 and 14.8.
Bank 2 HO2S 1 signal voltage remains below 22 mV
Diagnostic Aids
Heated oxygen sensor wiring The sensor pigtail may
be mispositioned and contacting the exhaust system.
Poor PCM to engine block grounds.
Fuel pressure The system will go lean if pressure is
too low. The PCM can compensate for some
decrease. However, if fuel pressure is too low, a DTC
Lean injector(s) Perform njector Balance Test.
Vacuum leaks Check for disconnected or damaged
vacuum hoses and for vacuum leaks at the intake
manifold, throttle body, EGR system, and PCV system.
Exhaust leaks An exhaust leak may cause outside air
to be pulled into the exhaust gas stream past the
HO2S, causing the system to appear lean. Check for
exhaust leaks that may cause a false lean condition to
be indicated.
MAF sensor The system can go lean if the MAF
sensor signal indicates an engine airflow
sensor to see if the lean condition is corrected. f so,
replace the MAF sensor.
Fuel contamination Water, even in small amounts,
can be delivered to the fuel injectors. The water can
cause a lean exhaust to be indicated. Excessive
alcohol in the fuel can also cause this condition. Refer
to for the procedure to check
for fuel contamination.
affected HO2S.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
3. DTC P0151 failing during operation may indicate a
condition described in the Diagnostic Aids above.
f the DTC P0151 test passes while the Failure
intermittent condition is indicate.
DTC P0151 - HO2S Circuit Low VoItage Bank 2 Sensor 1
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. nstall Tech 2.
Does the Bank 2 HO2S 1 voltage remain below the
specified value? 22 mV Go to Go to
4. Note test result.
Refer to
4 1. Turn ignition OFF.
3. Check the Bank 2 HO2S 1 high and low signal
circuits for a short to ground or a short to the heater
ground circuit.
Were Bank 2 HO2S 1 signal circuits shorted? Go to Go to
5 Repair the Bank 2 HO2S 1 signal circuit.
6 1. gnition OFF.
2. Leave the PCM and HO2S 1 disconnected.
3. Check for continuity between the high and low
signal circuits.
Was there continuity between the high and low circuits? Go to Go to
7 Repair the short between the high and low circuits.
DTC P0151 - HO2S Circuit Low VoItage Bank 2 Sensor 1
8 1. gnition OFF.
2. Reconnect the PCM, leave HO2S 2 disconnected.
3. gnition ON.
Does Tech 2 indicate Bank 2 HO2S 1 voltage near the
specified value? 425-475 mV
Refer to
Go to
9 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0152 HO2S Circuit HIGH VoItage Bank 2
Sensor 1
060RW190
Circuit Description
or lean condition by decreasing or increasing the injector
remains excessively high for an extended period of time,
No related DTCs.
The engine coolant temperature is above 60 C
(140 F).
Closed loop commanded air/fuel ratio between 14.5
and 14.8.
Throttle angle between 3% and 19%.
OR
during deceleration fuel cutoff mode operation for up to
3 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
Fuel pressure The system will go rich if pressure is
too high. The PCM can compensate for some
increase. However, if fuel pressure is too high, a DTC
Rich injector(s) Perform njector Balance Test.
Leaking injector Refer to .
Evaporative emissions (EVAP) system Check the
canister for fuel saturation. f the canister is full of fuel,
check EVAP control system components and hoses.
Refer to
.
MAF sensor The system can go rich if the MAF
sensor signal indicates an engine airflow
sensor to see if rich condition is corrected. f so,
replace MAF sensor.
Check for leaking fuel pressure regulator diaphragm by
checking vacuum line to regulator for the presence of
fuel. There should be no fuel in the vacuum line.
TP sensor An intermittent TP sensor output will
cause the system to go rich, due to a false indication
of the engine accelerating.
Shorted Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) f the HO2S
is internally shorted, the HO2S voltage displayed on
Tech 2 will be over 1 volt. Try disconnecting the
affected HO2S with the key ON, engine OFF. f the
displayed HO2S voltage changes from over 1000 mV
to around 450 mV, replace the HO2S. Silicon
contamination of the HO2S can cause a high HO2S
voltage to be indicated. This condition is indicated by
powdery white deposit on the portion of the HO2S
exposed to the exhaust stream. f contamination is
noticed, replace the affected HO2S.
Open HO2S Signal Circuit of Faulty HO2S A poor
connection or open in the HO2S signal circuit can
cause the DTC to set during deceleration fuel mode.
An HO2S which is faulty and not allowing a full voltage
switch between the rich and lean thresholds can also
cause the condition. Operate the vehicle while
monitoring the HO2S voltage with Tech 2. f the HO2S
is limited within a range between 300 mV to 600 mV,
check the HO2S signal circuit wiring and associated
terminal connections.
affected HO2S.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
3. DTC P0152 failing during deceleration fuel cutoff
mode operation may indicate a condition described
in the Diagnostic Aids above. f the DTC P0152
test passes while the Failure Records conditions are
being duplicated, an intermittent condition is
indicated.
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. nstall Tech 2.
2. Engine is at operating temperature.
Does the Bank 2 HO2S 1 voltage remain above the
specified value?
952 mV
(500 mV in
deceleration
fuel cut-off
mode) Go to Go to
3 1. gnition ON.
Refer to
4 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect Bank 2 HO2S 1.
3. gnition ON.
4. At HO2S Bank 2 Sensor 1 connector (PCM side)
use a DVM to measure voltages at the high and low
signal terminals.
Are the voltages in the specified range? 3-4 V Go to Go to
5 Repair short to voltage in signal circuit.
6 1. gnition ON, engineOFF.
2. At Bank 2 HO2S 1 connector (PCM side) jumper
both the HO2S high and low signal circuits (PCM
side) to ground.
s Bank 2 HO2S 1 voltage below the specified value? 10 mV Go to Go to
7 1. Disconnect the jumpers to ground from Bank 2
HO2S 1 PCM-side connector.
2. With the HO2S 1 connector disconnected, monitor
Bank 2 HO2S 1 voltage.
s the Bank 2 HO2S 1 voltage between the specified
values? 425-475 mV
Refer to
Go to
8 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0171 FueI Trim System Lean Bank 1
D06RW030
Circuit Description
To provide the best possible combination of driveability,
fuel economy, and emission control, a closed loop
air/fuel metering system is used. While in closed loop,
the powertrain control module (PCM) monitors the Bank 1
HO2S 1 and Bank 2 HO2S 1 signals and adjusts fuel
delivery based upon the HO2S signal voltages. A change
made to fuel delivery will be indicated by the long and
short term fuel trim values which can be monitored with a
Tech 2. deal fuel trim values are around 0%; if the HO2S
signals are indicating a lean condition the PCM will add
fuel, resulting in fuel trim values above 0%. f a rich
condition is detected, the fuel trim values will be below
0%, indicating that the PCM is reducing the amount of fuel
delivered. f an excessively lean condition is detected on
Bank 1, the PCM will set DTC P0171.
The PCM's maximum authority to control long term fuel
trim allows a range between 15% (automatic
transmission) or 12% (manual transmission) and +20%.
The PCM monitors fuel trim under various engine
speed/load fuel trim cells before determining the status of
the fuel trim diagnostic.
No Tech 2 test is being run.
None of the following: EGR DTCs, HO2S DTCs,
(response, transition, open, low volts, no activity), MAF
DTCs, TP sensor DTCs, MAP DTCs, AT DTCs,
canister purge DTCs, EVAP DTCs, injector circuit
DTCs, or misfire DTCs.
Engine coolant temperature is between 25 C (77 F)
and 100 C (212 F).
ntake air temperature is between 40 C (40 F) and
120 C (248 F).
Manifold absolute pressure is between 24 kPa and 99
kPa.
Throttle angle is steady below 95%.
Vehicle speed is below 136 km/h (85 mph).
Engine speed is between 400 and 6,000 RPM.
Barometric pressure is greater than 72.5 kPa.
Mass air flow is between 2 g/second and 200 g/second.
gnition voltage is above 9.5 volts.
Fuel system is in closed loop.
fault is detected.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
Bank 1 HO2S 1 display on the Tech 2 while moving
connectors and wiring harnesses related to the engine
harness. A change in the display will indicate the
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
2. DTCs other than P0171 and P0174 may indicate a
condition present which may cause a lean condition.
f this is the case, repairing the condition which
caused the other DTC will most likely correct the
DTC P0171/P0174.
Records conditions are being duplicated, the lean
condition is intermittent. Refer to or
for additional information on diagnosing
intermittent problems.
DTC P0171 - FueI Trim System Lean Bank 1
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 Are any DTCs set other than P0171 and P0174?
Go to the
applicable
DTC charts
and repair the
other DTCs
before
proceeding
with this chart Go to
3 1. Start the engine and operate the vehicle in closed
loop.
2. Observe the BANK 1 L.T. FUEL TRM display on
the Tech 2.
s the displayed value greater than the specified value?
L.T. Fuel
Trim: +20% Go to Go to
4 1. Review and record the Tech 2 Failure Records data.
2. Clear the DTC P0171/P0174 and operate the
vehicle to duplicate the Failure Records conditions.
3. Monitor the Tech 2 Specific DTC info for DTC
P0171 while operating the vehicle to duplicate the
Failure Records conditions.
4. Continue operating the vehicle until the DTC P0171
test runs and note the test result.
ignition? Go to
The lean
condition is
not present.
f a
driveability
symptom still
exists, refer
to
section.
5 Was DTC P0174 also set? Go to Go to
6 Visually and physically inspect the vacuum hoses for
disconnects, splits, kinks, improper routing and
improper connections and repair any problem found.
Did your inspection reveal a problem requiring repair? Verify repair Go to
7 Visually and physically inspect the crankcase
ventilation valve for proper installation and repair any
problem found (refer to
).
8 1. nspect the MAF sensor inlet screen for damage or
for the presence of foreign objects which may
partially block the air flow sample through the MAF
sensor.
2. Correct any problem that is found as necessary.
Did your inspection of the MAF sensor reveal a
condition requiring repair? Verify repair Go to
9 Start the engine and note the idle quality.
s a high or unsteady idle being experienced? Go to Go to
10 1. Visually and physically inspect the throttle body,
intake manifold, EGR valve and the EGR feed pipe
for vacuum leaks.
2. Repair any vacuum leaks as necessary.
Did your inspection reveal a vacuum leak? Verify repair Go to
11 Check the fuel for excessive water, alcohol, or other
contaminants (see in for the
procedure) and correct the contaminated fuel condition
if present (see ).
Was the fuel contaminated? Verify repair Go to
12 1. Visually and physically inspect the PCM injector
grounds, power grounds and sensor grounds to
ensure that they are clean, tight, and in their proper
locations.
2. f a faulty ground condition is present, correct it as
necessary.
Did your inspection reveal a condition requiring repair? Verify repair Go to
13 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor electrical connector.
2. Operate the vehicle in closed loop while
monitoring the BANK 1 S.T. FUEL TRM displayed
on the Tech 2.
Does BANK 1 S.T. FUEL TRM value decrease to
near the specified value? 0% Go to Go to
14 Perform the procedure in the Fuel System Pressure
Test and repair fuel system problem if necessary.
Did Fuel System Pressure Test isolate a condition
requiring repair? Verify repair Go to
15 1. Visually and physically inspect the intake manifold,
injector O-rings, EGR adapter, EGR valve and the
EGR feed pipes for vacuum leaks.
2. Repair any problem that is found.
Did your inspection reveal a problem? Verify repair Go to
16 Visually and physically inspect the Bank 1 exhaust
manifold for leaks and loose or missing hardware and
correct any problem found.
17 Perform the njector Balance Test, and correct any
problem found (refer to ).
Did njector Balance Test isolate a problem? Verify repair Go to
18 1. Visually and physically inspect the Bank 1 HO2S 1
to ensure that it is installed securely and that the
Bank 1 HO2S 1 pigtail and wiring harness are not
contacting the exhaust or otherwise damaged.
2. f a problem is found, correct it as necessary.
Did your inspection reveal a problem? Verify repair
Refer to
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0172 FueI Trim System Rich Bank 1
D06RW030
Circuit Description
heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) 1 and Bank 2 HO2S 1
signals and adjusts fuel delivery based upon the HO2S
signal voltages. A change made to fuel delivery will be
indicated by the long and short term fuel trim values which
can be monitored with a Tech 2. deal fuel trim values are
around 0%; if the HO2S signals are indicating a lean
condition the PCM will add fuel, resulting in fuel trim
values above 0%. f a rich condition is detected, the fuel
trim values will be below 0%, indicating that the PCM is
reducing the amount of fuel delivered. f an excessively
rich condition is detected on Bank 1, the PCM will set DTC
P0172.
trim allows a range between 15% (automatic
transmission) or 12 (manual transmission) and +20%.
The PCM's maximum authority to control short term fuel
trim allows a range between 11% and +20%. The PCM
monitors fuel trim under various engine speed/load fuel
trim cells before determining the status of the fuel trim
diagnostic.
None of the following was set: EGR DTCs, HO2S
DTCs, (response, transition, open, low volts, no
activity), MAF DTCs, TPS DTCs, MAP DTCs, AT
DTCs, canister purge DTCs, EVAP DTCs, injector
circuit DTCs, or misfire DTCs.
and 100 C (212 F).
120 C (248 F).
kPa.
fault is detected.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
DTC P0172/P0175.
Records conditions are being duplicated, the rich
DTC P0172 - FueI Trim System Rich Bank 1
performed?
Go to
Go to
Go to the
applicable
DTC charts
and repair the
other DTCs
before
proceeding
with this chart Go to
loop.
2. Observe B1 Long Term Fuel Trim display on the
Tech 2.
s the displayed value more negative than the specified
value?
L.T. Fuel
Trim: 15%
(auto. trans.)
OR 12%
(man. trans.) Go to Go to
3. Monitor the Tech 2 DTC info for DTC P0172 while
operating the vehicle to duplicate the Failure
Records conditions.
test runs and note test result.
ignition? Go to
The rich
condition is
not present.
f a
driveability
symptom still
exists, refer
to .
5 s DTC P0175 also set? Go to Go to
6 Visually and physically inspect the air filter element and
replace it if necessary.
Did the air filter require replacement? Verify repair Go to
7 Visually and physically inspect the air intake duct for
collapse or restriction and repair if necessary.
8 nspect the MAF sensor inlet screen for damage or for
the presence of foreign objects which may partially
block air flow through the screen and correct any
problem found.
condition requiring repair or replacement? Verify repair Go to
s a low or unsteady idle being experienced? Go to Go to
10 1. gnition OFF.
2. Physically inspect the throttle body bore, throttle
plate, and AC passages for coking and foreign
objects.
3. f a problem was found, repair as necessary.
regulator and inspect the hose for the presence of
fuel.
2. f fuel is present in the vacuum hose, replace the
fuel pressure regulator (refer to
).
Did the fuel pressure regulator require replacement? Verify repair Go to
12 gnition ON, engine OFF, monitor the TP Angle
display on the Tech 2 while slowly depressing the
accelerator pedal.
Does the TP Angle display increase steadily and
evenly from minimum value at closed throttle to
maximum value at wide-open throttle?
Minimum 0%
Maximum
100% Go to Go to
monitoring the BANK 1 L.T. FUEL TRM and
BANK 1 S. T. FUEL TRM display on the Tech 2.
Did both values change to near the specified value? 0% Go to Go to
14 1. Perform Fuel System Pressure Test.
2. f Fuel System Pressure Test isolates a problem,
repair as necessary (refer to or
).
Did the Fuel System Pressure Test isolate a problem
15 Replace the PCM.
16 1. Perform the njector Balance Test.
2. f njector Balance Test isolates a problem, repair as
necessary (refer to ).
Did the njector Balance Test isolate a problem
17 1. Remove and visually/physically inspect the Bank 1
HO2S 1 for silicon contamination. This will be
indicated by a powdery white deposit on the portion
of the HO2S that is exposed to the exhaust stream.
2. f contamination is evident on the Bank 1 HO2S 1,
replace the contaminated sensors.
Did the sensor require replacement? Verify repair
Refer to
18 1. Check the TP sensor mounting screws and tighten
or replace them as necessary if they are loose or
missing.
2. f the screws are OK, replace the TP sensor.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0174 FueI Trim System Lean Bank 2
D06RW031
Circuit Description
delivered. f an excessively lean condition is detected on
trim allows a range between 15%(automatic
transmission) or 12%(manual transmission) and +20%.
The PCM monitors fuel trim under various engine
speed/load fuel trim cells before determining the status of
the fuel trim diagnostic.
None of the following DTCs are set: idle system, EGR,
HO2S, (response, transition, open, low volts, no
activity), MAF, TP sensor, MAP, AT, canister purge,
EVAP, injector circuit, or misfire.
and 100 C (212 F).
120 C (248 F).
kPa.
failure is detected.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
DTC P0171/P0174.
Records conditions are being duplicated, the lean
performed?
Go to
Go to
Go to the
applicable
DTC charts
and repair the
other DTCs
before
proceeding
with this
chart. Go to
loop.
the Tech 2.
s the displayed values greater than the specified
values?
L.T. Fuel
Trim: +20% Go to Go to
4 1. Review and record Tech 2 Failure Records data.
Records conditions.
test runs.
ignition? Go to
The lean
condition is
not present.
f a
driveability
symptom still
exists, refer
to
section.
6 Visually and physically inspect the vacuum hoses for
disconnects, splits, kinks, improper routing and
improper connections and repair any problem found.
7 Visually and physically inspect the crankcase
ventilation valve for proper installation and repair any
problem found (refer to
).
8 1. nspect the MAF sensor inlet screen for damage or
for the presence of foreign objects which may
partially block the air flow sample through the MAF
sensor.
2. Correct any problem that is found as necessary.
condition requiring repair? Verify repair Go to
s a high or unsteady idle being experienced? Go to Go to
10 1. Visually and physically inspect the throttle body,
intake manifold, EGR valve and the EGR feed pipe
for vacuum leaks.
2. Repair any vacuum leaks as necessary.
Did your inspection reveal a vacuum leak? Verify repair Go to
11 Check the fuel for excessive water, alcohol, or other
contaminants (see in for
procedure) and correct the contaminated fuel condition
is present (see ).
Was the fuel contaminated? Verify repair Go to
12 1. Visually and physically inspect the PCM injector
grounds, power grounds and sensor grounds to
ensure that they are clean, tight, and in their proper
locations.
2. f a faulty ground condition is present, correct it as
necessary.
monitoring the BANK 1 S.T. FUEL TRM displayed
on the Tech 2.
Does the BANK 1 S.T. FUEL TRM value decrease to
near the specified value? 0% Go to Go to
14 Perform the procedure in the Fuel System Pressure
Test and repair fuel system problem if necessary.
Did the Fuel System Pressure Test isolate a condition
15 1. Visually and physically inspect the intake manifold,
injector O-rings, EGR adapter, EGR valve and the
EGR feed pipes for vacuum leaks.
2. Repair any problem that is found.
16 Visually and physically inspect the Bank 2 exhaust
manifold for leaks and loose or missing hardware and
correct any problem found.
17 Perform the njector Balance Test, and correct any
problem found (refer to ).
Did the njector Balance Test isolate a problem? Verify repair Go to
18 1. Visually and physically inspect the Bank 2 HO2S 1
to ensure that it is installed securely and that the
Bank 2 HO2S 1 pigtail and wiring harness are not
contacting the exhaust or otherwise damaged.
2. f a problem is found, correct it as necessary.
Did your inspection reveal a problem? Verify repair
Refer to
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0175 FueI Trim System Rich Bank 2
D06RW031
Circuit Description
delivered. f an excessively rich condition is detected on
trim allows a range between 15%(automatic
transmission) or 12%(manual transmission) and +20%.
The PCM's maximum authority to control short term fuel
trim allows a range between 11% and +20%. The PCM
monitors fuel trim under various engine speed/load fuel
trim cells before determining the status of the fuel trim
diagnostic.
None of the following DTCs are set: idle system, EGR,
HO2S, (response, transition, open, low volts, no
activity), MAF, TPS, MAP, AT, canister purge, EVAP,
injector circuit, or misfire.
and 100 C (212 F).
120 C (248 F).
kPa.
failure is detected.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
for backed -out terminals, improper mating, broken
Reviewing the Failure Records Vehicle mileage since the
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
DTC P0172/P0175.
Records conditions are being duplicated, the rich
performed?
Go to Step 2
Go to
Go to the
applicable
DTC charts
and repair the
other DTCs
before
proceeding
with this
chart. Go to
loop.
the Tech 2.
s the displayed value more negative than the specified
value?
L.T. Fuel
Trim: 15%
(auto. trans.)
OR 12%
(man. trans.) Go to Go to
Records conditions.
test runs.
ignition? Go to
The rich
condition is
not present.
f a
driveability
symptom still
exists, refer
to .
6 Visually and physically inspect the air filter element and
replace it if necessary.
Did the air filter require replacement? Verify repair Go to
7 Visually and physically inspect the air intake duct for
collapse or restriction and repair if necessary.
8 nspect the MAF sensor inlet screen for damage or for
the presence of foreign objects which may partially
block air flow through the screen and correct any
problem found.
condition requiring repair or replacement? Verify repair Go to
s a low or unsteady idle being experienced? Go to Go to
10 1. Turn the ignition off and physically inspect the
throttle body bore, throttle plate, and AC passages
for coking and foreign objects.
2. f a problem was found, repair as necessary.
regulator and inspect the hose for the presence of
fuel.
2. f fuel is present in the vacuum hose, replace the
fuel pressure regulator (refer to
).
Did the fuel pressure regulator require replacement? Verify repair Go to
2. Monitor the TP Angle display on the Tech 2 while
slowly depressing the accelerator pedal.
Does the TP Angle display increase steadily and
evenly from minimum value at closed throttle to
maximum value at wide-open throttle?
Minimum 0%
Maximum
100% Go to Go to
monitoring the BANK 1 L.T. FUEL TRM and
BANK 1 S.T. FUEL TRM display on the Tech 2.
Did both values change to near the specified value? 0% Go to Go to
14 1. Perform the Fuel System Pressure Test.
2. f Fuel System Pressure Test isolates a problem,
repair as necessary (refer to or
).
Did the Fuel System Pressure Test isolate a condition
15 Replace the PCM.
16 1. Perform the njector Balance Test.
2. f the njector Balance Test isolates a problem,
repair as necessary (refer to
).
Did the njector Balance Test isolate a problem
17 1. Remove and visually/physically inspect the Bank 2
HO2S 1 for silicon contamination. This will be
indicated by a powdery white deposit on the portion
of the HO2S that is exposed to the exhaust stream.
2. f contamination is evident on the Bank 2 HO2S 1,
replace the contaminated sensor.
Did the sensor require replacement? Verify repair
Refer to
18 1. Check the TP sensor mounting screws and tighten
or replace them as necessary if they are loose or
missing.
2. f the screws are OK, replace the TP sensor.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0201 Injector 1 ControI Circuit
D06RW034
Circuit Description
The powertrain control module (PCM) has six individual
injector driver circuits. Each controls an injector. When a
driver circuit is grounded by the PCM, the injector is
activated. The PCM monitors the current in each driver
circuit. The voltage on each driver is monitored to detect
a fault. f the voltage is not what the PCM expects to
monitor on the circuit, a DTC is set. This DTC is also set if
an injector driver is shorted to voltage or if there is an open
circuit.
The battery voltage is more than 9 volts.
The engine is turning, determined by 58X crankshaft
position input signal.
The injector voltage does not equal the ignition voltage
when the injector is commanded OFF or the injector
voltage does not equal 0 volts when the injector is
commanded ON.
The above conditions are met for 15 seconds.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
An injector driver circuit that is open or shorted to voltage
will cause a DTC P0201 to set. t will also cause a misfire
due to an inoperative injector. A misfire DTC will also be
set indicating which cylinder is inoperative.
Long term and short term fuel trims that are excessively
high or low are a good indication that an injector is faulty.
Use Fuel njector Coil Test Procedure to check for faulty
injectors.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
3. This step determines if DTC P0201 is the result of a
hard failure or an intermittent condition.
5. A special injector test connector is provided so that
the injectors can be electrically tested without
removal of the manifold. On the Trooper, the
special 7-way gray connector is located at the front
of the charcoal canister. The test connector can be
identified by the blue connector lock which is
tethered to the wiring harness. f the light for
cylinder 1 is ON steady before cranking the engine
as well as while cranking the engine, then the
injector driver circuit is shorted to ground.
f the test light blinks while cranking, the PCM and
the wiring to the injectors are OK. The Fuel njector
Coil Test Procedure will check if the injectors are
faulty.
R321054
7. Because the test light was ON steady, voltage to
the injector is OK, but the driver circuit is grounded
at all times. This step determines if the circuit is
shorted to ground or the PCM is faulty.
9. The reading should be about 12-14 .
10.Locating the open in the harness or in the injector
will require removal of the manifold to provide
access.
DTC P0201 - Injector 1 ControI Circuit
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 Will the engine start?
Go to
Go to
chart
3 1. nstall the Tech 2. Clear the DTC.
2. dle the engine for one minute.
Does DTC P0201 reset? Go to Go to
4 1. Review the Freeze Frame data with the ignition
ON and the engine OFF and note the
parameters.
2. Operate the vehicle within the Freeze Frame
Does P0201 reset? Go to
Go to
5 1. Engine OFF.
2. Disconnect the injector connector.
3. nstall an injector test light 5-8840-2636-0 on the
injector test connector.
4. Crank the engine and note the light.
Does the injector test light blink?
Go to
Go to
6 Note whether the injector test light for cylinder 1 was
OFF or ON steady in step 5.
Was the test light ON steady while cranking the
engine? Go to Go to
7 1. Disconnect the PCM connector for the affected
injectors.
2. With a test light connected to B+, probe the affected
8 Repair short to ground in the injector driver circuit.
Go to
9 1. Disconnect the injector test connector.

2. At the injector side of the harness, connect an
ohmmeter between the positive wire (red with blue
tracer) and the wire for cylinder 1 (green with white
tracer).
Does the ohmmeter indicate continuity? Go to Go to
10 Repair the open injector harness wire or open injector.
11 At the PCM side of the injector test connector, check
the green/white wire for a short to voltage.
Was there a short to voltage? Go to Go to
12 Repair the short to voltage.
13 Check for an open circuit between the injector test
connector and the PCM.
14 Repair the open circuit.
15 Replace the PCM.
D06RW034
Circuit Description
injector driver circuits. Each controls an injector. When a
driver circuit is grounded by the PCM, the injector is
circuit.
commanded ON.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
injectors.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
faulty.
R321055
9.The reading should be about 12-14 .
access.
performed?
Go to
Go to
Go to
Go to
chart
parameters.
Go to
5 1. Engine OFF.
2. Disconnect the injector test connector.
3. nstall an injector test light 5-8840-2636-0 on
injector connector.
Does the cylinder 2 test light blink?
Go to
Go to
engine? Go to Go to
injectors.
Go to

tracer) and the wire for cylinder 2 (green with orange
tracer).
the green/orange wire for a short to voltage.
15 Replace the PCM.
D06RW034
Circuit Description
injector driver circuits. Each controls an injector. When
the driver circuit is grounded by the PCM, the injector is
circuit.
The engine is turning, determined by the 58X
crankshaft position input signal.
commanded ON.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
injectors.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
faulty.
R321056
access.
performed?
Go to
Go to
Go to
Go to
chart
parameters.
Go to
5 1. Engine OFF.
2. Disconnect the injector test connector .
injector connector.
Go to
Go to
engine? Go to Go to
injectors.
Go to

tracer) and the wire for cylinder 3 (green).
the green wire for a short to voltage.
15 Replace the PCM.
D06RW034
Circuit Description
circuit.
commanded ON.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
injectors.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
faulty.
R321057
access.
performed?
Go to
Go to
Go to
Go to
chart
parameters.
Go to
5 1. Engine OFF.
injector connector.
Go to
Go to Step 6
engine? Go to Go to
injectors.
Go to

tracer) and the wire for cylinder 4 (green/red).
the green/red wire for a short to voltage.
15 Replace the PCM.
D06RW034
Circuit Description
circuit. f the voltage is not what the PCM expects to
circuit.
commanded ON.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
injectors.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
faulty.
R321058
access.
performed?
Go to
Go to
Go to
Go to
chart
parameters.
Go to
5 1. Engine OFF.
injector connector.
Go to
Go to
engine? Go to Go to
injectors.
Go to

tracer) and the wire for cylinder 5 (green with black
tracer).
the green/black wire for a short to voltage.
15 Replace the PCM.
D06RW034
Circuit Description
circuit.
commanded ON.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
injectors.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
faulty.
R321059
access.
performed?
Go to
Go to
Go to
Go to
chart
parameters.
Go to
5 1. Engine OFF.
injector connector.
Go to
Go to
engine? Go to Go to
injectors.
Go to

tracer) and the wire for cylinder 6 (green with yellow
tracer).
10 Repair the open injector harness wire or open injector
the green/yellow wire for a short to voltage.
15 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0325 KS ModuIe Circuit
D06RW035
Circuit Description
The knock sensor is used to detect engine detonation,
allowing the powertrain control module (PCM) to retard
ignition control (C) spark timing based on the knock
sensor (KS) signal being received. The knock sensor
produces an AC signal so that under a no knock condition
the signal on the KS circuit measures about 0.007 V AC.
The KS signal's amplitude and frequency depend upon
the amount of knock being experienced. The PCM
contains a non-replaceable knock filter module called a
signal-to-noise enhancement filter (SNEF) module. This
filter module in the PCM determines whether knock is
occurring by comparing the signal level on the KS circuit
with the voltage level on the noise channel. The noise
channel allows the PCM to reject any false knock signal
by knowing the amount of normal engine mechanical
noise present. Normal engine noise varies depending on
engine speed and load. When the PCM determines that
an abnormally low noise channel voltage level is being
experienced, a DTC P0325 will set.
Engine has been running for at least 30 seconds.
The PCM determines that its internal signal from its
knock filter module indicates a continuous knocking
condition for more than 10 seconds.
The PCM will use a substitute default spark retard
value of 6 degrees to minimize knock during conditions
when knock is likely to occur.
Diagnostic Aids
Poor connection at PCM nspect the knock sensor
and PCM connectors for backed-out terminals, broken
locks, and improperly formed or damaged terminals.
Misrouted harness nspect the knock sensor harness
to ensure that it is not routed too close to high voltage
wires such as spark plug leads.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
2. Ensures that the fault is present.
DTC P0325 - KS ModuIe Circuit
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 IMPORTANT: f an engine knock can be heard, repair
the engine mechanical problem before proceeding with
this diagnostic.
under criteria included in Conditions for Setting the
DTC.
Does Tech 2 indicate DTC P0325 failed this ignition? Go to Go to
2. Review and record Tech 2 Failure Records data for
DTC P0325.
conditions.
Does Tech 2 indicate DTC P0325 test failed this
ignition? Go to
Refer to
4 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0327 KS Sensor Circuit
D06RW035
Circuit Description
The powertrain control module (PCM) uses the knock
sensor to detect engine detonation, allowing the PCM to
retard ignition control (C) spark timing based on the
knock sensor (KS) signal being received. The knock
sensor produces an AC signal so that under a no knock
condition the signal on the KS circuit measures about
0.007 V AC. The signal amplitude and frequency are
dependent upon the amount of knock being experienced.
The PCM monitors the KS signal and can diagnose the
KS sensor and circuitry.
Engine running for at least 10 seconds.
The TP sensor is greater than 5%.
The ECT sensor is greater than 60 C (140 F).
Engine speed is between 2000 and 4000 RPM.
The knock sensor signal voltage is less than 0.20 volts,
or greater than 4.8 volts.
All conditions are present for more than 15 seconds.
fault is detected.
The PCM will use a calculated spark retard value to
minimize knock during conditions when knock is likely
to occur. The calculated value will vary based on
engine speed and load.
Diagnostic Aids
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
4. The knock sensor is attached to a short jumper
harness, so it can be tested without removing the
intake manifold. A 2-wire connector for the knock
sensor is accessible behind the left rear fuel injector.
DTC P0327 - KS Sensor Circuit
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 IMPORTANT: f an engine knock can be heard, repair
the engine mechanical problem before proceeding with
this diagnostic.
1. Operate the engine within the conditions specified
in diagnostic support Conditions for Setting the
DTC.
Does Tech 2 indicate DTC P0327 failed this ignition? Go to Go to
conditions.
Refer to
4 1. Check for a damaged terminal at the knock sensor
connector.
5 Using a test light to battery +, check the black/blue wire
(PCM side) to verify that the shield connection is good.
Did the test light illuminate? Go to Go to
6 Repair the open shield ground.
2. Check the KS signal circuit for a poor terminal
connection at the PCM.
3. f a problem is found, replace the faulty terminal.
8 1. gnition OFF, PCM disconnected.
2. Check the KS signal circuit between the PCM and
the knock sensor connector for an open, a short to
voltage, or a short to ground.
2. Knock sensor connected.
3. Measure the resistance of the knock sensor by
connecting the DVM between the PCM connector
and the engine block.
s the resistance of each knock sensor near the
specified value? 100K ohms Go to Go to
DTC P0327 - KS Sensor Circuit
2. Connect the DVM to monitor AC voltage between
the PCM connector and engine ground.
3. Tap on the engine lift bracket with a socket
extension while observing the signal indicated on
the DVM.
s any signal indicated on the DVM while tapping on the
engine lift bracket? Go to Go to
11 Replace the knock sensor.
12 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0336 58X Reference SignaI Circuit
D06RW032
Circuit Description
The 58X reference signal is produced by the crankshaft
position (CKP) sensor. During one crankshaft revolution,
58 crankshaft pulses will be produced. The powertrain
control module (PCM) uses the 58X reference signal to
calculate engine RPM and crankshaft position. The PCM
constantly monitors the number of pulses on the 58X
reference circuit and compares them to the number of
camshaft position (CMP) signal pulses being received. f
the PCM receives an incorrect number of pulses on the
58X reference circuit, DTC P0336 will set.
Engine is running.
Extra or missing pulse is detected between
consecutive 58X reference pulses.
Above condition is detected in 10 of 100 crankshaft
rotations.
fault is detected.
Diagnostic Aids
insulation. Check for:
Poor connection - nspect the PCM harness and
connectors for improper mating, broken locks,
damage. f the harness appears to be OK, disconnect
the PCM, turn the ignition on and observe a voltmeter
connected to the 58X reference circuit at the PCM
harness connector while moving connectors and
wiring harnesses related to the CM. A change in
voltage will indicate the location of the fault.
DTC P0336 - 58X Reference SignaI Circuit
performed?
Go to
Go to
Does the engine start?
Go to
Go to
chart
3 1. Review and record Failure Records information.
2. Clear DTC P0336.
4. Observe DTCs.
s DTC P0336 set? Go to
Refer to
Diagnostic
Aids
4 1. Disconnect the PCM and CKP sensor.
2. Check for an open or a short to ground in the 58X
reference circuit between the CKP sensor
connector and the PCM harness connector.
5 1. Reconnect the PCM and CKP sensor.
2. Connect a DVM to measure voltage on the 58X
reference circuit at the PCM connector.
3. Observe the voltage while cranking the engine.
s the voltage near the specified value? 2.5 V Go to Go to
6 Check the connections at the CKP sensor and replace
the terminals if necessary.
7 Replace the CKP sensor. Use caution to avoid any hot
oil that may drip out.
8 Check connections at the PCM and replace the
terminals if necessary.
9 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0337 CKP Sensor Circuit Low Frequency
D06RW032
Circuit Description
The 58X reference signal is produced by the crankshaft
position (CKP) sensor. During one crankshaft revolution,
58 crankshaft reference pulses will be produced. The
powertrain control module (PCM) uses the 58X reference
signal to calculate engine RPM and crankshaft position.
The PCM constantly monitors the number of pulses on
the 58X reference circuit and compares them to the
number of camshaft position (CMP) signal pulses being
received. f the PCM does not receive pulses on the 58X
reference circuit, DTC P0337 will set.
No camshaft position (CMP) sensor DTCs are set.
Engine cranking.
Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor signal is not present
between two cam pulses.
CKP reference pulse is not detected within 8 CMP
pulses.
fault is detected.
Diagnostic Aids
Poor connection nspect the PCM harness and
connected to the 58X reference circuit at the PCM
wiring harnesses related to the CM. A change in
DTC P0337 - CKP Sensor Circuit Low Frequency
performed?
Go to
Go to
Does the engine start? Go to Go to
3 1. Review and record Failure Records information.
2. Clear DTC P0337.
4. Observe DTCs.
s DTC P0337 set? Go to
Refer to
4 1. Disconnect the CKP sensor.
2. gnition ON.
3. Using a DVM, verify that 5 V reference and ground
are being supplied at the sensor connector (PCM
side).
Are 4-6 volts and ground available at the sensor? Go to Go to
5 1. gnition ON.
2. With a DVM, backprobe the PCM connector 5 V
reference and ground connections.
Are 5 V reference and ground available at the PCM? Go to Go to
6 Check 5 V reference or ground between the CKP
sensor and PCM and repair the open circuit, short to
ground or short to voltage.
7 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM and CKP sensor.
3. Check for an open or a short to ground in the 58X
reference circuit between the CKP sensor
connector and the PCM harness connector.
8 1. Reconnect the PCM and CKP sensor.
2. Connect a DVM to measure voltage on the 58X
reference circuit at the PCM connector.
3. Observe the voltage while cranking the engine.
s the voltage near the specified value? 2.5 V Go to Go to
9 Check the connections at the CKP sensor and replace
the terminals if necessary.
10 Replace the CKP sensor. Use caution and avoid hot oil
that may drip out.
DTC P0337 - CKP Sensor Circuit Low Frequency
11 Check the connections at the PCM and replace the
terminals if necessary.
12 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0341 CMP Sensor Circuit Performance
D06RW032
Circuit Description
The CMP signal is produced by the camshaft position
(CMP) sensor pulses when the engine is running and
crankshaft position (CKP) sync pulses are also being
received. The powertrain control module (PCM) uses the
CMP signal pulses to initiate sequential fuel injection.
The PCM constantly monitors the number of pulses on
the CMP signal circuit and compares the number of CMP
pulses to the number of 58X reference pulses received. f
the PCM receives an incorrect number of pulses on the
CMP reference circuit, DTC P0341 will set and the PCM
will initiate injector sequence without the CMP signal with
a one in six chance that injector sequence is correct. The
engine will continue to start and run normally, although
the misfire diagnostic will be affected if a misfiring
condition occurs.
The engine is running (1X CMP reference pulses are
being received).
The CMP sensor signal is not detected at the correct
interval every 6 cylinders.
Above condition fails for 100 occurrences within 200
test samples.
fault is detected.
The PCM will initiate the injector sequence without the
CMP signal with a one in six chance that the injector
sequence is correct.
Diagnostic Aids
connected to the CMP signal circuit at the PCM
wiring harnesses related to the CM and the CMP
sensor. A change in voltage will indicate the location
of the fault.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
12.Determines whether the fault is being caused by a
missing camshaft magnet or a faulty sensor. The
voltage measured in this step should read around 4
volts, toggling to near 0 volts when the CMP sensor
interfaces with the camshaft magnet.
DTC P0341 - CMP Sensor Circuit Performance
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. gnition ON.
Refer to
3 1. Disconnect the CMP sensor.
2. Measure the voltage between the sensor feed
circuit and the sensor ground circuit at the CMP
Does the voltage measure near the specified value? 4-6 V Go to Go to
4 Measure the voltage between the CMP sensor signal
circuit and the sensor ground circuit at the CMP sensor
harness connector.
5 f the voltage measured in step 3 was less than 4-6
volts, proceed directly to step 6 without completing this
step.
f the voltage in step 3 was greater than 4-6 V, repair the
short to voltage in the CMP feed circuit.
6 1. Check for poor connections at the camshaft
position sensor.
7 1. gnition OFF, disconnect the PCM and the CMP
sensor.
2. Check the following circuits for an open between the
ignition coil and the CMP sensor:
The sensor feed circuit.
8 1. gnition OFF, disconnect the PCM (leave the CMP
sensor disconnected).
2. gnition ON, check the following circuits:
The CMP sensor signal circuit for an open or a
short to voltage.
The CMP sensor input signal circuit for a short
to ground.
9 Check for a short or open in the sensor ground circuit.
DTC P0341 - CMP Sensor Circuit Performance
10 1. Check for poor connections at the PCM.
11 Backprobe the PCM connector with a DVM to monitor
voltage on the camshaft position input signal circuit
while cranking the engine with the sensor connected.
(Use rubber band, tape, or an assistant to keep the
DVM lead in contact with the sensor terminal during this
test.)
Does the voltage toggle between the specified values? 4-0 V Go to Go to
12 1. Remove the CMP sensor from the engine front
cover (leave the sensor wiring connected).
2. Place a magnet on the CMP sensor.
(f you use a magnet that is too small to cover the face
of the sensor, test on every part of the sensor face
because only a small area will respond to this test.)
Does the DVM display a voltage near the specified
value? 0 V Go to Go to
13 Replace the faulty or missing camshaft position sensor
magnet.
14 Replace the camshaft position sensor.
15 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0342 CMP Sensor Circuit Low
D06RW032
Circuit Description
The CMP signal produced by the camshaft position
(CMP) sensor pulses when the engine is running and
crankshaft position (CKP) sync pulses are also being
received. The hall type CMP sensor and the CKP sensor
share 5 V and ground connections at the powertrain
control module (PCM). The third wire at the sensor is a
signal circuit to the PCM. The PCM uses the CMP signal
pulses to initiate sequential fuel injection. The PCM
constantly monitors the number of pulses on the CMP
signal circuit and compares the number of CMP pulses to
the number of 58X reference pulses received. f the PCM
does not receive pulses on the CMP reference circuit,
DTC P0342 will set and the PCM will initiate injector
sequence without the CMP signal with a one in six chance
that injector sequence is correct. The engine will continue
to start and run normally, although the misfire diagnostic
will be affected if a misfiring condition occurs.
The CMP sensor signal is not received by the PCM
once every 6 cylinders.
The above condition occurs for 10 seconds.
fault is detected.
The PCM will initiate injector sequence without the
CMP signal with a one in six chance that the injector
sequence is correct.
Diagnostic Aids
terminal to wire connection.
connected to the CMP signal circuit at the PCM
wiring harnesses related to the CM and the CMP
sensor. A change in voltage will indicate the location
of the fault.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
14.Determines whether the fault is being caused by a
missing camshaft magnet or a faulty PCM. The
voltage measured in this step should read around 4
volts, toggling to near 0 volts when the CMP sensor
interfaces with the camshaft magnet.
DTC P0342 - CMP Sensor Circuit Low
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. gnition ON.
4. Using Tech 2, monitor Specific DTC information
for DTC P0342 until the DTC P0342 test runs.
5. Note test result.
Refer to
3 1. gnition ON.
2. Disconnect the CMP sensor.
3. Measure the voltage between the sensor feed
circuit and the sensor ground circuit at the CMP
4 1. gnition OFF, disconnect the PCM and the CMP
sensor.
2. Check for poor connections at the camshaft
position sensor.
5 1. Check for poor connections at the PCM.
6 1. Check the following circuits between the PCM and
the CMP sensor:
The sensor feed circuit. Open or short to
ground?
The sensor ground circuit. Open or short to
voltage?
Was a problem found? Verify repair
2. Measure the voltage between the CMP sensor
signal circuit and the sensor ground circuit at the
CMP sensor harness connector.
2. Disconnect the PCM and connect a DVM to monitor
voltage on the camshaft position signal circuit at the
PCM connector.
3. gnition ON.
4. Monitor the voltage display on the DVM while
repeatedly touching the CMP sensor signal circuit
at the CMP sensor connector with a test light to
ground.
Does the DVM voltage display switch between 0 and
approximately 5 volts when the test light is touched to
the CMP sensor signal circuit? Go to Go to
9 1. gnition OFF.
2. Leave the PCM disconnected.
3. gnition ON.
4. Probe the camshaft position signal circuit at the
PCM connector with a test light to B+.
5. f the test light is ON, locate and repair the short to
ground in the camshaft position input signal circuit.
Was either circuit shorted to ground? Verify repair Go to
10 1. gnition OFF.
2. Leave the PCM disconnected.
3. gnition ON.
4. Probe the camshaft position signal circuit with a test
light to ground.
5. f the test light is ON, locate and repair the short to
voltage in the camshaft position input signal circuit.
Was the test light ON? Verify repair Go to
11 1. gnition OFF, disconnect the PCM (leave the CMP
sensor disconnected).
2. gnition ON, check the following circuit:
The CMP sensor signal circuit for an open.
12 1. gnition ON.
2. Remove the CMP sensor from the engine front
cover (leave the sensor wiring connected).
3. Place a magnet on the CMP sensor. f you use a
magnet that is too small to cover the face of the
sensor, test on every part of the sensor face
because only a small area will respond to this test.
Does the DVM display a voltage near the specified
value? 0 V Go to Go to
13 Replace the camshaft position sensor.
14 1. Reinstall the CMP sensor to the engine front cover.
2. Observe the DVM connected to monitor voltage on
the camshaft position signal circuit while cranking
the engine.
Does the voltage toggle between the specified values? 4-0 V Go to Go to
15 Replace the PCM.
NOTE: The replacement PCM must be programmed.
Refer to
16 Replace faulty or missing camshaft magnet.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0351 Ignition 1 ControI Circuit
D06RW072
Circuit Description
The powertrain control module's (PCM) control circuit 1
provides a zero-volt or a 5-volt output signal to the ignition
coil. The normal voltage on the circuit is zero volts. When
the ignition coil receives the 5-volt signal from the PCM, it
provides a ground path for the B+ supply to the primary
side of the number 1 ignition coil. When the PCM shuts off
the 5 volts to the ignition coil, the ignition coil turns OFF.
This causes the ignition coil primary magnetic field to
collapse, producing a voltage in the secondary coil which
fires the spark plug.
The circuit between the PCM and ignition coil is monitored
for an open circuit, short to voltage, and short to ground.
When the PCM detects a problem on ignition control
circuit 1, it will set a DTC P0351.
The ignition is ON.
The output voltage is not equal to 5 volts when output
is ON.
is OFF.
Twenty test failures occur within 40 samples of
continuous spark events.
Diagnostic Aids
Poor connection at PCM nspect the harness
terminals, and poor terminal-to-wire connections.
damage. f the harness appears to be OK, observe
Tech 2 display related to DTC P0351 while moving the
connector and wiring related to the ignition system. A
change in the display will indicate the location of the
fault.
DTC P0351 - Ignition 1 ControI Circuit
performed?
Go to
Go to
3. Operate the vehicle within Failure Record
4. Use Tech 2 to monitor the Specific DTC
information for DTC P0351 until the DTC P0351 test
runs.
Does Tech 2 indicate DTC P0351 failed this ignition
cycle? Go to
Go to
3 Check for faulty connection at ignition coil.
4 Check for faulty connection at PCM connector.
2. Back probe the ignition control circuit 1 at the PCM
with a DVM.
s the voltage near the specified value? 25-55 mV Go to Go to
6 1. gnition ON, engine running.
2. Back probe the ignition control circuit at the PCM for
the cylinder being tested.
s the voltage in the specified range, rapidly toggling
back and forth to a reading 20-50 mV higher? 100-180 mV Go to Go to
7 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the 3-pin and 5-pin connectors at the
ignition coil.
3. Check ignition control circuit 1 voltage at the ignition
coil connector while cranking the engine.
Does the voltage measure between the specified
values? 200-1200 mV Go to Go to
8 Replace the ignition coil.
9 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM and the ignition coil.
3. Check ignition control circuit 1 for short to ground.
10 Check ignition control circuit 1 for short to voltage.
11 Check for an open ignition control circuit 1.
Was the ignition control circuit open? Go to Go to
12 Repair the open ignition control circuit.
13 Replace the PCM.
D06RW072
Circuit Description
The ignition is ON.
The engine is turning, determined by the 58 X
is ON.
is OFF.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
fault.
performed?
Go to
Go to
4. Use a Tech 2 to monitor the Specific DTC
runs.
Does the Tech 2 indicate DTC P0352 failed this ignition
cycle? Go to
Go to
with a DVM .
7 1. gnition OFF.
ignition coil.
coil connector while cranking the engine connector.
9 1. gnition OFF.
13 Replace the PCM.
D06RW072
Circuit Description
The ignition is ON.
is ON.
is OFF.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
fault.
performed?
Go to
Go to
runs.
cycle? Go to
Go to
with a DVM positive lead with the negative lead to
ground.
7 1. gnition OFF.
ignition coil.
9 1. gnition OFF.
13 Replace the PCM.
D06RW072
Circuit Description
The ignition is ON.
is ON.
is OFF.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
fault.
performed?
Go to
Go to
runs.
cycle? Go to
Go to
ground.
7 1. gnition OFF.
ignition coil.
9 1. gnition OFF.
12 Repair the open in ignition control circuit.
13 Replace the PCM.
D06RW072
Circuit Description
The ignition is ON.
is ON.
is OFF.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
fault.
performed?
Go to
Go to
runs.
cycle? Go to
Go to
ground.
7 1. gnition OFF.
ignition coil.
9 1. gnition OFF.
13 Replace the PCM.
D06RW072
Circuit Description
The ignition is ON.
is ON.
is OFF.
continuous circuit monitoring.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
fault.
performed?
Go to
Go to
runs.
cycle? Go to
Go to
ground.
7 1. gnition OFF.
ignition coil.
9 1. gnition OFF.
13 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0402 EGR PintIe Crank Error
D06RW106
Circuit Description
The powertrain control module (PCM) monitors the EGR
valve pintle position input to ensure that the valve
responds properly to commands from the PCM, and to
detect a fault if pintle position is stuck open. f the PCM
detects a pintle position signal indicates more than 21.5%
and more than for 625 msec during cranking, the PCM will
set DTC P0402.
gnition voltage is between 11 and 16 volts.
ntake Air temp is more than 3 C
At Engine revolution less than 600 RPM, EGR pintle
position indicates more than 21.5% and more than for
625 msecs.
fault is detected.
when the DTC was set as Freeze Frame and in Failure
Records data.
Diagnostic Aids
Foreign material on EGR valve between pintle and
seat may cause EGR stuck open. nspect foreign
material in EGR valve.
Excessive carbon deposit may cause unsmooth
operation of EGR valve shaft. nspect carbon deposit
and clean up inside of carbon deposit.
Poor connection or damaged harnessinspect the
wiring harness for damage f the harness appears to be
OK, observe the EGR actual position display on Tech
2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses
related to EGR valve. A change in the display will
NOTE: f the EGR valve shows signs of excessive heat,
check the exhaust system for blockage (possibly a
plugged catalytic converter) using the Restricted
Exhaust System Check.
DTC P0402 - EGR PintIe Crank Open Error
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. gnition ON, engine OFF, review and record
Tech 2 Failure Records data.
P0402 until the DTC P0402 test runs. Note the
result.
Does Tech 2 indicates DTC P0402 failed this ignition? Go to
Refer to
3 1. Disconnect the EGR valve harness connector.
2. nspect the EGR valve and connectors for damaged
pin or terminals.
Were there any damaged pins or terminals? Go to Go to
5 1. Remove EGR valve from Engine.
2. nspect EGR valve whether there is any foreign
material between seat and pintle.
Was any foreign material in EGR valve? Go to Go to
6 1. Remove EGR valve foreign material from EGR
valve and clean up inside.
2. Visually inspect damage of pintle and seat, which
leakage may occur.
Was there any severe damage which affects function? Go to
Verify repair
Go to
7 1. Reconnect.
2. gnition OFF.
3. nstall Tech 2.
4. Run the engine at idle.
5. On Tech-, select special function for EGR.
6. Use the UP arrow to increase the EGR from 0% to
40%.
Did EGR work properly? Go to
Does DTC P0402 still fail DTC test on Tech 2? Go to Verify repair
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0404 EGR Open Stuck
D06RW106
Circuit Description
detect a fault if pintle position is different from
commanded position. f the PCM detects a pintle position
signal indicates more than 15 points different between
current and commanded and more than 15 seconds, the
PCM will set DTC P0404.
ntake Air temp is more than 3 C.
Desire EGR position is more than 0.
The difference between desired EGR and current EGR
is less than 3%.
Difference EGR pintle position between current and
commanded position becomes more than 15% and
last more than 15 seconds, and this condition meets
three times in a trip. Then it trigger, the PCM lights on.
(ML) as soon as failure detected after consecutive 2nd
trip in which the fault is detected.
Records data.
Diagnostic Aids
Excessive carbon deposit on EGR valve shaft may
cause EGR stuck open or unsmooth operation. Those
carbon deposit may occur by unusual port operation.
Clean up carbon may make smooth function of EGR
valve.
wiring harness for damage. f the harness appears to
be OK, observe the EGR actual position display on
DTC P0404 - EGR Open Stuck
performed?
Go to
Go to
Tech 2 Failure Records Data.
P0404 until the DTC P0404 test runs. Note the
result.
Refer to
pin or terminals.
Verify repair
s the action
complete?
2. nspect EGR valve whether there is any excessive
carbon deposit on EGR shaft.
Was excessive carbon deposit 0n EGR valve shaft? Go to Go to
6 1. Clean up EGR valve shaft and inside of EGR valve.
2. Visually inspect damage of pintle and seat whether
there is bent, leakage may occur.
Was there any severe damage which affects function? Go to
Verify repair
Go to
7 1. Reconnect.
2. gnition OFF.
3. nstall Tech 2.
5. On Tech 2, select F3:Misc. Test; F2:EGR.
40%.
Does DTC P0404 still fail DTC test on Tech 2? Go to Verify repair
9 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0405 EGR Low VoItage
D06RW106
Circuit Description
responds properly to command from the PCM. f current
pintle position voltage indicates less than 0.1 V and last
more than 10 seconds, then the PCM will set DTC P0405.
EGR pintle position output voltage is less than 0.1 volt
and last more than 10 sec. Action taken when the DTC
sets.
(ML) as soon as failure detected.
Records data.
Diagnostic Aids
DTC P0405 - EGR Low VoIt
performed?
Go to
Go to
3. Using Tech 2, monitor DTC info for DTC P0405
until the DTC P0405 test runs. Note the result.
Refer to
pin or terminals.
5 1. Disconnect the EGR harness connector.
2. gnition ON.
3. At the EGR valve, use a DVM to check the voltage
at the 5 volt reference wire (RED) and ground (B).
Did the DVM indicate the specified value? 46 V Go to Go to
2. Measure resistance between terminal B and D.
Was resistance in range? 55.5 K Go to Go to
7 1. gnition ON.
2. At the PCM connector, backprobe with a DVM at the
5 volt reference for the EGR valve.
8 Repair the open 5 volt reference circuit.
9 Repair the damaged sensor ground wire.
10 1. Disconnect the EGR harness
2. Use an ohmmeter to measure between the pintle
position pin and the sensor ground pin on the EGR
valve.
NOTE: J-35616 Connector Test Adapter Kit may be
useful for gaining access to the recessed pins on the
valve.
Was the ohmmeter reading approximately equal to the
specified value? 1 to 1.25 K Go to Go to
11 1. gnition ON.
2. Backprobe with a DVM to measure voltage at EGR
valve pintle position pin and sensor ground pin.
Was voltage in range?
Less than
0.1 V Go to Go to
DTC P0405 - EGR Low VoIt
12 1. gnition ON.
2. Backprobe with a DVM to measure voltage at PCM
sensor ground pin and pintle position pin.
Was voltage in range?
Less than
0.1 V Go to Go to
13 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the EGR harness.
3. Check short circuit between EGR pintle position
circuit and EGR ground circuit.
Was any short circuit? Go to Go to
14 Locate and repair the short to ground in the pintle
position circuit
15 1. gnition OFF.
3. gnition ON.
4. Measure the voltage between the EGR pintle
position circuit and ground.
s the measured voltage near the specified value?
Less than
0.1 V Go to Go to
16 Check for a short circuit between other wires and the
pintle position circuit
Was any short circuit?
Repair short
circuit
Verify repair Go to
Does DTC P1404 still fail specific DTC test on Tech 2? Go to Verify repair
18 Examine the PCM pin and terminal connection.
Was there a damaged terminal? Go to Go to
19 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0406 EGR High VoItage
D06RW106
Circuit Description
responds properly to command from the PCM. f current
pintle position voltage indicates more than 4.8 V and last
more than 10 seconds, then the PCM will set DTC P0406.
EGR pintle position output voltage is more than 4.8 volt
and last more than 10 sec.
(ML) as soon as failure detected.
Records data.
Diagnostic Aids
DTC P0406 - EGR High VoItage
performed?
Go to
Go to
3. Using Tech 2, monitor DTC info for DTC P0406
Refer to
pin or terminals.
s the action
complete?
2. gnition ON.
3. At the EGR valve, use a DVM to check the voltage
at the 5 volt reference wire (RED).
6 1. gnition ON.
2. At the PCM connector, backprobe with a DVM at the
5 volt reference for the EGR valve.
7 Repair the open 5 volt reference circuit
8 1. gnition OFF
3. Use a DVM to check for an resistance between D (5
V reference) and B (Sensor Ground) at EGR sensor
terminals.
NOTE: J-35616 Connector Test Adapter Kit may be
useful for gaining access to the recessed pins on the
valve.
Was there measured resistance in range? 5 to 5 K Go to Go to
9 1. gnition OFF.
3. Use a DVM to check for an resistance between B
and C at EGR sensor terminal.
Was there open circuit? Go to Go to
10 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the EGR harness at PCM connector.
3. Use a DVM to check for shorted wire between A1
and B7.
Was there shorted wire? Go to Go to
DTC P0406 - EGR High VoItage
11 1. gnition ON.
2. Use a DVM to backprobe at terminal C of EGR
valve for voltage.
Was measured voltage more than 4.8 V?
more than
4.8 V Go to Go to
12 1. gnition ON.
2. Stay the EGR harness connected.
3. Check voltage by backproving at PCM B7 terminal.
Was voltage more than 4.8 V? 4.8 V Go to Go to
13 1. Locate short circuit at EGR harness between RED
to RED or GREEN, RED to YEL.
2. Replace EGR harness.
14 Replace EGR harness.
Does DTC P1404 still fail specific DTC test on Tech 2? Go to Verify repair
16 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0502 VSS Circuit Low Input
D06RW019
Circuit Description
The vehicle speed sensor has a magnet rotated by the
transmission output shaft. Attached to the sensor is a hall
effect circuit the interacts with the magnetic field treated
by the rotating magnet. A 12-volt operating supply for the
speed sensor hall circuit is supplied from the meter fuse.
The VSS pulses to ground the 9-volt signal sent from the
powertrain control module (PCM) on the reference circuit.
The PCM interprets vehicle speed by the number of
pulses to ground per second on the reference circuit.
Engine is running.
Engine speed is between 1800 RPM and 2500 RPM.
Engine load is greater than 50 kPa.
MAP sensor indicates greater than 50 kPa manifold
pressure.
PCM detects no VSS signal for 12.5 seconds over a
period of 25 seconds.
feed.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
10. To avoid backprobing the VSS and possibly
damaging a seal or terminal, the VSS output can be
tested at the point where the transmission harness
connects to the engine harness. Power and ground
are applied by jumpers to the VSS through the
connectors which are located just in front of the air
cleaner assembly. The VSS signal is monitored
with a DVM as the rear driveshaft turns. The
wheels can be turned to rotate the driveshaft, or in
2-wheels-drive vehicles the driveshaft can be turned
directly.
12. The speedometer-to-PCM VSS signal wire is
spliced to a wire leading to the cruise control
module. f a short to ground or voltage is indicated
between the PCM and speedometer, it could be on
the cruise control circuit if the vehicle is equipped
with cruise control.
DTC P0502 - VSS Circuit Low Input
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 Does the speedometer work? Go to Go to
3 1. Disconnect the VSS connector.
2. gnition ON.
3. Using a test light to battery +, probe the connector
ground wire.
4 Repair the sensor ground.
5 1. gnition ON, sensor disconnected.
2. Using a DVM, measure at the VSS connector
between ground and voltage supply.
Was the measurement near the specified value?
Battery
voltage Go to Go to
6 Repair the open or short to ground which may have
blown the meter fuse.
7 1. gnition ON, VSS disconnected.
2. Using a DVM, measure at the VSS connector
between ground and the wire from the
speedometer.
Was the measurement near the specified value? 7.5-8 V Go to Go to
8 Check for an open or short circuit between the
speedometer and the VSS.
Was an open or short circuit located? Verify repair Go to
9 Replace the speedometer.
DTC P0502 - VSS Circuit Low Input
10 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the MAF sensor and remove the air
cleaner assembly and filter element to gain access
to the 16-way black connector located immediately
to the rear of the left front headlamp. The connector
attaches the VSS wires from the transmission
harness to the left-side engine harness.
3. Disconnect the black 16-way connector.
4. Select a terminal adapter from kit J 35616 that can
be used with a jumper to supply B+ to the blue wire
with a yellow tracer (transmission side of the
connector).
5. Use another terminal adapter to attach a voltmeter
to the light-green wire with a while tracer (next to the
wire in the previous step.)
6. Disconnect the blue connector next to the black
16-way connector, and locate the black/red tracer
wire at one corner of the blue connector. The
black/red wire is the VSS ground. Use a terminal
adapter to attach a jumper to ground to the
black/red VSS ground wire at the transmission side
of the blue connector.
7. Raise the rear wheels off the ground with
transmission in neutral.
Does the DVM toggle back and forth between 0.6 V and
10 V as the wheels (and driveshaft) are rotated? Go to Go to
11 Replace the VSS.
12 Check for an open or short between the PCM and the
speedometer.
13 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0562 System VoItage Low
D06RW020
Circuit Description
The powertrain control module (PCM) monitors the
system voltage on the ignition feed terminal to the PCM.
A system voltage DTC will set whenever the voltage is
below a calibrated value.
gnition ON.
System voltage is below 11.5 volts for 15 minutes.
The PCM will not illuminate the malfunction indicator
lamp (ML).
The PCM will store as Failure Records conditions
which were present when the DTC was set. This
information will not be stored as Freeze Frame data.
A history DTC P0562 will clear after 40 consecutive
warm-up cycles have occurred without a fault.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
f the DTC sets when an accessory is operated, check for
a poor connection or excessive current draw.
DTC P0562 - System VoItage Low
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 Using a Tech 2, measure the battery voltage at the
battery.
s the battery voltage greater than the specified value? 11.5 V Go to
Charge
battery, then
go to
3 1. Using a Tech 2.
2. Select gnition Volts on the Tech 2.
3. Start the engine and raise the engine speed to the
specified value.
4. Load the electrical system by turning on the
headlights, high blower, etc.
s the ignition voltage approximately equal to the
specified value?
2000 RPM
12.8-14.1 V Go to
Go to
4 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM connector at the PCM.
3. Using a DVM, measure the battery voltage at the
PCM connector A-4.
s it approximately equal to battery voltage?
Check for
excessive
current draw
with ignition
OFF, engine
OFF. Go to
5 1. Check for faulty connections at the PCM harness
terminals.
2. Repair as necessary.
Was a repair necessary? Verify repair Go to
6 Check for an open battery feed circuit to the PCM.
7 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0563 System VoItage High
Circuit Description
system voltage on the ignition feed terminals to the PCM.
A system voltage DTC will set whenever the voltage is
above a calibrated value.
gnition ON.
System voltage is above 16 volts for 15 minutes.
lamp (ML).
The PCM will store as Failure Records only conditions
which were present when the DTC was set. This
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
f the DTC sets when an accessory is operated, check for
a poor connection or excessive current draw.
DTC P0563 - System VoItage High
1 Was the ON-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 Using a Tech 2, measure the battery voltage at the
battery.
s the battery voltage less than the specified value? 11.5 V Go to Go to
3 1. Charge the battery and clean the battery terminals.
2. Clean the battery ground cable connection if
corrosion is indicated.
s the battery voltage less than the specified value? 11.5 V
Replace
battery Go to
4 1. Turn OFF all the accessories.
2. nstall a Tech 2.
3. Select the ignition voltage parameter on the Tech 2.
4. Start the engine and raise the engine RPM to the
specified value.
s the voltage more than 2.5 volts greater than the
measurement taken in step 2 or 3? 2000 RPM
Go to
Go to
5 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P0601 PCM Memory
Circuit Description
The powertrain control module (PCM) used in this vehicle
utilizes an electrically erasable programmable read-only
memory (EEPROM). The EEPROM contains program
information and the calibrations required for engine,
transmission, and powertrain diagnostics operation.
Unlike the PROM used in past applications, the EEPROM
is not replaceable.
The PCM detects an internal program fault (check sum
error).
lamp (ML).
when the DTC was set in the Failure Records data only.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
DTC P0601 indicates that the contents of the
EEPROM have changed since the PCM was
programmed. The only possible repair is PCM
replacement.
DTC P0601 - PCM Memory
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P1154 HO2S Circuit Transition Time Ratio
Bank 2 Sensor 1
060RW190
Circuit Description
heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) activity for 90 seconds
after closed loop and stoichiometric operation have
been enabled. During the monitor period the PCM counts
the number of times that the HO2S responds from
rich-to-lean and from lean-to-rich and adds the amount of
time it took to complete all transitions. With this
information, an average time for all transitions can be
determined. The PCM then divides the rich-to-lean
average by the lean-to-rich average to obtain a ratio. f
the HO2S transition time ratio is not within this range,
DTC P1154 will be set, indicating that the oxygen sensor
is not responding as expected to changes in exhaust
oxygen content.
No related DTCs.
Engine coolant temperature (ETC) is above 50 C
(122 F) for automatic transmission; 75 C (167 F) for
manual transmission.
The engine has been running at least one minute.
Canister purge duty cycle is greater than 2%.
Engine speed is between 1500 RPM and 3000 RPM.
Above conditions are present for a 3-second
monitoring period.
90 seconds after closed loop and stoichiometric
operation have been enabled, Bank 2 HO2S 1
transition ratio between lean to rich and rich to lean is
less than 0.44 or greater than 3.8.
fault is detected.
Diagnostic Aids
A multifunction in the HO2S heater ignition feed or ground
circuit may cause a DTC P1154 to set. Check HO2S
heater circuitry for intermittent faults or poor connections.
f connections and wiring are OK and DTC P1154
continues to set, replace the Bank 2 HO2S 1.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
3. A condition that affects other heated oxygen sensors
indicates probable contamination. To avoid
damaging replacement sensors, correct the
condition which caused the contamination before
replacing the affected sensors.
5. This step checks for conditions which may cause the
heated oxygen sensor to appear faulty. Correct any
of the described conditions if present.
8. To avoid damaging replacement sensors, correct the
condition which caused the contamination before
replacing the affected sensors.
DTC P1154 - HO2S Transition Time Ratio Bank 2 Sensor 1
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 IMPORTANT: f any other DTCs are set (except P1133
and/or P1134), refer to those DTCs before proceeding
with this diagnostic chart.
1. dle the engine at operating temperature.
Note the test result.
Does Tech 2 indicate DTC failed this ignition? Go to
Refer to
3 Did Tech 2 also indicate P1133, and/or P1134 test
failed? Go to Go to
4 Check for leaks at the pipe joints.
Are the joints leaking? Go to Go to
5 Tighten the U-bolt nuts at the leaking joints.
s your action complete? Go to
6 Check for gaskets that are damaged or improperly
installed.
Are there damaged or misaligned gaskets? Go to Go to
7 1. Replace the damaged gaskets.
2. Align the connections.
3. Tighten the connections.
8 Check for loose exhaust flange connections.
Are the flange connections loose? Go to Go to
9 Tighten the stud nuts or bolts to specifications.
10 Check for burned or corroded exhaust pipes.
Are the exhaust pipes burned or corroded? Go to Go to
11 Replace the exhaust pipes, as required.
12 Check for leaks at the exhaust manifold.
Are there leaks at the exhaust manifold? Go to Go to
13 Tighten the bolts to specifications or replace the
manifold if necessary.
14 Visually/physically inspect the following items:
Ensure that the Bank 2 HO2S 1 is securely
installed.
Check for corrosion on terminals.
Check terminal tension (at Bank 2 HO2S 1 and at
the PCM).
Check for damaged wiring.
Was a problem found in any of the above areas? Go to Go to
15 1. Disconnect Bank 1 HO2S 1.
2. gnition ON.
3. Using a DVM at the PCM side of the HO2S 1
connector, measure the voltage between the high
signal circuit and ground.
Also measure the voltage between the low signal
circuit and ground.
Are both voltages in the specified range? 3-4 V
Go to
Go to
16 1. With Bank 1 HO2S 1 disconnected, jumper the high
and low (PCM side) signal circuits to ground.
2. gnition ON.
3. Using Tech 2, monitor the Bank 2 HO2S 1 voltage.
Does the scan too indicate less than 10 mV and
immediately return to about 450 mV when the jumper is
removed? Go to Go to
17 Replace affected heated oxygen sensors.
NOTE: Before replacing sensors, the cause of the
contamination must be determined and corrected.
Fuel contamination.
Use of improper RTV sealant.
Engine oil/coolant consumption.
18 Repair condition as necessary.
19 Check for faulty PCM connections or terminal damage.
20 Repair open, short or grounded signal circuit.
21 Replace Bank 2 HO2S 1.
22 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P1171 FueI System Lean During AcceIeration
060RW1931
Circuit Description
The powertrain control module (PCM) internal circuitry
can identify if the vehicle fuel system is capable of
supplying adequate amounts of fuel during heavy
acceleration (power enrichment). The PCM monitors the
voltage of the oxygen sensor during power enrichment.
When a power enrichment mode of operation is
requested during closed loop operation (by heavy
acceleration), the PCM will provide more fuel to the
engine. Under these conditions the PCM should detect a
rich condition (high oxygen sensor voltage). f this rich
exhaust is not detected at this time, a DTC P1171 will set.
A plugged fuel filter, restricted fuel line, restricted in-tank
filter or defective fuel pump can prevent adequate
amounts of fuel from being supplied during power
enrichment mode.
No related DTCs.
Engine is operating in closed loop power enrichment
mode for 3 seconds.
While in power enrichment mode the oxygen sensor
voltage remains below 400 mV for 3 seconds.
(ML) the first the fault is detected.
Diagnostic Aids
A restricted fuel filter or fuel line, restricted in-tank filter,
or a defective fuel pomp may supply adequate
amounts of fuel at idle, but may not be able to supply
enough fuel during heavy acceleration.
Water or alcohol in the fuel may cause low HO2S
voltage during acceleration.
Check for faulty or plugged fuel injector(s).
Check for low fuel.
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
4. When the engine is idling or at steady cruise, the
HO2S voltage should vary from between
approximately 100 mV to 900 mV. t is possible to
measure a satisfactory fuel pressure at idle even
though the pressure may drop at high flow
requirements. t may be necessary to watch fuel
pressure at high engine load.
5. Wrap a shop towel around the fuel pressure
connector to absorb any small amount of fuel
leakage that may occur when installing gauge.
gnition ON, pump pressure should be 280-320
kPa.
DTC P1171 - FueI System Lean During AcceIeration
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 Are any component-related DTCs set?
Go to
component
DTC charts Go to
3 1. Check the vehicle's fuel tank for an adequate
amount of fuel.
2. Add fuel to the vehicle's fuel tank if the tank is almost
empty.
Was fuel added to the vehicle's fuel tank? Go to Go to
4 1. Place the transmission in park.
2. Using Tech 2, observe HO2S 1 voltage while
running warm engine 75 C-95 C (167 F-203 F) at
1200 RPM.
3. HO2S 1 voltage should vary within the specified
range.
4. Quickly open the throttle halfway for a few seconds.
Did the voltage suddenly rise toward the high end of the
specified range? 100-900 mV
Go to Chart
A-7 Go to
5 1. Disconnect the fuel pump relay and crank the
engine to relieve the fuel pressure.
2. nstall the fuel pressure gauge.
3. Start the engine and idle at normal operating
temperature.
4. Disconnect the vacuum line going to the fuel
pressure regulator.
With the engine running, is the fuel pressure within the
specified range?
280-325 kPa
(41-46 psi)
Go to
Go to
6 Check for restricted fuel lines or restricted in-line filter.
DTC P1171 - FueI System Lean During AcceIeration
7 1. gnition OFF.
2. Remove the fuel pump relay and replace it with a
fused jumper which will connect the relay's battery
terminal to the terminal leading to the fuel pump
fuse.
3. While the fuel pump is operating, use pliers to slowly
close the return line (do not exceed the first
specified value).
Using the pliers to restrict the return line, can the fuel
pressure be manipulated to exceed the second
specified value?
414 kPa
(60 psi)
325 kPa
(46 psi)
Go to
Go to
8 Check for:
Faulty fuel pump
Restricted fuel pump strainer (sock)
ncorrect fuel pump
ncorrect fuel being used
Hot fuel
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P1380 ABS Rough Road ABS System FauIt
Circuit Description
The powertrain control module (PCM) monitors ABS fault
signal. When PCM receives fault signal, PCM will set
DTC P1380.
Vehicle speed is more than 5 mph.
Load is less than 99%.
Engine revolution is less than 6250 rpm.
PCM receives ABS fault signals from ABS unit.
gnition on.
Misfire DTCs exist.
100 test failures within 120 test samples.
The PCM will store DTC 1380 only, no ML turn on.
DTC 1380 can be cleared by using Tech-2 or
disconnecting the PCM battery feed.
Diagnostic Aids
PCM and ABS communication line short circuit to other
line may cause faulty signal. nspect communication
line.
Follow ABS ECU diagnosis procedure, refer to ABS
procedure page.
DTC P1380 - ABS Rough Road ABS System FauIt
performed?
Go to
Go to
P1380 and Misfire DTCs until the DTC P1380 and
Misfire DTCs test runs. Note the result.
Does the Tech 2 indicates DTC P1380 and Misfire
DTCs failed this ignition?
Refer to ABS
diagnosis
After inspect
ABS, unit re-
peat
Still problem
exists, go to Clear DTC by
Tech 2
3 Check short circuit among communication line of
PCM/ABS and others.
Was short circuit?
Repair wiring
Verify repair Go to
4 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P1404 EGR CIosed Stuck
D06RW106
Circuit Description
detect a fault if current pintle zero position is different from
the learned zero position. f the PCM detects a pintle
position signal indicates more than 30 % different
between current zero position and the learned zero
position and more than 5 seconds, and this condition
meet 3 times during trip, then the PCM will set DTC
P1404.
ntake Air temp is more than 3 C.
Desire EGR position is 0.
Difference EGR pintle position between current and
the learned zero is more than 30 % last more than 5
seconds, and meet three time to the above condition
during a trip. Then it trigger the PCM lights on.
(ML) after consecutive 2nd trip in which the fault is
detected.
Records data.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
Excessive carbon deposit on EGR valve shaft or/and
foreign material may cause no return to EGR valve
fully seated. Those carbon deposit may occur by
unusual port operation. Remove foreign material
or/and excessive carbon deposit on EGR valve shaft
may make return to EGR valve fully seated.
wiring harness for damage. Same as P1406
description
DTC P1404 - EGR CIosed Stuck
performed?
Go to
Go to
3. Using a Tech 2, monitor DTC inf. for DTC P1404
Does the Tech 2 indicates DTC P1404 failed this
ignition? Go to
Refer to
pin or terminals.
2. nspect EGR valve whether there is any excessive
carbon deposit on EGR shaft.
3. nspect any foreign material inside of EGR valve.
Was excessive carbon deposit on EGR valve shaft
or/and foreign material in EGR valve ? Go to Go to
6 1. Clean up EGR valve shaft and inside of EGR valve.
2. Remove foreign material from EGR valve.
3. Visually inspect damage of pintle and seat whether
there is bent, leakage may occur.
Was there any severe damage which affects function? 36 ohms Go to
Verify repair
Go to
7 1. Reconnect.
2. gnition OFF.
3. nstall the Tech 2.
5. On the Tech 2, select F3:Misc. Test F5:EGR.
40%.
8 1. Reset the learned zero EGR valve position.
2. Repeat step 7.
Did EGR work properly? Verify repair Go to
Replace the EGR valve. Does DTC P1404 still fail
specific DTC test on the Tech 2? Go to Verify repair
10 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P1508 IAC System Low RPM
T321115
Circuit Description
idle speed by adjusting the position of the idle air control
(AC) motor pintle. The AC is a bi-directional stepper
motor driven by two coils. The PCM applies current to the
AC coils in steps (counts) to extend the AC pintle into a
passage in the throttle body to decrease air flow. The
PCM reverses the current to retract the pintle, increasing
air flow. This method allows highly accurate control of idle
speed and quick response to changes in engine load. f
the PCM detects a condition where too low of an idle
speed is present and the PCM is unable to adjust idle
speed by increasing the AC counts, DTC P1508 will set,
indicating a problem with the idle control system.
None of these DTCs are set: TP sensor, VSS, ECT,
EGR, fuel system, MAF, MAP, AT, canister purge,
injector control or ignition control.
Barometric pressure is above 75 kPa.
Engine coolant temperature (ECT) is above 50 C
(120 F).
Engine speed is more than 100-200 RPM lower than
desired idle, based upon coolant temperature.
The engine has been running for at least 125 seconds.
Vehicle speed is less than 1 mph.
Canister purge duty cycle is above 10%.
gnition voltage is between 9.5 volts and 16.7 volts.
The throttle is closed.
Engine speed is lower than desired idle.
All of the above conditions are met for 10 seconds.
fault is detected.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
Poor connection at PCM or AC motor nspect
damaged terminals, and poor terminal-to-wire
connection.
Damaged harness nspect the wiring for damage.
Restricted air intake system Check for a possible
collapsed air intake duct, restricted air filter element,
or foreign objects blocking the air intake system.
Throttle body Check for objects blocking the AC
passage or throttle bore, excessive deposits in the AC
passage and on the AC pintle, and excessive deposits
in the throttle bore and on the throttle plate.
Large vacuum leak Check for a condition that causes
a large vacuum leak, such as an incorrectly installed or
faulty PCV valve or a disconnected brake booster
hose.
DTC P1508 - IAC System Low RPM
performed?
Go to
Go to
2. Turn all accessories OFF(A/C, rear defroster,
etc).
3. Using a Tech 2, command RPM up to 1500, down to
500, and the up to 1500 while monitoring the
Engine Speed on the Tech 2.
NOTE: This Tech 2 command may cause the engine to
cut out when RPM goes above 1500. f this occurs,
the cutting out will stop when the Tech 2 command for
the test is discontinued, or if the Tech 2 command is
changed to less than 1500 RPM.
Does the Engine Speed remain within the specified
value of the Desired dle for each RPM command? 50 RPM
No trouble
found. Go to
Go to
3 1. Disconnect the AC.
2. nstall AC Node Light 5-8840-2312-0 or equivalent.
3. With the engine running, command RPM up to
1500, down to 500, and then up to 1500 while
observing the node light.
Does each node light cycle red and green (never
OFF)? Go to Go to
4 1. Check the following circuits for an open, short to
voltage, short ground, or poor connections at the
PCM:
AC A Low.
AC A High.
AC B Low.
AC B High.
DTC P1508 - IAC System Low RPM
5 Visually/physically inspect for following conditions:
Restricted air intake system. Check for a possible
collapsed air intake duct, restricted air filter
element, or foreign objects blocking the air intake
system.
Throttle body. Check for objects blocking the AC
passage or throttle bore, excessive deposits in
the AC passage and on the AC pintle, and
excessive deposits in the throttle bore and on the
throttle plate.
Do any of the above require a repair?
Refer to
appropriate
section for
on-vehicle
service Go to
6 1. Check for a poor connection at the AC harness
connector.
2. f a problem is found, replace faulty terminals as
necessary.
7 Replace the AC valve.
8 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P1509 IAC System High RPM
T321115
Circuit Description
idle speed by adjusting the position of the idle air control
(AC) motor pintle. The AC is a bi-directional stepper
motor driven by two coils. The PCM applies current to the
AC coils in steps (counts) to extend the AC pintle into a
passage in the throttle body to decrease air flow. The
PCM reverses the current to retract the pintle, increasing
air flow. This method allows highly accurate control of idle
speed and quick response to changes in engine load. f
the PCM detect a condition where too high of an idle
speed is present and the PCM is unable to adjust idle
speed by increasing the AC counts, DTC P1509 will set,
indicating a problem with the idle control system.
None of these DTCs are set: TP sensor, VSS, ECT,
EGR, fuel system, MAF, MAP, AT, canister purge,
injector control or ignition control.
Barometric pressure is above 75 kPa.
Engine speed is more than 100-200 RPM lower than
desired idle, based upon coolant temperature.
The engine has been running for at least 125 seconds.
Vehicle speed is less than 1 mph.
Canister purge duty cycle is above 10%.
gnition voltage is between 9.5 volts and 16.7 volts.
Engine speed is lower than desired idle.
All of the above conditions are met for 5 seconds.
fault is detected.
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
Poor connection at PCM or AC motor nspect
damaged terminals, and poor terminal-to-wire
connection.
Damaged harness nspect the wiring for damage.
Vacuum leak Check for a condition that causes a
vacuum leak, such as disconnected or damaged
hoses, leaks at the EGR valve and the EGR pipe to the
intake manifold, leaks at the throttle body, faulty or
incorrectly installed PCV valve, leaks at the intake
manifold, etc.
Throttle body Check for sticking throttle plate. Also
inspect the AC passage for deposits or objects which
keep the AC pintle from fully extending.
DTC P1509 - IAC System High RPM
performed?
Go to
Go to
2. Turn all accessories OFF (A/C, rear defroster,
etc.).
3. Using a Tech 2, command RPM up to 1500, down to
500, and then up to 1500 while monitoring Engine
Speed on the Tech 2.
Does the Engine Speed remain within the specified
value of Desired dle for each RPM command? 50 RPM
No trouble
found. Go to
Go to
3 1. Disconnect the AC.
2. nstall AC Node Light 5-8840-2312-0 or equivalent.
3. With the engine running, command RPM up to
1500, down to 500, and then up to 1500 while
observing the node light.
Does each node light cycle red and green (never
OFF)? Go to Go to
4 1. Check the following circuits for an open, short to
voltage, short ground, or poor connections at the
PCM:
AC A Low
AC A High
AC B Low
AC B High
5 Visually/physically inspect for following conditions:
Vacuum leaks.
Throttle plate or throttle shaft for binding.
Accelerator and cruise control cables for being
misadjusted or for binding.
Faulty, missing, or incorrectly installed PCV
valve.
Do any of the above require a repair?
Refer to
appropriate
section for
on-vehicle
service Go to
DTC P1509 - IAC System High RPM
6 1. Check for a poor connection at the AC harness
connector.
2. f a problem is found, replace faulty terminals as
necessary.
7 Replace the AC valve.
8 Replace the PCM.
programmed, Refer to
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P1618 SeriaI PeripheraI Interface (SPI) PCM
Interprocessor Communication Error
Circuit Description
The serial peripheral interface (SP) communication is
used internally by the PCM to send messages between
the engine processor and the automatic transmission
processor. ncluded in each message sent between the
two-processors is a checksum of the message. Both the
engine processor and automatic transmission processor
will compare this check sum value with the calculated
value. f the checksums don't match, the processor will
view the new data as being corrupted and ignore the
values. The processor will then use the previous
message. The receiving processor will then send a
message to the sending processor informing it that it's
last message was corrupted.
Battery voltage is above 9.0 V for 2 seconds.
The PCM detects an internal program fault (check sum
of data communications error).
Check sum fault present for 3 out 6 seconds.
No TCM resets for 2 seconds.
The PCM will flash the Check Trans lamp the first
time the fault is detected.
The automatic transmission will operate in the safety
mode to protect the mechanical parts of the
transmission. Shift quality and/or gear changes may
not be normal.
feed.
DTC P1618 - SeriaI PeripheraI Interface (SPI) PCM Interprocessor
Communication Error
performed?
Go to Step 2
Go to
2 s the EEPROM calibration the latest version
available? Go to Go to
3 Reprogram the PCM with the latest available
calibrations.
Does DTC 1618 re-appear when the
is repeated? Go to
Repair
completed
4 Replace the PCM.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P1625 PCM Unexpected Reset
Circuit Description
The powertrain control module (PCM) monitors
unexpected PCM reset. This will not turn on ML light on,
only records code DTC P1625.
Clock or COP reset.
lamp (ML).
when the DTC was set as Failure Records only. This
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
P1625 alone stored does not need diagnosis. Clear
DTC code.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) P1640 Driver-1-Input High VoItage
Circuit Description
Output driver modules (ODMs) are used by the
powertrain control module (PCM) to turn ON many of
the current-driven devices that are needed to control
various engine and transmission functions. Each ODM is
capable of controlling up to 7 separate outputs by
applying ground to the device which the PCM is
commanding ON.
Unlike the Quad Driver Modules (QDMs) used in prior
model years, ODMs have the capability of diagnosing
each output circuit individually. DTC P1640 set indicates
an improper voltage level has been detected on an ODM
output.
Since A/C is an option, No A/C will cause the air
conditioning clutch relay output to always fault. f a fault is
seen on the air conditioning clutch relay output, it will not
be logged as a fault until the A/C request input interrupts a
high voltage, indicating that A/C has been installed.
gnition ON.
Engine running.
No DTC 1618.
gnition voltage is above 13.2 volts for 4 seconds.
Output voltage does not equal ignition voltage when
output is OFF or output voltage is not less than 1 volt
when output is ON.
Above conditions occur for at least 1 second.
lamp (ML).
when the DTC was set as Failure Records only. This
feed.
Diagnostic Aids
damage, f the harness appears to be OK, disconnect
the PCM, turn the ignition ON and observe a
voltmeter connected to the suspect driver circuit at the
PCM harness connector while moving connectors and
wiring harnesses relates to the ML. A change in
Poor connection at component Examine for
damaged connectors, unplugged connector, or
damaged terminals at the following locations:
nstrument cluster harness, canister purge solenoid,
A/C clutch relay. An open ignition feed circuit at any of
these components will cause DTC P1640 to be set.
The following PCM pins are controlled by output driver
modules (ODMs):
A13 Check Engine Lamp
A14 SVS (Check Trans)
B14 A/C Clutch
Test Description
Diagnostic Chart.
6. The Tech 2 Driver Module Status indicates the PCM
pin that is affected.
11. The Tech 2 may indicate short circuit even when
the problem is an open circuit. The cause of an
open circuit may be in the component itself-lamp,
purge, solenoid, or A/C compressor relay.
13.A short to ground on the ignition side of the
component will blow the fuse. Since the fuse was
checked in Step 4, a short to ground would be
between the affected component and the PCM.
DTC P1640 - Driver-1-Input High VoItage
performed?
Go to
Go to
2 1. gnition ON,engine OFF.
2. nstall the Tech 2.
5. Use the Tech 2 to indicate DTC P1640.
Does the Tech 2 indicate DTC P1640? Go to
3 Check the fuse for the driver circuit that was shown as
faulty.
Was the fuse blown? Go to Go to
4 1. Check for a short to ground between the fuse and
the affected component.
2. Replace the fuse after making any necessary
repairs.
5 Disconnect the PCM connector for the affected driver
circuit.
s there any damage to the PCM pin or connector? Go to Go to
7 Were either of the lamp circuits for Check Engine or
Check Trans. indicated as faulty by the Tech 2? Go to Go to
8 1. Leave the PCM connector for the lamp driver circuit
disconnected.
2. gnition ON.
3. Using a DVM, check the voltage at the PCM
connector for the affected lamp driver circuit.
Was the voltage equal to the specified value? B+ Go to Go to
9 1. gnition ON.
2. Check for battery voltage at the fuse for the affected
lamp circuit.
Was battery voltage available at the fuse? Go to Go to
10 Repair the open circuit between the ignition switch and
the fuse.
11 1. gnition OFF.
2. Disconnect the PCM connector for the affected
driver terminal.
3. Connect an ohmmeter between a good ground and
the PCM connector for the affected driver.
Did the ohmmeter indicate continuity? Go to Go to
12 Repair the short to ground between the affected
component and is PCM driver terminal.
DTC P1640 - Driver-1-Input High VoItage
13 Repair the open circuit between the fuse and the PCM
driver terminal for the affected circuit.
14 1. Connect the PCM.
2. Start the engine and let it idle.
3. Backprobe the affected terminal at the PCM with a
DVM.
Was the voltage equal to the specified value? +B Go to Go to
15 1. Run the engine at idle.
2. Check for battery voltage at the fuse for the affected
circuit.
Was battery voltage available at the fuse? Go to Go to
16 Replace the PCM.
Symptom Diagnosis
PreIiminary Checks
Before using this section, perform the On-Board
Diagnostic (OBD) System Check and verify all of the
following items:
The powertrain control module (PCM) and malfunction
indicator lamp (ML) (Service Engine Soon lamp) are
operating correctly.
There are no DTC(s) stored.
Tech 2 data is within normal operating range. Refer to
.
Verify the customer complaint and locate the correct
symptom in the table of contents. Perform the
procedure included in the symptom chart.
VisuaI/PhysicaI Check
Several of the symptom procedures call for a careful
visual/physical check. This can lead to correcting a
problem without further checks and can save valuable
time.
This check should include the following items:
PCM grounds for cleanliness, tightness and proper
location.
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, and proper
connections, as shown on the Vehicle Emission
Control nformation label. Check thoroughly for any
type of leak or restriction.
Air intake ducts for collapsed or damaged areas.
Air leaks at throttle body mounting area, mass air flow
(MAF) sensor and intake manifold sealing surfaces.
gnition wires for cracking, hardness, and carbon
tracking.
Wiring for proper connections, pinches and cuts.
Intermittents
IMPORTANT: An intermittent problem may or may not
turn on the malfunction indicator lamp (ML) or store a
DTC. DO NOT use the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
charts for intermittent problems. The fault must be
present to locate the problem.
Most intermittent problems are caused by faulty electrical
connections or wiring. Perform a careful visual/physical
check for the following conditions:
Poor mating of the connector halves or a terminal not
fully seated in the connector (backed out).
mproperly formed or damaged terminal.
All connector terminals in the problem circuit should be
carefully checked for proper contact tension.
Poor terminal-to-wire connection. This requires
removing the terminal from the connector body to
check.
Road test the vehicle with a J 39200 Digital Multimeter
connected to a suspected circuit. An abnormal voltage
when the malfunction occurs is a good indication that
there is a fault in the circuit being monitored.
Use Tech 2 to help detect intermittent conditions. Tech 2s
have several features that can be used to locate an
intermittent condition. Use the following feature to find
intermittent faults:
Using Tech 2's Freeze Frame buffer or Failure
Records buffer can aid in locating an intermittent
condition. Review and record the information in the
freeze frame or failure record associated with the
intermittent DTC being diagnosed. The vehicle can be
driven within the conditions that were present when the
DTC originally set.
To check for loss of diagnostic code memory, disconnect
the MAP sensor and idle the engine until the ML (Service
Engine Soon lamp) comes on. DTC P0107 should be
stored and kept in memory when the ignition is turned
OFF. f not, the PCM is faulty. When this test is
completed, make sure that you clear the DTC P0107 from
memory.
An intermittent ML (Service Engine Soon lamp) with no
stored DTC may be caused by the following:
gnition coil shorted to ground and arcing at ignition
wires or plugs.
ML (Service Engine Soon lamp) wire to PCM shorted
to ground.
Poor PCM grounds. Refer to the PCM wiring
diagrams.
Check for improper installation of electrical options such
as lights, cellular phones, etc. Route ignition coil wiring
away from the ignition coils. Check all wires from the
PCM to the ignition coil for poor connections.
Check for an open diode across the A/C compressor
clutch and check for other open diodes (refer to wiring
diagrams in ).
f problem has not been found, refer to
tables.
Hard Start Symptom
1 DEFINITION: Engine cranks, but does not start
for a long time. Does eventually run, or may start
but immediately stalls.
Was the On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check
performed? Go to
Go to
2 1. Perform a bulletin search.
2. f a bulletin that addresses the symptom is found,
correct the condition as instructed in the bulletin.
Was a bulletin found that addresses the symptom? Verify repair Go to
3 Was a visual/physical check performed?
Go to
Go to
4 Check engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor for
shift in value. After 8 hours with the hood up and the
engine not running, connect Tech 2. With the ignition
ON and the engine not running, compare engine
coolant temperature to intake air temperature.
Are ECT and AT within the specified value of each
other? 5 C ( 9 F) Go to Go to
5 1. Using Tech 2, display the engine coolant
temperature and note the value.
2. Check the resistance of the engine coolant
temperature sensor.
3. Refer to
chart on
for resistance specifications.
s the resistance value near the resistance for the
temperature noted? Go to Go to
7 Locate and repair high resistance or poor connection in
the ECT signal circuit or the ECT sensor ground.
8 1. Check for a faulty, plugged, or incorrectly installed
PCV valve.
9 1. Check for water- or alcohol-contaminated fuel.
10 1. Perform the procedure in
.
11 1. Check for proper ignition voltage output with spark
tester J 26792 (ST-125). Refer to
for procedure.
Hard Start Symptom
12 1. Remove spark plugs. Check for wet plugs, cracks,
wear, improper gap, burned electrodes, or heavy
deposits. Refer to .
NOTE: f spark plugs are gas or oil fouled, the cause of
the fouling must be determined before replacing the
spark plugs.
13 1. Check for a loose ignition coil ground.
Refer to .
14 1. Remove the ignition coils and check the ignition
coils for cracks or carbon tracking.
2. f a problem is found, replace affected coil(s) as
necessary.
15 1. Check AC operation. Perform the procedure in the
diagnostic table.
16 1. Check for the following engine mechanical
problems (refer to ):
Low compression
Leaking cylinder head gaskets
Worn or incorrect camshaft
Camshaft drive belt slipped or stripped
17 1. Review all diagnostic procedures within this table.
2. f all procedures have been completed and no
malfunctions have been found, review/inspect the
following:
Visual/physical inspection
Tech 2 data
Freeze Frame data/Failure Records buffer
All electrical connections within a suspected
circuit and/or system.
Contact
Technical
Assistance
Surges and/or ChuggIes Symptom
1 DEFINITION:
Engine power variation under steady throttle or cruise.
Feels like the vehicle speeds up and slows down with
no change in the accelerator pedal.
performed? Go to
Go to
Go to
Go to
4 Be sure that the driver understands transmission
torque converter clutch and A/C compressor operation
as explained in the owner's manual.
nform the customer how the TCC and the A/C clutch
operate.
s the customer experiencing a normal condition? System OK Go to
5 1. Check the the fuel control heated oxygen sensors
(HO2S, B1S1 and B2S1). The fuel control heated
oxygen sensors (HO2S) should respond quickly to
different throttle positions. f they don't, check them
for silicon or other contaminants from fuel or use of
improper RTV sealant. The sensors may have a
white powdery coating.
Silicon contamination causes a high but false
HO2S signal voltage (rich exhaust indication).
The PCM will then reduce the amount of fuel
delivered to the engine, causing a severe
driveability problem. For more information, refer
to .
6 1. Check the fuel pressure. Refer to
.
7 Monitor the long term fuel trim on Tech 2.
s the long term fuel trim significantly in the negative
range (rich condition)? Go to Go to
8 1. Check items that can cause the engine to run rich.
Refer to in
.
Was a problem found? Go to Verify repair
9 1. Check items that can cause the engine to run lean.
Refer to in .
Was a problem found? Go to Verify repair
for procedure.
Refer to .
12 1. Check the ignition coils for cracks or carbon
tracking.
13 1. Remove the spark plugs and check for wet plugs,
cracks, wear, improper gap, burned electrodes, or
heavy deposits. Refer to
.
spark plugs.
14 1. Check the injector connections.
2. f any of the injector connectors are connected to an
incorrect cylinder, correct as necessary.
15 1. Check PCM grounds for the cleanliness, tightness
and proper locations. Refer to the PCM wiring
diagrams in .
16 1. Check MAF sensor connections.
2. f a problem is found, replace the faulty terminals as
necessary. Refer to for wiring
repair procedures.
17 1. Visually/physically check vacuum hoses for splits,
kinks, and proper connections and routing as
shown on the Vehicle Emission Control
nformation label.
18 1. Check the exhaust system for possible restriction:
nspect the exhaust system for damaged or
collapsed pipes.
nspect the muffler for heat distress or possible
internal failure.
Check for a possible plugged three-way
catalytic converter by checking the exhaust
system back pressure. Refer to
.
following:
Tech 2 data
Contact
Technical
Assistance
Lack of Power, SIuggish or Spongy Symptom
1 DEFINITION:
Engine delivers less than expected power. Little or no
increase in speed when accelerator pedal is pushed
down part-way.
performed? Go to
Go to
Go to
Go to
4 1. Remove and check the air filter element for dirt or
restrictions. Refer to in
.
2. Replace the air filter element if necessary.
Was a repair required? Verify repair Go to
5 1. Check for low fuel pressure. Refer to
.
6 1. Check for water- or alcohol-contaminated fuel.
7 1. Using Tech 2, monitor the knock sensor (KS)
system for excessive spark retard activity. Refer to
.
for procedure.
9 1. Remove the spark plugs and check for wet plugs,
.
spark plugs.
tracking.
Lack of Power, SIuggish or Spongy Symptom
11 1. Check the PCM grounds for the cleanliness,
tightness and proper locations. Refer to the PCM
wiring diagrams in .
collapsed pipes.
internal failure.
.
13 1. Check the torque converter clutch (TCC) for proper
operation. Refer to
.
14 1. Check for an engine mechanical problem. Check
for low compression, incorrect or worn camshaft,
loose timing belt, etc. Refer to .
following:
Tech 2 data
Contact
Technical
Assistance
Detonation/Spark Knock Symptom
1 DEFINITION:
A mild to severe ping, usually worse under acceleration.
The engine makes sharp metallic knocks that change
with throttle opening.
performed? Go to
Go to
Go to
Go to
4 f Tech 2 readings are normal (refer to
) and there are no engine mechanical faults, fill
the fuel tank with a known quality gasoline that has a
minimum octane rating of 87 and re-evaluate the
vehicle performance.
s detonation present? Go to Verify repair
5 1. Check the transmission range switch circuit. Use
Tech 2 and be sure Tech 2 indicates that the vehicle
is in drive with the gear selector in drive or overdrive.
2. f a problem is found, diagnose and repair the
transmission range switch as necessary (refer to
).
6 1. Check TCC operation. Refer to
.
7 1. Check for obvious overheating problems:
Low engine coolant.
Restricted air flow to radiator, or restricted
water flow through radiator.
Correct coolant solution should be a 50/50 mix
of approved antifreeze/coolant and water.
Refer to .
8 1. Check fuel pressure. Refer to Chart Fuel System
Pressure Test.
9 1. Check items that can cause an engine to run lean
(long term fuel trim significantly in the positive
range). For a lean condition, refer to
in .
Detonation/Spark Knock Symptom
10 1. Spark plugs for proper heat range. Refer to
.
2. f incorrect spark plugs are installed, replace spark
plugs as necessary.
Did any spark plugs require replacement? Verify repair Go to
11 1. Remove excessive carbon buildup with a top engine
cleaner. Refer to instructions on the top engine
cleaner can.
2. Re-evaluate vehicle performance.
s detonation still present? Go to Verify repair
12 1. Check for an engine mechanical problem. Perform
a cylinder compression check. Refer to
.
following:
Tech 2 data
Contact
Technical
Assistance
Rough, UnstabIe, or Incorrect IdIe, StaIIing Symptom
1 DEFINITION:
Engine runs unevenly at idle. f severe, the engine or
vehicle may shake. Engine idle speed may vary in
RPM. Either condition may be severe enough to stall
the engine.
performed? Go to
Go to
Was a bulletin found that addresses the symptom? Go to Go to
Go to
Go to
4 1. Check the PCM grounds for cleanliness, tightness
and proper routing. Refer to the PCM wiring
diagrams in .
5 Observe the long term fuel trim on Tech 2.
Refer to in
.
7 s the long term fuel trim significantly in the positive
range (lean condition)? Go to Go to
Refer to in
.
9 1. Check for incorrect idle speed. Ensure that the
following conditions are present:
The engine is fully warm.
The accessories are OFF.
2. Using Tech 2, monitor the AC position.
s the AC position within the specified values?
Between 10
and 50
counts Go to Go to
10 1. Visually/physically inspect for the following
conditions:
Restricted air intake system. Check for a
possible collapsed air intake duct, restricted
air filter element, or foreign objects blocking
the air intake system.
Throttle body. Check for objects blocking the
AC passage or throttle bore, excessive
deposits in the AC passage and on the AC
pintle, and excessive deposits in the throttle
bore and on the throttle plate.
Large vacuum leak. Check for a condition that
causes a large vacuum leak, such as an
incorrectly installed or faulty crankcase
ventilation valve or a disconnected brake
booster hose.
11 Check the injector connections. f any of the injectors
are connected to an incorrect cylinder, correct as
necessary.
12 1. Perform the njector Coil/Balance Test in
.
13 1. Check for fuel in the pressure regulator vacuum
hose.
2. f fuel is present, replace the fuel pressure regulator
assembly. Refer to .
for the procedure.
spark plugs.
Refer to .
17 1. Check ignition coils for cracks or carbon tracking.
18 Using Tech 2, monitor the throttle position (TP) angle
with the engine idling.
s the TP angle at the specified value and steady?
0% Go to
Refer to
for
further
diagnosis
19 1. Check the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV)
valve for proper operation. Refer to
.
).
21 1. Check for the following engine mechanical items.
Refer to for diagnosis
procedures:
EGR valve mounted backward. Compare with
a known-good vehicle.
Low compression
Sticking or leaking valves
Worn camshaft lobe(s)
Worn rocker arms
Broken valve springs
22 1. Check for faulty motor mounts. Refer to
for inspection of mounts.
following:
Tech 2 data
Contact
Technical
Assistance
Poor FueI Economy Symptom
1 DEFINITION:
Fuel economy, as measured by an actual road test, is
noticeably lower than expected. Also, economy is
noticeably lower than it was on this vehicle at one time,
as previously shown by an actual road test.
(Non-standard tires will cause odometer readings to be
incorrect, and that may cause fuel economy to appear
poor when it is actually normal.)
performed? Go to
Go to
Go to
Go to
4 Check owner's driving habits.
s the A/C ON full time (defroster mode ON)?
Are tires at the correct pressure?
Are excessively heavy loads being carried?
s acceleration too much, too often?
5 Review the items in Step 4 with the customer and
advise as necessary.
s the action complete? System OK
6 1. Visually/physically check: Vacuum hoses for splits,
kinks, and improper connections and routing as
nformation label.
7 1. Remove and check the air filter element for dirt or for
restrictions. Refer to .
2. Replace the air filter element if necessary.
Was a repair required? Verify repair Go to
8 1. Remove spark plugs and check for wet plugs,
heavy deposits. Refer to .
spark plugs.
9 1. Check for low engine coolant level. Refer to
.
Poor FueI Economy Symptom
10 1. Check for an incorrect or faulty engine thermostat.
Refer to .
11 1. Check for low engine compression. Refer to
.
12 1. Check the TCC operation. Refer to
.
collapsed pipes.
internal failure.
.
14 Check for proper calibration of the speedometer.
Does the speed indicated on the speedometer closely
match the vehicle speed displayed on Tech 2? Go to Go to
15 Diagnose and repair an inaccurate speedometer
condition as necessary. Refer to
in .
16 1. Check the air intake system and the crankcase for
air leaks. Refer to and
.
2. When all procedures have been completed and no
following:
Tech 2 data
All connections within a suspected circuit
and/or system.
18 Perform the procedure in .
Was the fuel pressure normal?
Contact
Technical
Assistance Verify repair
Excessive Exhaust Emissions or Odors Symptom
1 DEFINITION:
Vehicle fails an emission test. Vehicle has excessive
rotten egg smell. (Excessive odors do not necessarily
indicate excessive emissions.)
performed? Go to
Go to
3 Was a thorough visual/physical check performed?
Go to
Go to
4 1. Check for vacuum leaks. Check vacuum lines,
intake manifold, throttle body, etc.
Were any vacuum leaks located? Go to Go to
5 1. Check the fuel cap for proper installation.
2. Secure the fuel cap if necessary.
Was the fuel cap installed properly? Go to Go to
6 1. Check the fuel pressure. Perform the procedure in
.
7 1. Check for a faulty, plugged, or incorrectly installed
crankcase ventilation valve; also check the
crankcase ventilation system for plugging.
8 1. Check the injector connections.
2. f any of the injectors are connected to an incorrect
cylinder, correct as necessary.
.
10 1. Refer to for cooling system
diagnosis.
11 1. Remove excessive carbon buildup with a top engine
cleaner. Refer to the instructions on the top engine
cleaner can.
2. Perform the exhaust emission test.
Does the vehicle pass the test? System OK Go to
12 Perform the exhaust emission test.
Excessive Exhaust Emissions or Odors Symptom
13 Does the exhaust emission test indicate excessive CO
and HC levels or is long term fuel trim significantly in the
negative range (rich condition)? Go to Go to
Refer to in
. Make any necessary repairs.
Refer to in
. Make any necessary repairs.
16 1. Check the EGR system.
17 1. Check for an engine mechanical problem.
Perform a cylinder compression check (refer to
).
following:
Tech 2 data
Freeze Frame data/Failure Records butter
Contact
Technical
Assistance
DieseIing, Run-On Symptom
1 DEFINITION:
Engine continues to run after key is turned OFF, but
runs very rough. f engine runs smooth, check ignition
switch and adjustment.
performed? Go to
Go to
Go to
Go to
4 1. Check for a short between B+ and any of the ignition
feed circuits.
following:
Tech 2 data
circuit and/or system
Contact
Technical
Assistance
Backfire Symptom
1 DEFINITION:
Fuel ignites in the intake manifold, or in the exhaust
system, making a loud popping noise.
performed? Go to
Go to
Go to
Go to
4 1. Check for proper ignition voltage coil output with
spark tester 5-8840-0383-0. Refer to
for procedure.
.
spark plugs. Refer to to determine the
cause of a rich condition or for an oil
fouling condition.
6 1. Visually/physically inspect the ignition coils for
cracks.
7 1. Check for an intermittent ignition system
malfunction:
ntermittent CKP 58X signal.
ntermittent ignition feed circuit or sensor
ground circuit to the crankshaft position
sensor.
.
Backfire Symptom
9 1. Check for the following engine mechanical
conditions.
procedures:
Low compression
10 1. Check the intake and exhaust manifold(s) for
casting flash. Refer to .
following:
Tech 2 data
Contact
Technical
Assistance
Cuts Out, Misses Symptom
1 DEFINITION:
Steady pulsation or jerking that follows engine speed;
usually more pronounced as engine load increases.
performed? Go to
Go to
Go to
Go to
4 1. Check the PCM grounds for clearness, tightness
diagrams in .
5 Observe the long term fuel trim on Tech 2.
Refer to in
.
7 s the long term fuel trim significantly in the positive
range (lean condition)? Go to Go to
Refer to in
.
9 1. Check for incorrect idle speed. Ensure that the
following conditions are present:
The engine is fully warm.
The accessories are off.
2. Using Tech 2, monitor the AC position.
s the AC position within the specified values?
Between 5
and 50
counts Go to Go to
10 1. Visually/physically inspect for the following
conditions:
Restricted air intake system. Check for a
possible collapsed air intake duct, restricted
air filter element, or foreign objects blocking
the air intake system.
Throttle body. Check for objects blocking the
AC passage or throttle bore, excessive
deposits in the AC passage and on the AC
pintle, and excessive deposits in the throttle
bore and on the throttle plate.
Large vacuum leak. Check for a condition that
causes a large vacuum leak, such as an
incorrectly installed or faulty PCV valve or
brake booster hose disconnected .
11 Check the injector connections. f any of the injectors
are connected to an incorrect cylinder, correct as
necessary.
.
13 1. Check for fuel in the pressure regulator vacuum
hose.
2. f fuel is present, replace the fuel pressure regulator
assembly. Refer to .
for the procedure.
spark plugs.
Refer to .
17 1. Check ignition coils for cracks or carbon tracking.
18 Using Tech 2, monitor the TP angle with the engine
idling.
s the TP angle at the specified value and steady?
0% Go to
Refer to
for
further
diagnosis
19 1. Check the PCV valve for proper operation. Refer to
.
).
21 1. Check the following engine mechanical items.
procedures:
Low compression
Worn rocker arms
Broken valve springs
22 1. Check for faulty motor mounts. Refer to
for inspection of mounts.
following:
Tech 2 data
Contact
Technical
Assistance
Hesitation, Sag, StumbIe Symptom
1 DEFINITION:
Momentary lack of response as the accelerator is
pushed down. Can occur at any vehicle speed. Usually
most pronounced when first trying to make the vehicle
move, as from a stop sign. May cause the engine to stall
if severe enough.
performed? Go to
Go to
Go to
Go to
4 1. Check the fuel control heated oxygen sensors
(HO2S, B1S1 and B2S1). The fuel control heated
oxygen sensors (HO2S) should respond quickly to
different throttle positions. f they don't, check them
for silicon or other contaminants from fuel or use of
improper RTV sealant. The sensors may have a
white powdery coating.
Silicon contamination causes a high but false
HO2S signal voltage (rich exhaust indication).
The PCM will then reduce the amount of fuel
delivered to the engine, causing a severe
driveability problem. For more information, refer
to .
6 Observe the TP angle display on Tech 2 while slowly
increasing throttle pedal.
Does the TP angle display steadily increase from 0% at
closed throttle to 100% at WOT? Go to Go to
7 Monitor the long term fuel trim on Tech 2.
Refer to in
.
Refer to in
.
for the procedure.
Refer to .
tracking.
.
spark plugs.
14 1. Check the PCM grounds for clearness, tightness
diagrams in Electrical Diagnosis.
15 1. Check the MAF sensor connections.
2. f a problem is found, replace the faulty terminals as
necessary. Refer to for wiring
repair procedures.
16 1. Visually/physically check vacuum hoses for splits,
kinks, and proper connections and routing as
nformation label.
following:
Tech 2 data
Contact
Technical
Assistance
DefauIt Matrix TabIe
Service Procedure DefauIt Strategy
A referral strategy has been established to assist the
technician with additional information when the cause of
the failure cannot be determined. f no problem is found
after performing diagnostics, then refer to the default
matrix table for further diagnostic information.
DefauIt Matrix TabIe
Strategy Based Diagnostic Charts InitiaI Diagnosis DefauIt Section(s)
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System
Check
Vehicle does not enter diagnostics. Chassis Electrical
Check
Vehicle enters diagnostics and
communicates with Tech 2. ML is
ON in diagnostics. Engine does not
start and run.
gnition System Check
Check
Engine starts and runs, no PCM
codes set. Customer complains of
vibration.

Check
harsh or soft shift, poor performance,
delayed or no engagement into drive
or reverse, transmission fluid leak,
transmission noise or vibration, or
improper TCC operation.
PCM Power and Ground Check On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System
Check.
Chassis Electrical
PCM Power and Ground Check On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System
Check. PCM power and ground
circuits OK. Data link voltage
incorrect.
Chassis Electrical
Check
harsh or soft shift, poor performance,
delayed or no engagement into drive
or reverse, transmission fluid leak,
transmission noise or vibration, or
improper TCC operation.
Symptoms InitiaI Diagnosis DefauIt Section(s)
ntermittents 1. On-board Diagnostic (OBD)
system check.
2. Careful visual/physical
inspections.
Chassis Electrical
Hard Starts 1. OBD system check.
2. Sensors (ECT, MAP, MAF, TP) ;
MAP output chart.
3. Fuel system electrical test, fuel
system diagnosis.
4. gnition system.
5. AC system check.
Engine Mechanical, gnition
System Check, Exhaust System
Diagnosis
Surges and/or Chuggles 1. OBD system check.
2. Heated oxygen sensors.
3. Fuel system diagnosis.
4. gnition system.
Calibration D Broadcast
Code/Service Bulletins, gnition
System Check, Generator
Output, Exhaust System
Diagnosis, 4L30-E System Test
Symptoms DefauIt Section(s) InitiaI Diagnosis
Lack of Power, Sluggish or Spongy 1. OBD system check.
3. gnition system.
4. Knock sensor.
5. EGR operation.
6. EGR system check.
Refer to in
, TCC Operation,
Calibration D/Service Bulletins
Detonation/Spark Knock 1. OBD system check.
2. Transmission range switch.
3. EGR operation.
4. EGR system check.
5. TCC operation.
7. gnition system.
8. Knock sensor.
TCC operation, Cooling System,
gnition System Check,
Calibration D/Service Bulletins
Hesitation, Sag, Stumble 1. OBD system check.
2. TP.
3. MAP output check.
5. Fuel injector and fuel injector
balance test.
6. gnition system.
EGR Operation, EGR System
Check, Generator Output
Voltage (refer to
), Calibration D/Service
Bulletins, gnition System Check
Cuts Out, Misses 1. OBD system check.
2. Cylinder balance test.
gnition System Check
Rough, Unstable, or ncorrect dle,
Stalling
1. OBD system check.
balance test.
3. gnition system.
4. AC operation.
5. EGR operation.
MAP Output Check, Throttle
Linkage, AC System Check,
EGR System Check, A/C Clutch
Control Circuit Diagnosis,
Crankcase Ventilation System,
Calibration D/Service Bulletins,
Generator Output Voltage (refer
to ), Exhaust
Diagnosis
Poor Fuel Economy 1. OBD system check.
2. Careful visual/physical inspection.
3. gnition system.
4. Cooling system.
TCC Operation, Exhaust System
(refer to )
Engine Cranks But Will Not Run 1. OBD system check. Fuel System Electrical
Diagnosis, Fuel System
Diagnosis, Fuel njector and Fuel
njector Balance Test.
Excessive Exhaust Emissions or
Odors
1. OBD system check.
2. Emission test.
3. Cooling system.
balance test.
6. Crankcase ventilation system.
7. gnition system.
8. MAP output check.
EGR System Check, Exhaust
Diagnosis, Calibration D/Service
Bulletins
Dieseling, Run-On 1. OBD system check.

Symptoms DefauIt Section(s) InitiaI Diagnosis
Backfire 1. OBD system check.
2. gnition system.
balance test.
5. EGR operation, EGR system
check.
Exhaust System Diagnosis,
ntake Casting Flash, gnition
System Check
Catalyst Monitor 1. OBD system check.
3. Heated oxygen sensors.
Exhaust System
Fuel Trim 1. OBD system check.
4. Heated oxygen sensors, MAF
sensors.
Exhaust System ntake Air
System
Evaporative Emissions 1. OBD system check.
Heated Oxygen Sensors 1. OBD system check.

Exhaust System
Camshaft Position (CMP)
Sensor
RemovaI Procedure
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the engine cover.
3. Remove the common chamber assembly.
Refer to Common Chamber in Engine Mechanical.
014RW120
4. Disconnect the electrical connector to the CMP
sensor.
014RV053
5. Remove the CMP retaining bolt from the side of left
cylinder head.
6. Remove the CMP sensor from the cylinder head.
Inspection Procedure
1. nspect the sensor O-ring for cracks or leaks.
2. Replace the O-ring if it is worn or damaged.
3. Lubricate the new O-ring with engine oil.
4. nstall the lubricated O-ring.
InstaIIation Procedure
1. nstall the CMP sensor in the cylinder head.
2. nstall the CMP sensor retaining bolt.
Tighten
Tighten the retaining screw to 9 Nm (78 lb in.).
3. Connect the electrical connector to the CMP sensor.
014RV053
4. nstall the common chamber assembly.
014RW106
5. nstall the engine cover.
6. Connect the negative battery cable.
Crankshaft Position (CKP)
Sensor
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the electrical connector to the CKP
sensor.
3. Remove one bolt and the CKP sensor from the right
side of the engine block, just behind the mount.
NOTE: Use caution to avoid any hot oil that might drip
out.
TS22909
1. nspect the sensor O-ring for cracks or leaks.
2. Replace the O-ring if it is worn or damaged.
3. Lubricate the new O-ring with engine oil.
4. nstall the lubricated O-ring.
1. nstall the CKP sensor in the engine block.
2. nstall the CKP sensor mounting bolt.
Tighten
Tighten the mounting bolt to 9 Nm (78 lb in.).
TS22909
3. Connect the electrical connector to the CKP sensor.
Engine CooIant Temperature
(ECT) Sensor
RemovaI Procedure
NOTE: Care must be taken when handling the engine
coolant temperature (ECT) sensor. Damage to the ECT
sensor will affect proper operation of the fuel injection
system.
2. Drain the radiator coolant. Refer to
in .
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
014RW127
4. Remove the ECT sensor from the coolant crossover.
014RW086
1. Apply sealer or the equivalent to the threads of the
ECT sensor.
2. nstall the ECT sensor in the coolant crossover.
Tighten
Tighten the ECT sensor to 30 Nm (22 lb ft.).
014RW086
3. Connect the electrical connector.
014RW085
4. Fill the radiator with coolant. Refer to
in .
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Locate the oxygen sensors.
Bank 1 sensor 1 is mounted on the right-hand front
exhaust pipe.
TS22912
Bank 2 sensor 1 is mounted on the exhaust pipe
ahead of the catalytic converter.
TS22914
3. Disconnect the pigtail from the wiring harness.
TS23739
IMPORTANT: The pigtail is permanently attached to
the sensor. Be careful not to pull the wires out.
NOTE: Do not use a torch to remove an HO2S unless the
sensor is being replaced. Using a torch could damage the
sensor.
4. Remove the sensor from the exhaust pipe.
Because of the expansion and contraction of the
metal in the exhaust system over time, this may be
difficult if the engine temperature is below 48 C
(120 F).
TS23739
All two sensors are identical. nspect each in the same
way.
1. nspect the pigtail and the electrical connector for
grease, dirt, corrosion, and bare wires or worn
insulation.
2. nspect the louvered end of the sensor for grease,
dirt, or other contaminations.
TS23739
IMPORTANT:
A special anti-seize compound, P/N 5613695, is used
on the HO2S threads. This compound consists of
glass beads suspended in a liquid graphite solution.
The graphite burns away with engine heat, but the
glass beads will remain, making the sensor easier to
remove.
New or service sensors will already have the
compound applied to the threads. f a sensor is
removed and is to be reinstalled for any reason, the
threads must have anti-seize compound applied.
1. Apply anti-seize compound or the equivalent to the
threads of the oxygen sensor, if necessary.
2. nstall the oxygen sensor on the exhaust pipe in its
original position.
Tighten
Tighten the oxygen sensor to 55 Nm (40 lb in.).
TS23739
3. Connect the pigtail to the wiring harness.
Intake Air Temperature (IAT)
Sensor
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the engine cover
3. The AT sensor is located in the intake air duct, behind
the throttle body.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector from the AT
sensor.
TS23741
5. Remove the AT sensor from the intake air duct by
using a rocking motion while pulling the sensor.
1. nstall the AT sensor into the grommet in the intake
air duct.
2. Correct the AT electrical connector.
TS23741
Knock Sensor (KS)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Drain the cooling system. Refer to
in .
4. Remove the common chamber assembly.
014RW106
5. Disconnect the electrical connector from the knock
sensor.
014RW103
6. Unscrew the knock sensor from the engine block.
NOTE: Do not apply thread sealant to the sensor threads.
The sensor i s coated at the factory and appl ying
additional sealant will affect the sensor's ability to detect
detonation.
1. Screw the knock sensor into the engine block.
Tighten
Tighten the knock sensor to 20 Nm (177 lb in.).
014RW103
2. Connect the electrical connector to the knock sensor.
3. nstall the common chamber assembly.
014RW106
5. Fill the cooling system.
Refer to Draining and Filling the Cooling System in
Engine Cooling.
Mass Air FIow (MAF) Sensor
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the electrical connector from the MAF
sensor.
TS23740
3. Loosen the clamps which secure the intake air duct
and the air cleaner to the MAF sensor.
4. Remove the intake air duct from the MAF sensor.
5. Remove the MAF sensor from the air cleaner.
TS23781
1. nstall the MAF sensor on the air cleaner with the
clamp.
2. nstall the intake air duct and the clamp on the MAF
sensor.
TS23781
3. Tighten the clamps to secure the MAF sensor to the
intake air duct and the air cleaner.
4. Connect the MAF electrical connector.
ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure
(MAP) Sensor
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the electrical connector from the MAP
sensor.
055RW005
3. Remove the bolt securing the MAP sensor to the
mounting bracket on the common chamber.
4. Remove the MAP sensor from the mounting bracket.
055RW002
1. nstall the MAP sensor in the mounting bracket.
055RW002
2. nstall the mounting bracket retaining bolt on the
common chamber.
3. Connect the MAP electrical connector.
055RW005
MaIfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL)
RemovaI and InstaIIation Procedure
Refer to Warning light bulb, indicator light valve,
illumination light bulb, A/T indicator light bulb in Meter and
Gauge.
Powertrain ControI ModuIe
(PCM)
Service Precaution
NOTE: To prevent possible electrostatic discharge
damage to the PCM, do not touch the connector pins or
soldered components on the circuit board.
EIectrostatic Discharge (ESD)
Damage
Electronic components used in the control systems are
often designed to carry very low voltage. Electronic
components are susceptible to damage caused by
electrostatic discharge. Less than 100 volts of static
electricity can cause damage to some electronic
components. By comparison, it takes as much as 4,000
volts for a person to even feel the zap of a static
discharge.
There are several ways for a person to become statically
charged. The most common methods of charging are by
friction and by induction. An example of charging by
friction is a person sliding across a car seat.
Charging by induction occurs when a person with well
insulated shoes stands near a highly charged object and
momentarily touches ground. Charges of the same
polarity are drained off leaving the person highly charged
with the opposite polarity. Static charges can cause
damage, therefore, it is important to use care when
handling and testing electronic components.
NOTE: To prevent possible Electrostatic Discharge
damage, follow these guidelines:
Do not touch the control module connector pins or
soldered components on the control module circuit
board.
Do not open the replacement part package until the
part is ready to be installed.
Before removing the part from the package, ground
the package to a known good ground on the vehicle.
f the part has been handled while sliding across the
seat, or while sitting down from a standing position, or
while walking a distance, touch a known good ground
before installing the part.
NOTE: To prevent internal PCM damage, the ignition
must be in the OFF position in order to disconnect or
reconnect power to the PCM (for example: battery cable,
PCM pigtail, PCM fuse, jumper cables, etc.).
IMPORTANT: When replacing the production PCM
with a service PCM, it is important to transfer the
broadcast code and production PCM number to the
service PCM label. This will allow positive identification of
PCM parts throughout the service life of the vehicle. Do
not record this information on the metal PCM cover.
IMPORTANT: The ignition should always be in the
OFF position in order to install or remove the PCM
connectors.
Service of the PCM should normally consist of either re-
placement of the PCM or EEPROM programming. f the
diagnostic procedures call for the PCM to be replaced,
the PCM should be checked first to ensure it is the correct
part. f it is, remove the faulty PCM and install the new
service PCM.
The service PCM EEPROM will not be programmed.
DTC P0601 indicates the check sum error.
RemovaI Procedure
2. Block the wheels.
3. Remove the front console assembly.
1. Remove the four screws.
TS23755
2. Remove the transfer shift lever knob by
unscrewing the knob.
3. Move the transmission gear selector out of the
park position.
4. Lift up sharply on the back edge of the assembly.
5. Disconnect the seat heater switch connectors (if
equipped).
6. Disconnect the POWER and WNTER switch
connectors.
7. Lift out the front console assembly.
TS23756
4. Disconnect the red, white, and blue electrical
connectors at the PCM.
5. Remove the two screws in the front of the PCM.
6. Remove the one screw at the left rear of the PCM.
7. Pull the PCM straight out from the dashboard.
TS23757
1. nsert the PCM into the dashboard.
Line up the holes in front for the mounting screws.
2. nstall the PCM with two screws in the front and one
screw at the left rear.
3. Plug the red, white, and blue connectors into the
appropriate sockets.
TS23757
EEPROM
GeneraI Description
The Electronically Erasable Programmable Read Only
Memory (EEPROM) is a permanent memory that is
physically soldered within the PCM. The EEPROM
contains program and calibration information that the
PCM needs to control powertrain operation.
EEPROM Programming
1. Step-up Ensure that the following conditions have
been met:
The battery is fully charged.
The ignition is ON.
The Vehicle nterface Module cable connection at
the DLC is secure.
2. Program the PCM using the latest software matching
the vehicle. Refer to up-to-date Techline equipment
user's instructions.
3. f the PCM fails to program, Refer to
FunctionaI Check
1. Perform the On-Board Diagnostic System Check.
2. Start the engine and run for one minute.
3. Scan for DTCs using the Tech 2.
Power Steering Pressure (PSP)
Switch
GeneraI Description
The Power Steering Pressure (PSP) switch closes when
the hydraulic pressure reaches 3920 690 kPa (570
100 psi). This causes the PCM to actuate the idle air
control valve in order to prevent the additional load from
slowing down the engine. The switch opens when the
hydraulic pressure drops to 2970 560 kPa (430 80
psi).
RemovaI Procedure
1. Disconnect the PSP switch pigtail from the wiring
harness.
The pigtail is permanently attached to the switch.
Do not attempt to remove the wires from the
sensor.
Have a container ready to catch the power steering
fluid that leaks out of the line when the switch is
removed.
2. Remove the PSP switch from the power steering line.
Plug the line to prevent excessive loss of fluid and
possible contamination of the power steering
system.
TS23760
1. nstall the PSP switch in the power steering line.
TS23760
2. Connect the PSP switch pigtail to the wiring harness.
3. Check the power steering fluid level. Refer to
.
4. Start the engine. Watch the PSP switch for signs of
fluid leakage.
ThrottIe Position (TP) Sensor
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the TPS electrical connector.
3. Remove the bolts and the TP sensor from the throttle
body.
TS23747
NOTE: Do not clean the TP sensor by soaking it in
solvent. The sensor will be damaged as a result.
Function Check
Use a Tech 2 to check the TP sensor output voltage at
closed throttle.
The voltage should be under 0.85 volt.
f the reading is greater than 0.85 volt, check the
throttle shaft to see if it is binding. Check that the
throttle cable is properly adjusted, also. Refer to
.
f the throttle shaft is not binding and the throttle cable
is properly adjusted, install a new TP sensor.
1. nstall the TP sensor on the throttle body with the
bolts.
TS23747
2. Connect the TP electrical connector.
3. nstall the negative battery cable.
VehicIe Speed Sensor (VSS)
RemovaI Procedure
CAUTION: The VSS is Iocated on the right side of
the transfer case just ahead of the rear propeIIer
shaft and very cIose to the exhaust pipes. Be sure
that the exhaust pipes are cooI enough to touch
before trying to remove the VSS. If the pipes are hot,
you couId be burned.
2. Disconnect the VSS electrical connector.
TS23748
3. Remove the bolt and the clamp securing the VSS in
place.
IMPORTANT: Have a container ready to catch any fluid
that leaks out when the VSS is removed from the transfer
case.
TS23780
4. Remove the VSS from the transfer case by wiggling it
slightly and pulling it straight out.
1. nspect the electrical connector for signs of corrosion
or warping. Replace the VSS if the electrical
connector is corroded or warped.
2. nspect the VSS driven gear for chips, breaks, or worn
condition. Replace the VSS if the driven gear is
chipped, broken or worn.
3. nspect the O-ring for wear, nicks, tears, or
looseness. Replace the O-ring if necessary.
1. nstall the VSS in the transfer case with the notch for
the connector facing the rear.
2. Secure the VSS in place with the clamp and the bolt.
Tighten
Tighten the bolt to 16 Nm (12 lb ft.).
TS23780
3. Connect the VSS electrical connector.
TS23748
4. Check the transfer case oil level. Add fluid if
necessary.
Air CIeaner/Air FiIter
RemovaI Procedure
1. Loosen the clamp between the air cleaner lid and the
mass air flow sensor.
2. Release the four latches securing the lid to the air
cleaner housing.
3. Remove the air cleaner lid.
TS23973
4. Remove the air filter element.
TS23794
5. Remove the retaining bolts and the air cleaner
housing from the vehicle.
130RT002
1. nstall the air cleaner housing in the vehicle with the
retaining bolts.
130RT002
2. nstall the air filter element in the air cleaner housing.
TS23794
3. nstall the air cleaner lid on the MAF sensor and the air
cleaner housing.
TS23973
4. Tighten the clamp and secure the four latches
between the lid and the air cleaner housing.
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the AC electrical connector.
3. Remove the bolts and the AC valve from the throttle
body.
NOTE: Do not clean the AC valve by soaking it in
solvent. The valve will be damaged as a result.
TS23745
CIeaning, Inspection, and
Measurement Procedure
Clean the AC valve O-ring sealing surface, pintle
valve seat and air passage.
Use carburetor cleaner and a parts cleaning brush to
remove carbon deposits. Do not use a cleaner that
contains methyl ethyl ketone. This is an extremely
strong solvent and not necessary for this type of
deposit.
Shiny spots on the pintle are normal and do not
indicate misalignment or a bent pintle shaft.
f the air passage has heavy deposits, remove the
throttle body for complete cleaning.
TS23746
nspect the AC valve O-ring for cuts, cracks, or
distortion. Replace the O-ring if damaged.
n order to install a new AC valve, measure the
distance between the tip of the pintle and the
mounting flange. f that measurement is 28 mm (1.1
in.) or less, the valve needs no adjustment. f the
measurement is greater than 28 mm (1.1 in.), apply
finger pressure and retract the valve. The force
required to retract the pintle on a new valve will not
damage the valve, shaft, or pintle.
NOTE: Do not push or pull on the AC valve pintle on AC
valves that have been in service. The force required to
move the pintle may damage it.
IMPORTANT: Use an identical replacement part in
order to replace a valve. AC valve pintle shape and
diameter are designed for the specific application.
TS23746
1. nstall the AC valve on the throttle body with the bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 1 Nm (9 lb in.).
TS23745
2. Connect the AC valve electrical connector.
Common Chamber
AcceIerator CabIe AssembIy
RemovaI Procedure
2. Loosen the adjusting nut on the cable bracket
mounting on the common chamber.
101RW005
3. Remove the accelerator control cable (on the throttle
valve end).
101RW006
4. Remove the accelerator control cable (on the
accelerator pedal end).
TS23982
5. Remove the grommet.
6. Remove the accelerator control cable.
TS23983
Check the following items, and replace the control cable if
any abnormality is found:
The control cable should move smoothly.
The control cable should not be bent or kinked.
The control cable should be free of damage and
corrosion.
1. nstall the accelerator control cable.
TS23983
2. nstall the grommet.
3. nstall the accelerator control cable (on the
accelerator pedal end).
TS23982
4. nstall the accelerator control cable (on the throttle
valve end).
101RW006
5. nstall the adjusting nut.
101RW007
6. Adjust the accelerator cable at the throttle body.
Refer to .
Adjustment Procedure
1. Loosen the adjusting nut and lock nut.
2. Pull outer cable closing fully the throttle valve.
035RW004
4. Loosen adjusting nut by three turns and tighten lock
nut. Then, manually operating the throttle valve,
make sure that the valve lever returns up to the
stopper screw.
IMPORTANT: The valve lever must return up to the
stopper screw. f the valve lever does not reach the
stopper screw, repeat the procedure again from step 1.
5. t does not reach the stopper screw, repeat from step
1.
TS23782
AcceIerator PedaI RepIacement
RemovaI Procedure
1. Disconnect the cruise control cable from the
accelerator pedal assembly.
TS24053
2. Disconnect the accelerator pedal control cable from
the accelerator pedal assembly.
TS24054
3. Disconnect the wiring harness from the kick-down
switch.
TS24038
4. Remove the two screws from the accelerator pedal
assembly.
TS24055
5. Remove the accelerator pedal assembly from the
bulkhead.
1. nstall the accelerator pedal assembly on the
bulkhead.
2. nstall the two screws to the accelerator pedal
assembly.
TS24055
3. Connect the wiring harness to the kick-down switch.
TS24038
4. Connect the accelerator pedal control cable to the
accelerator pedal assembly.
TS24054
5. Connect the cruise control cable to the accelerator
pedal assembly.
TS24053
PedaI Stroke Adjustment Procedure
1. Loosen the jam nut and rotate the kick-down switch
counterclockwise.
TS24039
2. Fully depress the pedal and hold it by hand. Rotate
the switch clockwise until the switch clicks.
3. Rotate the switch 1/2 turn further and lock it in this
position by tightening the jam nut.
TS24040
4. Step on the accelerator pedal and make sure there is
a clicking sound at the full-stroke position.
FueI FiIter Cap
GeneraI Description
The fuel filler cap includes a vacuum valve and a pressure
valve.
f high vacuum or high pressure occurs in the fuel tank,
each valve works to adjust the pressure in order to
prevent damage to the tank at the EGR valve.
TS23767
NOTE: Replace the fuel filler cap with the same type of
filler cap that was originally installed on the vehicle.
Check the seal ring in the filler cap for any abnormality
and for seal condition.
Replace the filler cap if any abnormality is found.
FueI FiIter
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the fuel filler cap.
041RW005
3. Disconnect the fuel line from the fuel filter on the
engine side.
4. Disconnect the fuel line from the fuel filter on the fuel
tank side.
041RW006
5. Remove the bolt on the fuel filter holder.
041RW007
6. Remove the fuel filter.
041RW008
1. Replace the fuel filter when the following occur:
Fuel leaks from the fuel filter body.
The fuel filter body is damaged.
The fuel filter is clogged with dirt or sediment.
2. f the drain hole is clogged, clean the drain.
041RW009
1. nstall the fuel filter in the correct direction.
041RW008
2. nstall the bolt on the fuel filter holder.
041RW007
3. Connect the fuel line on the engine side.
4. Connect the fuel line on the fuel tank side.
041RW006
5. nstall the fuel filler cap.
041RW005
FueI Gauge Unit
RemovaI Procedure
2. Loosen the fuel filler cap.
3. Drain the fuel from the tank.
Tighten
Tighten the drain plug to 20 Nm (14 lb ft.).
TS22907
4. Disconnect the wiring connector from the fuel gauge
unit.
TS23771
5. Remove the fuel gauge unit retaining screws.
6. Remove the fuel gauge unit.
Cover or plug the fuel tank to prevent dust, dirt, or
debris from entering the tank.
TS22911
1. nstall the fuel gauge unit.
2. nstall the fuel gauge unit retaining screws.
TS22911
3. Connect the wiring connector to the fuel gauge unit.
TS23771
4. Fill the fuel tank with fuel.
Tighten the fuel filler cap.
Check for leaks at the fuel gauge unit gasket.
FueI Injectors
RemovaI Procedure
NOTE: f the fuel injectors are leaking, the engine oil may
be contaminated with fuel. Check the oil for signs of
contamination and change the oil and the filter if
necessary.
NOTE: Use care in removing the fuel injectors in order to
prevent damage to the fuel injector electrical connector
pins or the fuel injector nozzles. The fuel injector is an
electrical component and should not be immersed in any
type of cleaner as this may damage the fuel injector.
IMPORTANT: Fuel injectors are serviced as a complete
assembly only.
2. Remove the upper intake manifold. Refer to
.
3. Remove the fuel rail. Refer to .
014RW164
4. Remove the injector retainer clip.
055RW009
5. Remove the fuel injector assembly.
6. Remove the O-ring from the fuel injector.
7. Remove the O-ring backup from the fuel injector .
1. nspect the O-rings for cracks or leaks.
2. Replace worn or damaged O-rings.
3. Lubricate the new O-rings with engine oil before
installation.
1. nstall the O-ring backup on the fuel injector.
2. nstall the new O-ring on the fuel injector.
3. nstall the fuel injector on the fuel rail.
055RW009
4. Use new fuel injector retainer clips to retain the fuel
injector to the fuel rail.
5. Coat the end of the fuel injector with engine oil.
6. nstall the fuel rail. Refer to .
014RW164
7. nstall the upper intake manifold. Refer to
FueI Pressure ReguIator
RemovaI Procedure
injury, it is necessary to reIieve the fueI system
pressure before servicing the fueI system
components.
CAUTION: After reIieving the system pressure, a
smaII amount of fueI may be reIeased when servicing
fueI Iines or connections. Reduce the chance of
personaI injury by covering the fueI Iine fittings with
a shop toweI before disconnecting the fittings. The
toweIs wiII absorb any fueI that may Ieak out. When
the disconnect is compIeted, pIace the toweI in an
approved container.
NOTE: Compressed air must never be used to test or
clean a fuel pressure regulator, as damage to the fuel
pressure regulator may result.
NOTE: To prevent damage to the fuel pressure regulator,
do not immerse the pressure regulator in solvent.
1. Depressurize the fuel system. Refer to
.
3. Remove the fuel pump relay. Refer to
.
4. Remove the pressure regulator hose from the fuel
pressure regulator.
014RW110
5. Remove the two bolts from the protector that secures
the common chamber.
014RW109
6. Remove the fuel pressure regulator attaching screw.
F06RW043
7. Remove the fuel pressure regulator from the fuel rail.
DisassembIy Procedure
1. Remove the O-ring from the fuel pressure regulator.
2. Loosen the swivel nut.
3. Remove the fuel return line from the fuel pressure
regulator.
4. Remove the O-ring from the fuel return line.
The O-ring may be left inside the fuel pressure
regulator instead of on the fuel return line.
F06RW043
AssembIy Procedure
1. nstall a new O-ring on the fuel return line.
2. nstall the fuel return line on the fuel pressure
regulator.
NOTE: Do not over-tighten the swivel nut on the fuel
pressure regulator. The fuel pressure regulator can be
damaged and fuel may l eak i f the swi vel nut i s
over-tightened.
3. Tighten the swivel nut.
4. nstall a new O-ring on the fuel pressure regulator.
1. nstall the fuel pressure regulator attaching screw.
Tighten
Tighten the fuel pressure regulator attaching screw
to 3 Nm (26 lb in.).
F06RW043
2. nstall the fuel pressure regulator on the fuel rail.
3. nstall the two bolts to the protector that secures the
common chamber.
014RW109
4. nstall the pressure regulator hose to the fuel
pressure regulator.
014RW110
5. nstall the fuel pump relay. Refer to .
7. Crank the engine until it starts. Cranking the engine
may take longer than usual due to trapped air in the
fuel lines.
FueI Metering System
injury, it is necessary to reIieve the fueI system
pressure before servicing the fueI system
components.
CAUTION: After reIieving the system pressure, a
smaII amount of fueI may be reIeased when servicing
fueI Iines or connections. Reduce the chance of
personaI injury by covering the fueI Iine fittings with
a shop toweI before you disconnect the fittings. The
toweIs wiII absorb any fueI that may Ieak out. When
the disconnect is compIeted, pIace the toweI in an
approved container.
relay box. Refer to .
TS23976R
4. Crank the engine for 30 seconds.
FueI Pump AssembIy
RemovaI Procedure
2. Drain all the fuel from the tank.
3. nstall and tighten the drain plug.
Tighten
4. Remove the fuel tank. Refer to .
5. Remove the retaining screws from the fuel tank.
6. Remove the fuel pump assembly from the fuel tank.
Cover the fuel pump opening in order to prevent
dust, dirt, or debris from entering the fuel tank.
TS23795
1. nspect the fuel pump gasket for tears, cracks,
stretching, or rotting. f any of these conditions are
found, replace the fuel pump gasket.
2. nspect the in-tank fuel filter for tears or evidence of
dirt, debris, or water in the fuel. f any of these
conditions are found, replace the in-tank fuel filter.
1. nstall the fuel pump assembly.
2. nstall the fuel pump assembly retaining screws.
3. nstall the fuel tank assembly. Refer to .
4. Fill the tank with fuel.
5. Tighten the fuel filler cap.
TS23795
FueI Pump ReIay
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the fuse and relay box cover from under the
hood.
2. Consult the diagram on the cover to determine which
is the correct relay.
3. nsert a small screwdriver into the catch slot on the
forward side of the fuel pump relay.
The screwdriver blade will release the catch inside.
T321092
4. Pull the relay straight up and out of the fuse and relay
box.
TS23976R
1. nsert the relay into the correct place in the fuse and
relay box with the catch slot facing forward.
2. Press down until the catch engages.
An audible click will be heard.
T321092
3. nstall the fuse and relay box cover.
FueI RaiI AssembIy
RemovaI Procedure
NOTE:
Do not attempt to remove the fuel inlet fitting on the
fuel rail. t is staked in place. Removing the fuel inlet
fitting will result in damage to the fuel rail or the
internal O-ring seal.
Use care when removing the fuel rail assembly in
order to prevent damage to the injector electrical
connector terminals and the injector spray tips.
Fittings should be capped and holes plugged during
servicing to prevent dirt and other contaminants from
entering open lines and passages.
IMPORTANT: An eight-digit identification number is
stamped on the side of the fuel rail. Refer to this number
when you service the fuel rail or when a replacement part
is required.
TS24022
Before removal, the fuel rail assembly may be cleaned
with a spray type engine cleaner. Follow the spray
package instructions. Do not immerse the fuel rails in
liquid cleaning solvent.
1. Depressurize the fuel system. Refer to Fuel Pressure
Relief Procedure in this Section.
4. Disconnect the accelerator pedal cable from throttle
body and cable bracket.
5. Disconnect the connectors from manifold absolute
pressure sensor, solenoid valve, electric vacuum
sensing valve.
6. Disconnect the vacuum hose on canister VSV and
positive crankcase ventilation hose.
7. Remove the common chamber. Refer to the common
chamber in Engine Mechanical.
1. Lift up carefully on the fuel injectors. Do not
separate the fuel injectors from the fuel rail.
2. f an injector becomes separated from the fuel
rail, the infector O-ring seals and the retainer clip
must be replaced.
3. Drain residual fuel into an approved container.
014RW164
8. f removal of the fuel pressure regulator is necessary,
refer to .
9. f removal of the fuel injectors is necessary, refer to
.
1. f the fuel injectors were removed, install them. Refer
to .
2. f the fuel pressure regulator was removed, install it.
Refer to .
3. nstall the common chamber. Refer to common
chamber in engine Mechanical.
014RW164
4. Connect the vacuum hose on Canister VSV and
positive crankcase ventilation hose.
5. Connect the connectors to manifold absolute
pressure sensor, solenoid valve, electric vacuum
sensing valve.
6. Connect the accelerator pedal cable to throttle body
and cable bracket.
9. Crank the engine until it starts. Cranking the engine
may take longer than usual due to trapped air in the
fuel rail and in the injectors.
FueI Tank
RemovaI Procedure
2. Loosen the fuel filler cap.
3. Drain the fuel from the tank into an approved
container.
4. nstall and tighten the drain plug.
Tighten
5. Disconnect the fuel filler hose at the fuel tank.
6. Disconnect the air breather hose at the fuel tank.
TS23796
7. Remove the undercover retaining bolts.
8. Remove the undercover.
TS23797
9. Disconnect the wiring connector to the fuel pump.
10. Disconnect the wiring connector to the fuel gauge
unit.
11. Remove the fuel gauge unit connector from the
bracket.
12. Disconnect the EVAP vapor hose.
13. Disconnect the fuel supply hose.
14. Disconnect the fuel return hose.
Plug the hoses to prevent dust from entering the
hoses.
TS23769
15. Remove the fuel tank retaining bolts on both sides.
16. Remove the fuel tank.
TS23770
1. nstall the fuel tank.
Place the flanges on the left and right side of the
tank on the bracket.
2. nstall the fuel tank retaining bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the fuel tank retaining bolts to 36 Nm (27 lb
ft.).
TS23770
3. Connect the fuel return hose.
4. Connect the fuel supply hose.
5. Connect the EVAP vapor hose.
6. Connect the wiring connector for the fuel gauge unit.
7. Connect the fuel gauge wiring connector to the
bracket.
8. Connect the wiring connector for the fuel pump.
TS23769
9. nstall the undercover.
10. Secure the undercover with the retaining bolts.
TS23797
11. Connect the fuel filler fuse at the tank.
12. Connect the air breather hose at the tank.
TS23796
13. Fill the fuel tank with fuel.
14. Tighten the fuel filler cap.
ThrottIe Body (TB)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Drain the cooling system. Refer to .
3. Remove the accelerator cable assembly. Refer to
.
4. Disconnect the electrical connectors:
Throttle position (TP) sensor.
dle air control (AC) solenoid.
ntake air temperature (AT) sensor. Refer to
.
035RW023
5. Disconnect the vacuum hose below the air horn.
6. Remove the intake air duct clamp.
7. Disconnect the intake air duct.
8. Disconnect the coolant lines from the throttle body.
9. Remove the bolts from the common chamber.
10. Remove the throttle body from the common chamber.
11. Remove the gasket from the upper intake manifold.
035RW024
12. Remove the AC. Refer to
.
13. Remove the TP sensor. Refer to
.
NOTE: Do not use solvent of any type when you clean the
gasket surfaces on the intake manifold and the throttle
body assembly. The gasket surfaces and the throttle
body assembly may be damaged as a result.
f the throttle body gasket needs to be replaced,
remove any gasket material that may be stuck to the
mating surfaces of the manifold.
Do not leave any scratches in the aluminum casting.
1. nstall the TP sensor. Refer to
.
2. nstall the AC. Refer to
.
3. nstall the gasket on the common chamber.
4. nstall the throttle body on the common chamber.
5. Secure the gasket and the throttle body with the four
bolts.
The vacuum lines must be properly routed under
the throttle body before tightening the mounting
bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the throttle body mounting bolts to 24 Nm
(17 lb ft.).
035RW024
6. nstall the coolant lines.
7. Connect all the vacuum lines.
8. nstall the intake air duct.
9. Tighten the intake air duct clamp.
10. Connect all the electrical connectors:
dle air control (AC) solenoid.
ntake air temperature (AT) sensor. Refer to
.
035RW023
11. nstall the accelerator cable assembly. Refer to
.
12. Fill the cooling system. Refer to .
EIectronic Ignition System
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the electrical connector at the ignition coil.
3. Remove the two screws that secure the ignition coil to
the rocker cover.
014RW108
4. Remove the ignition coil and the spark plug boot from
the spark plug.
Twist the ignition coil while pulling it straight up.
014RW091
5. Use the spark plug socket in order to remove the
spark plug from the engine.
Spark PIug Gap Check
Check the gap of all spark plugs before installation.
Use a round wire feeler gauge to ensure an accurate
check.
Plugs installed with the wrong gap can cause poor
engine performance and excessive emissions.
NOTE: The plug must thread smoothly into the cylinder
head and be fully seated. Use a thread chaser if
necessary to clean the threads in the cylinder head.
Cross-threading or failure to fully seat the spark plug can
cause plug overheating, exhaust blow-by gas, or thread
damage. Do not overtighten the spark plugs. Over
tightening can cause aluminum threads to strip.
1. nstall the spark plug in the engine. Use the
appropriate spark plug socket.
Tighten
Tighten the spark plug to 18 Nm (13 lb ft.).
2. nstall the ignition coil and spark plug boot over the
spark plug.
014RW108
3. Secure the ignition coil to the rocker cover with two
screws.
014RW091
4. Connect the electrical connector at the ignition coil.
CataIytic Converter
Refer to .
Air Conditioning ReIay
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the fuse and relay box cover from under the
hood.
2. Consult the diagram on the cover to determine which
is the correct relay.
3. nsert a small screwdriver into the catch slot on the
forward side of the fuel pump relay.
The screwdriver blade will release the catch inside.
T321092
4. Pull the relay straight up and out of the fuse and relay
box.
TS23986
1. nsert the relay into the correct place in the fuse and
relay box with the catch slot facing forward.
2. Press down until the catch engages.
An audible click will be heard.
3. nstall the fuse and relay box cover.
TS23986
EVAP Canister Hoses
Service Information
To view the routing of the EVAP canister hoses, refer to
in . Use
6148M or equivalent when you replace the EVAP canister
hoses.
EVAP Canister
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the three hoses from the EVAP canister.
014RW145
3. Remove the retaining two bolts on the mounting
bracket and slide the canister out of mounting
bracket.
014RW146
1. nspect the hoses for cracks and leaks.
2. nspect the canister for a damaged case.
1. Slide the canister into mounting bracket and install
the mounting bracket two bolts.
014RW146
2. Connect the three hoses to the EVAP canister.
014RW145
EVAP Canister Purge SoIenoid
RemovaI Procedure
1. Disconnect the electrical connector from the EVAP
canister purge solenoid.
2. Disconnect the vacuum hoses from the EVAP
canister purge solenoid.
014RW136
3. Remove the EVAP canister purge solenoid retaining
bolt from the upper intake manifold.
4. Remove the EVAP canister purge solenoid.
014RW137
1. nstall the EVAP canister purge solenoid on the upper
intake manifold.
2. nstall the EVAP canister purge solenoid retaining
bolt.
3. Connect the vacuum hoses to the EVAP canister
purge solenoid.
014RW137
4. Connect the electrical connector to the EVAP canister
purge solenoid.
014RW138
FueI Tank Vent VaIve
Refer to
Linear Exhaust Gas
RecircuIation (EGR) VaIve
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the electrical connector at the EGR valve.
014RW139
3. Remove the bolt and the nut from the upper intake
manifold.
014RW098
4. Remove the EGR valve from the upper intake
manifold.
5. Remove the gasket from the upper intake manifold.
1. nstall the gasket on the upper intake manifold.
2. nstall the EGR valve on the upper intake manifold.
3. Secure the EGR valve and the gasket with the bolt
and the nut.
NOTE: t is possible to install the EGR valve rotated 180
from the correct position. Make sure that the base of the
valve is placed so that it aligns with the mounting flange.
014RW098
4. Connect the electrical connector at the EGR valve.
014RW139
Positive Crankcase VentiIation
(PCV) VaIve
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the vacuum hose at the PCV valve.
Slide the clamp back to release the hose.
2. Pull the PCV valve from the rubber grommet in the
right valve cover.
014RW097
1. Shake the valve and listen for the rattle of the needle
inside the valve.
2. f the valve does not rattle, replace the valve.
1. Push the PCV valve into the rubber grommet in the
left valve cover.
2. nstall the vacuum hose on the PCV valve and secure
the vacuum hose with the clamp.
014RW097
Wiring and Connectors
Wiring Harness Service
The control module harness electrically connects the
control module to the various solenoids, switches and
sensors in the vehicle engine compartment and
passenger compartment.
Replace wire harnesses with the proper part number
replacement.
Because of the low amperage and voltage levels utilized
in powertrain control systems, it is essential that all wiring
in environmentally exposed areas be repaired with crimp
and seal splice sleeves.
The following wire harness repair information is intended
as a general guideline only. Refer to for
all wire harness repair procedures.
Connectors and TerminaIs
Use care when probing a connector and when replacing
terminals. t is possible to short between opposite
terminals. Damage to components could result. Always
use jumper wires between connectors for circuit
checking. NEVER probe through Weather-Pack seals.
Use an appropriate connector test adapter kit which
contains an assortment of flexible connectors used to
probe terminals during diagnosis. Use an appropriate
fuse remover and test tool for removing a fuse and to
adapt the fuse holder to a meter for diagnosis.
Open circuits are often difficult to locate by sight because
oxidation or terminal misalignment are hidden by the
connectors. Merely wiggling a connector on a sensor, or
in the wiring harness, may temporarily correct the open
circuit. ntermittent problems may also be caused by
oxidized or loose connections.
Be certain of the type of connector/terminal before
making any connector or terminal repair. Weather-Pack
and Com-Pack terminals look similar, but are serviced
differently.
PCM Connectors and TerminaIs
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the connector terminal retainer.
2. Push the wire connected to the affected terminal
through the connector face so that the terminal is
exposed.
3. Service the terminal as necessary.
1. Bend the tab on the connector to allow the terminal to
be pulled into position within the connector.
2. Pull carefully on the wire to install the connector
terminal retainer.
Wire Harness Repair: Twisted
ShieIded CabIe
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the outer jacket.
2. Unwrap the aluminum/mylar tape. Do not remove the
mylar.
047
3. Untwist the conductors.
4. Strip the insulation as necessary.
048
1. Splice the wires using splice clips and rosin core
solder.
2. Wrap each splice to insulate.
3. Wrap the splice with mylar and with the drain
(uninsulated) wire.
049
4. Tape over the whole bundle to secure.
050
Twisted Leads
RemovaI Procedure
1. Locate the damaged wire.
2. Remove the insulation as required.
051
1. Use splice clips and rosin core solder in order to splice
the two wires together.
052
2. Cover the splice with tape in order to insulate it from
the other wires.
053
3. Twist the wires as they were before starting this
procedure.
054
4. Tape the wires with electrical tape. Hold in place.
055
Weather-Pack Connector
TooIs Required
J 28742-A Weather-Pack Terminal Remover
RemovaI Procedure
A Weather-Pack connector can be identified by a rubber
seal at the rear of the connector. This engine room
connector protects against moisture and dirt, which could
from oxidation and deposits on the terminals. This
protection is important, because of the low voltage and
the low amperage found in the electronic systems.
1. Open the secondary lock hinge on the connector.
070
2. Use tool J 28742-A or the equivalent to remove the
pin and the sleeve terminals. Push on J 28742-A to
release.
NOTE: Do the use an ordinary pick or the terminal may
be bent or deformed. Unlike standard blade terminals,
these terminals cannot be straightened after they have
been improperly bent.
071
3. Cut the wire immediately behind the cable seal.
072
Make certain the connectors are properly seated and all
of the sealing rings are in place when you reconnect the
leads. The secondary lock hinge provides a backup
locking feature for the connector. The secondary lock
hinge is used for added reliability. This flap should retain
the terminals even if the small terminal lock tangs are not
positioned properly.
Do not replace the Weather-Pack connections with
standard connections. Read the instructions provided
with the Weather-Pack connector and terminal packages.
1. Replace the terminal.
2. Slip the new seal onto the wire.
3. Strip 5 mm (0.2) of insulation from the wire.
4. Crimp the terminal over the wire and the seal.
073
5. Push the terminal and the connector to engage the
locking tangs.
070
6. Close the secondary locking hinge.
Com-Pack III
GeneraI Information
The Com-Pack terminal looks similar to some
Weather-Pack terminals. This terminal is not sealed and
is used where resistance to the environment is not
required. Use the standard method when repairing a
terminal. Do not use the Weather-Pack terminal tool J
28742-A or equivalent. These will damage the terminals.
Metri-Pack
TooIs Required
J 35689 Terminal Remover
RemovaI Procedure
Some connectors use terminals called Metri-Pack Series
150. These may be used at the engine coolant
temperature (ECT) sensor.
1. Slide the seal (1) back on the wire.
2. nsert the J 35689 tool or equivalent (3) in order to
release the terminal locking tang (2).
060
3. Push the wire and the terminal out through the
connector. f you reuse the terminal, reshape the
locking tang.
Metri-Pack terminals are also referred to as pull-to-seat
terminals.
1. n order to install a terminal on a wire, the wire must be
inserted through the seal (2) and through the
connector (3).
2. The terminal (1) is then crimped onto the wire.
061
3. Then the terminal is pulled back into the connector to
seat it in place.
GeneraI Description
GeneraI Description (PCM and
Sensors)
58X Reference PCM Input
The powertrain control module (PCM) uses this signal
from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor to calculate
engine RPM and crankshaft position at all engine speeds.
The PCM also uses the pulses on this circuit to initiate
injector pulses. f the PCM receives no pulses on this
circuit, DTC P0337 will set. The engine will not start and
run without using the 58X reference signal.
A/C Request SignaI
This signal tells the PCM when the A/C mode is selected
at the A/C control head. The PCM uses this to adjust the
idle speed before turning ON the A/C clutch. The A/C
compressor will be inoperative if this signal is not
available to the PCM.
Refer to for A/C wiring
diagrams and diagnosis for the A/C electrical system.
Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor provides a signal
used by the powertrain control module (PCM) to calculate
the ignition sequence. The CKP sensor initiates the 58X
reference pulses which the PCM uses to calculate RPM
and crankshaft position.
Refer to for additional
information.
0013
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor and
SignaI
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor sends a CMP signal
to the PCM. The PCM uses this signal as a sync pulse to
trigger the injectors in the proper sequence. The PCM
uses the CMP signal to indicate the position of the #1
piston during its power stroke. This allows the PCM to
calculate true sequential fuel injection (SF) mode of
operation. f the PCM detects an incorrect CMP signal
while the engine is running, DTC P0341 will set. f the
CMP signal is lost while the engine is running, the fuel
injection system will shift to a calculated sequential fuel
injection mode based on the last fuel injection pulse, and
the engine will continue to run. As long as the fault is
present, the engine can be restarted. t will run in the
calculated sequential mode with a 1-in-6 chance of the
injector sequence being correct.
Refer to for further information.
0014
Engine CooIant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is a
thermistor (a resistor which changes value based on
temperature) mounted in the engine coolant stream. Low
coolant temperature produces a high resistance of
100,000 ohms at 40 C (40 F). High temperature
causes a low resistance of 70 ohms at 130 C (266 F).
The PCM supplies a 5-volt signal to the ECT sensor
through resistors in the PCM and measures the voltage.
The signal voltage will be high when the engine is cold and
low when the engine is hot. By measuring the voltage, the
PCM calculates the engine coolant temperature. Engine
coolant temperature affects most of the systems that the
PCM controls.
Tech 2 displays engine coolant temperature in degrees.
After engine start-up, the temperature should rise steadily
to about 85 C (185 F). t then stabilizes when the
thermostat opens. f the engine has not been run for
several hours (overnight), the engine coolant
temperature and intake air temperature displays should
be close to each other. A hard fault in the engine coolant
sensor circuit will set DTC P0177 or DTC P0118. An
intermittent fault will set a DTC P1114 or P1115.
0016
EIectricaIIy ErasabIe ProgrammabIe Read
OnIy Memory (EEPROM)
The electrically erasable programmable read only
memory (EEPROM) is a permanent memory chip that is
physically soldered within the PCM. The EEPROM
contains the program and the calibration information that
the PCM needs to control powertrain operation.
Unlike the PROM used in past applications, the EEPROM
is not replaceable. f the PCM is replaced, the new PCM
will need to be programmed. Equipment containing the
correct program and calibration for the vehicle is required
to program the PCM.
FueI ControI Heated Oxygen Sensors
The fuel control heated oxygen sensors (Bank 1 HO2S 1
and Bank 2 HO2S 1) are mounted in the exhaust stream
where they can monitor the oxygen content of the exhaust
gas. The oxygen present in the exhaust gas reacts with
the sensor to produce a voltage output. This voltage
should constantly fluctuate from approximately 100 mV to
900 mV. The heated oxygen sensor voltage can be
monitored with Tech 2. By monitoring the voltage output
of the oxygen sensor, the PCM calculates the pulse width
command for the injectors to produce the proper
combustion chamber mixture.
Low HO2S voltage is a lean mixture which will result in
a rich command to compensate.
High HO2S voltage is a rich mixture which will result in
a lean command to compensate.
An open Bank 1 HO2S 1 signal circuit will set a DTC
P0134 and Tech 2 will display a constant voltage between
400-500 mV. A constant voltage below 300 mV in the
sensor circuit (circuit grounded) will set DTC P0131. A
constant voltage above 800 mV in the circuit will set DTC
P0132. Faults in the Bank 2 HO2S 1 signal circuit will
cause DTC 0154 (open circuit), DTC P0151 (grounded
circuit), or DTC P0152 (signal voltage high) to set.
0012
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
which changes its resistance based on the temperature of
air entering the engine. Low temperature produces a high
resistance of 100,000 ohms at 40 C (40 F). High
temperature causes low resistance of 70 ohms at 130 C
(266 F) . The PCM supplies a 5-volt signal to the sensor
through a resistor in the PCM and monitors the signal
voltage. The voltage will be high when the incoming air is
cold. The voltage will be low when the incoming air is hot.
By measuring the voltage, the PCM calculates the
incoming air temperature. The AT sensor signal is used
to adjust spark timing according to the incoming air
density.
Tech 2 displays the temperature of the air entering the
engine. The temperature should read close to the
ambient air temperature when the engine is cold and rise
as underhood temperature increases. f the engine has
not been run for several hours (overnight), the AT sensor
temperature and engine coolant temperature should read
close to each other. A fault in the AT sensor circuit will set
DTC P0112 or DTC P0113.
0018
Knock Sensor
nsufficient gasoline octane levels may cause detonation
in some engines. Detonation is an uncontrolled explosion
(burn) in the combustion chamber. This uncontrolled
explosion results from a flame front opposite that of the
normal flame front produced by the spark plug. The
rattling sound normally associated with detonation is the
result of two or more opposing pressures (flame fronts)
colliding within the combustion chamber. Light
detonation is sometimes considered normal, but heavy
detonation could result in engine damage.
A knock sensor system is used to control detonation. This
system is designed to retard spark timing up to 20
degrees to reduce detonation in the engine. This allows
the engine to use maximum spark advance to improve
driveability and fuel economy.
The knock sensor system has two major components:
The knock sensor (KS) module.
The knock sensor.
The knock sensor, mounted in the engine block near the
cylinders, detects abnormal vibration in the engine. The
sensor produces an AC output signal of about 10
millivolts. The signal amplitude and frequency are
dependent on the amount of knock being experienced.
The signal voltage increases with the severity of the
knock. This signal voltage is input to the PCM. The PCM
then retards the ignition control (C) spark timing based
on the KS signal being received.
The PCM determines whether knock is occurring by
comparing the signal level on the KS circuit with the
voltage level on the noise channel. The noise channel
allows the PCM to reject any false knock signal by
indicating the amount of normal engine mechanical noise
present. Normal engine noise varies depending on the
engine speed and load. f the voltage level on the KS
noise channel circuit is below the range considered
normal, DTC P0327 will set, indicating a fault in the KS
circuit or the knock sensor. f the PCM determines that an
abnormal minimum or maximum noise level is being
experienced, DTC P0325 will set.
The PCM contains a knock sensor (KS) module. The KS
module contains the circuitry which allows the PCM to
utilize the KS signal and diagnose the KS sensor and the
KS circuitry. f the KS module is missing or faulty, a
continuous knock condition will be indicated, and the
PCM will set DTC P0325.
Although it is a plug-in device, the KS module is not
replaceable. f the KS module is faulty, the entire PCM
must be replaced.
0009
Linear Exhaust Gas RecircuIation (EGR)
ControI
The PCM monitors the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR)
actual position and adjusts the pintle position accordingly.
The PCM uses information from the following sensors to
control the pintle position:
Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor.
Mass air flow (MAF) sensor.
Mass Air FIow (MAF) Sensor
The mass air flow (MAF) sensor measures the difference
between the volume and the quantity of air that enters the
engine. Volume means the size of the space to be filled.
Quantity means the number of air molecules that will fit
into the space. This information is important to the PCM
because heavier, denser air will hold more fuel than
lighter, thinner air. The PCM adjusts the air/fuel ratio as
needed depending on the MAF value. Tech 2 reads the
MAF value and displays it in terms of grams per second
(gm/s). At idle, Tech 2 should read between 4-7 gm/s on a
fully warmed up engine. Values should change quickly on
acceleration. Values should remain stable at any given
RPM. A failure in the MAF sensor or circuit will set DTC
P0101, DTC P0102, or DTC P0103.
0007
ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
MAP sensor signal voltage to the PCM varies from below
2 volts at idle (high vacuum) to above 4 volts with the
ignition ON, engine not running or at wide-open throttle
(low vacuum).
The MAP sensor is used to determine the following:
Manifold pressure changes while the linear EGR flow
test diagnostic is being run. Refer to .
Engine vacuum level for other diagnostics.
Barometric pressure (BARO).
f the PCM detects a voltage that is lower than the
possible range of the MAP sensor, DTC P0107 will be set.
A signal voltage higher than the possible range of the
sensor will set DTC P0108. An intermittent low or high
voltage will set DTC P1107 or DTC P1106, respectively.
The PCM can detect a shifted MAP sensor. The PCM
compares the MAP sensor signal to a calculated MAP
based on throttle position and various engine load factors.
f the PCM detects a MAP signal that varies excessively
above or below the calculated value, DTC P0106 will set.
055RW004
The powertrain control module (PCM) is located in the
passenger compartment below the center console. The
PCM controls the following:
Fuel metering system.
Transmission shifting (automatic transmission only).
gnition timing.
On-board diagnostics for powertrain functions.
The PCM constantly observes the information from
various sensors. The PCM controls the systems that
affect vehicle performance. The PCM performs the
diagnostic function of the system. t can recognize
operational problems, alert the driver through the ML
(Service Engine Soon lamp), and store diagnostic trouble
codes (DTCs). DTCs identify the problem areas to aid the
technician in making repairs.
This engine uses 2 different control modules:
PCM-6KT for automatic transmission-equipped
vehicles.
SF-6 for manual transmission-equipped vehicles.
PCM Function
The PCM supplies either 5 or 12 volts to power various
sensors or switches. The power is supplied through
resistances in the PCM which are so high in value that a
test light will not light when connected to the circuit. n
some cases, even an ordinary shop voltmeter will not give
an accurate reading because its resistance is too low.
Therefore, a digital voltmeter with at least 10 megohms
input impedance is required to ensure accurate voltage
readings. Tool J 39200 meets this requirement. The PCM
controls output circuits such as the injectors, AC, cooling
fan relays, etc., by controlling the ground or the power
feed circuit through transistors of following device.
Output Driver Module (ODM)
0005
PCM Components
The PCM is designed to maintain exhaust emission levels
to government mandated standards while providing
excellent driveability and fuel efficiency. The PCM
monitors numerous engine and vehicle functions via
electronic sensors such as the throttle position (TP)
sensor, heated oxygen sensor (HO2S), and vehicle
speed sensor (VSS). The PCM also controls certain
engine operations through the following:
Fuel injector control
gnition control module
Knock sensor
Automatic transmission shift functions
Cruise control
A/C clutch control
PCM VoItage Description
The PCM supplies a buffered voltage to various switches
and sensors. t can do this because resistance in the
PCM is so high in value that a test light may not illuminate
when connected to the circuit. An ordinary shop
voltmeter may not give an accurate reading because the
voltmeter input impedance is too low. Use a 10-megohm
input impedance digital voltmeter (such as J 39200) to
assure accurate voltage readings.
The input/output devices in the PCM include
analog-to-digital converters, signal buffers, counters,
and special drivers. The PCM controls most components
with electronic switches which complete a ground circuit
when turned ON. These switches are arranged in
groups of 4 and 7, called either a surface-mounted quad
driver module (QDM), which can independently control up
to 4 output terminals, or QDMs which can independently
control up to 7 outputs. Not all outputs are always used.
PCM Input/Outputs
Inputs - Operating Conditions Read
Air Conditioning ON or OFF
Engine Coolant Temperature
Crankshaft Position
Exhaust Oxygen Content
Electronic gnition
Manifold Absolute Pressure
Battery Voltage
Throttle Position
Vehicle Speed
Fuel Pump Voltage
Power Steering Pressure
ntake Air Temperature
Mass Air Flow
Engine Knock
Camshaft Position
Outputs - Systems ControIIed
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
gnition Control
Fuel Control
dle Air Control
Electric Fuel Pump
Air Conditioning
Diagnostics
Malfunction ndicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon
lamp)
Data Link Connector (DLC)
Data Output
Transmission Control Module
Alternator Gain Control
PCM Service Precautions
The PCM is designed to withstand normal current draws
associated with vehicle operation. Avoid overloading any
circuit. When testing for opens and shorts, do not ground
or apply voltage to any of the PCM's circuits unless
instructed to do so. These circuits should only be tested
Tech-2. The PCM should remain connected to the PCM
or to a recommended breakout box.
Reprogramming The PCM
The Trooper allow reprogramming of the PCM without
removing it from the vehicle . This provides a flexible and
cost-effective method of making changes in software
calibrations.
The service programming system (SPS) will not allow
incorrect software programming or incorrect calibration
changes.
Refer to the UBS 98model year mmobilizer Workshop
Manual.
ThrottIe Position (TP) Sensor
The throttle position (TP) sensor is a potentiometer
connected to the throttle shaft on the throttle body. The
PCM monitors the voltage on the signal line and
calculates throttle position. As the throttle valve angle is
changed (accelerator pedal moved), the TP sensor signal
also changes. At a closed throttle position, the output of
the TP sensor is low. As the throttle valve opens, the
output increases so that at wide open throttle (WOT), the
output voltage should be above 4 volts.
The PCM calculates fuel delivery based on throttle valve
angle (driver demand). A broken or loose TP sensor may
cause intermittent bursts of fuel from an injector and
unstable idle because the PCM thinks the throttle is
moving. A hard failure in the TP sensor 5-volt reference
or signal circuits will set a DTC P0123. A hard failure with
the TP sensor ground circuit may set DTC P0123. Once
a DTC is set, the PCM will use an artificial default value
based on engine RPM and mass air flow for the throttle
position, and some vehicle performance will return. A
high idle may result when DTC P0123 is set. The PCM
can also detect a shifted TP sensor. The PCM monitors
throttle position and compares the actual TP sensor
reading to a predicted TP value calculated from engine
speed. f the PCM detects an out-of-range condition,
0021
Transmission FIuid Temperature (TFT)
Sensor
The transmission fluid temperature sensor is a thermistor
which changes its resistance based on the temperature of
the transmission fluid. For a complete description of the
TFT sensor, refer to
.
A failure in the TFT sensor or associated wiring will cause
DTC P0712 or DTC P0713 to set. n this case, engine
coolant temperature will be substituted for the TFT
sensor value and the transmission will operate normally.
Transmission Range Switch
IMPORTANT: The vehicle should not be driven with the
transmission range switch disconnected; idle quality will
be affected.
The four inputs from the transmission range switch
indicate to the PCM which position is selected by the
transmission selector lever. This information is used for
ignition timing, EVAP canister purge, EGR and AC valve
operation.
For more information on the transmission on the
transmission range switch, refer to
.
VehicIe Speed Sensor (VSS)
The PCM determines the speed of the vehicle by
converting a plusing voltage signal from the vehicle speed
sensor (VSS) into miles per hour. The PCM uses this
signal to operate the cruise control, speedometer, and the
TCC and shift solenoids in the transmission. For more
information on the TCC and shift solenoids, refer to
0008
Use of Circuit Testing TooIs
Do not use a test light to diagnose the powertrain
electrical systems unless specifically instructed by the
diagnostic procedures. Use Connector Test Adapter Kit J
35616 whenever diagnostic procedures call for probing
connectors.
Aftermarket EIectricaI and Vacuum
Equipment
Aftermarket (add-on) electrical and vacuum equipment is
defined as any equipment which connects to the vehicle's
electrical or vacuum systems that is installed on a vehicle
after it leaves the factory. No allowances have been
made in the vehicle design for this type of equipment.
NOTE: No add-on vacuum equipment should be added
to this vehicle.
NOTE: Add-on electri cal equipment must onl y be
connected to the vehicle's electrical system at the battery
(power and ground).
Add-on electrical equipment, even when installed to
these guidelines, may still cause the powertrain system to
malfunction. This may also include equipment not
connected to the vehicle electrical system such as
portable telephones and radios. Therefore, the first step
in diagnosing any powertrain problem is to eliminate all
aftermarket electrical equipment from the vehicle. After
this is done, if the problem still exists, it may be diagnosed
in the normal manner.
EIectrostatic Discharge Damage
Electronic components used in the PCM are often
designed to carry very low voltage. Electronic
components are susceptible to damage caused by
electrostatic discharge. Less than 100 volts of static
electricity can cause damage to some electronic
components. By comparison, it takes as much as 4000
volts for a person to feel even the zap of a static
discharge.
TS23793
There are several ways for a person to become statically
charged. The most common methods of charging are by
friction and induction.
An example of charging by friction is a person sliding
across a vehicle seat.
Charge by induction occurs when a person with well
insulated shoes stands near a highly charged object
and momentary touches ground. Charges of the
same polarity are drained off leaving the person
highly charged with the opposite polarity. Static
charges can cause damage, therefore it is important
to use care when handling and testing electronic
components.
NOTE: To prevent possible electrostatic discharge
damage, follow these guidelines:
Do not touch the PCM connector pins or soldered
components on the PCM circuit board.
Do not touch the knock sensor module component
leads.
Do not open the replacement part package until the
part is ready to be installed.
Before removing the part from the package, ground
the package to a known good ground on the vehicle.
f the part has been handled while sliding across the
seat, while sitting down from a standing position, or
while walking a distance, touch a known good ground
before installing the part.
Upshift Lamp
Refer to .
GeneraI Description (Air Induction)
Air Induction System
The air induction system filters contaminants from the
outside air, and directs the progress of the air as it is
drawn into the engine. A remote-mounted air cleaner
prevents dirt and debris in the air from entering the
engine. The air duct assembly routes filtered air to the
throttle body. Air enters the engine by to following steps:
1. Through the throttle body.
2. nto the common chamber.
3. Through the cylinder head intake ports.
4. nto the cylinders.
055RV010
GeneraI Description (FueI Metering)
AcceIeration Mode
The PCM provides extra fuel when it detects a rapid
increase in the throttle position and the air flow.
AcceIerator ControIs
The accelerator control system is a cable-type system
with specific linkage adjustments.
Refer to .
Battery VoItage Correction Mode
When battery voltage is low, the PCM will compensate for
the weak spark by increasing the following:
The amount of fuel delivered.
The idle RPM.
gnition dwell time.
CMP SignaI
The PCM uses this signal to determine the position of the
number 1 piston during its power stroke, allowing the
PCM to calculate true sequential multiport fuel injection
(SF). Loss of this signal will set a DTC P0341. f the CMP
signal is lost while the engine is running, the fuel injection
system will shift to a calculated sequential fuel injection
based on the last fuel injection pulse, and the engine will
continue to run. The engine can be restarted and will run
in the calculated sequential mode as long as the fault is
present, with a 1-in-6 chance of being correct.
CIear FIood Mode
Clear a flooded engine by pushing the accelerator pedal
down all the way. The PCM then de-energizes the fuel
injectors. The PCM holds the fuel injectors de-energized
as long as the throttle remains above 80% and the engine
speed is below 800 RPM. f the throttle position becomes
less than 80%, the PCM again begins to pulse the
injectors ON and OFF, allowing fuel into the cylinders.
DeceIeration Mode
The PCM reduces the amount of fuel injected when it
detects a decrease in the throttle position and the air flow.
When deceleration is very fast, the PCM may cut off fuel
completely for short periods.
Engine Speed/VehicIe Speed/FueI DisabIe
Mode
The PCM monitors engine speed. t turns off the fuel
injectors when the engine speed increase above 6400
RPM. The fuel injectors are turned back on when engine
speed decreases below 6150 RPM.
FueI Cutoff Mode
No fuel is delivered by the fuel injectors when the ignition
is OFF. This prevents engine run-on. n addition, the
PCM suspends fuel delivery if no reference pulses are
detected (engine not running) to prevent engine flooding.
FueI Injector
The sequential multiport fuel injection (SF) fuel injector is
a solenoid-operated device controlled by the PCM. The
PCM energizes the solenoid, which opens a valve to allow
fuel delivery.
The fuel is injected under pressure in a conical spray
pattern at the opening of the intake valve. Excess fuel not
used by the injectors passes through the fuel pressure
regulator before being returned to the fuel tank.
A fuel injector which is stuck partly open will cause a loss
of fuel pressure after engine shut down, causing long
crank times.
0003
FueI Metering System Components
The fuel metering system is made up of the following
parts:
The fuel injectors.
The throttle body.
The fuel rail.
The fuel pressure regulator.
The PCM.
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor.
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor.
The idle air control (AC) valve.
The fuel pump.
The fuel pump relay.
Basic System Operation
The fuel metering system starts with the fuel in the fuel
tank. An electric fuel pump, located in the fuel tank,
pumps fuel to the fuel rail through an in-line fuel filter. The
pump is designed to provide fuel at a pressure above the
pressure needed by the injectors. A fuel pressure
regulator in the fuel rail keeps fuel available to the fuel
injectors at a constant pressure. A return line delivers
unused fuel back to the fuel tank. Refer to for
further information on the fuel tank, line filter, and fuel
pipes.
FueI Metering System Purpose
The basic function of the air/fuel metering system is to
control the air/fuel delivery to the engine. Fuel is delivered
to the engine by individual fuel injectors mounted in the
intake manifold near each intake valve.
The main control sensor is the heated oxygen sensor
(HO2S) located in the exhaust system. The HO2S tells
the PCM how much oxygen is in the exhaust gas. The
PCM changes the air/fuel ratio to the engine by controlling
the amount of time that fuel injector is ON. The best
mixture to minimize exhaust emissions is 14.7 parts of air
to 1 part of gasoline by weight, which allows the catalytic
converter to operate most efficiently. Because of the
constant measuring and adjusting of the air/fuel ratio, the
fuel injection system is called a closed loop system.
The PCM monitors signals from several sensors in order
to determine the fuel needs of the engine. Fuel is
delivered under one of several conditions called modes.
All modes are controlled by the PCM.
FueI Pressure ReguIator
The fuel pressure regulator is a diaphragm-operated
relief valve mounted on the fuel rail with fuel pump
pressure on one side and manifold pressure on the other
side. The fuel pressure regulator maintains the fuel
pressure available to the injector at three times
barometric pressure adjusted for engine load. t may be
serviced separate.
f the pressure is too low, poor performance and a DTC
P0131, DTC P0151,DTC P0171 or DTC P1171 will be the
result. f the pressure is too high, excessive odor and/or a
DTC P0132, DTC P0152,DTC P0172 or DTC P0175 will
be the result. Refer to for
information on diagnosing fuel pressure conditions.
0011
FueI Pump EIectricaI Circuit
When the key is first turned ON, the PCM energizes the
fuel pump relay for two seconds to build up the fuel
pressure quickly. f the engine is not started within two
seconds, the PCM shuts the fuel pump off and waits until
the engine is cranked. When the engine is cranked and
the 58 X crankshaft position signal has been detected by
the PCM, the PCM supplies 12 volts to the fuel pump relay
to energize the electric in-tank fuel pump.
An inoperative fuel pump will cause a no-start condition.
A fuel pump which does not provide enough pressure will
result in poor performance.
FueI RaiI
The fuel rail is mounted to the top of the engine and
distributes fuel to the individual injectors. Fuel is
delivered to the fuel inlet tube of the fuel rail by the fuel
lines. The fuel goes through the fuel rail to the fuel
pressure regulator. The fuel pressure regulator maintains
a constant fuel pressure at the injectors. Remaining fuel
is then returned to the fuel tank.
055RW009
The purpose of the idle air control (AC) valve is to control
engine idle speed, while preventing stalls due to changes
in engine load. The AC valve, mounted in the throttle
body, controls bypass air around the throttle plate. By
moving the conical valve (pintle) in (to decrease air flow)
or out (to increase air flow), a controlled amount of air can
move around the throttle plate. f the RPM is too low, the
PCM will retract the AC pintle, resulting in more air
moving past the throttle plate to increase the RPM. f the
RPM is too high, the PCM will extend the AC pintle,
allowing less air to move past the throttle plate,
decreasing the RPM.
The AC pintle valve moves in small steps called counts.
During idle, the proper position of the AC pintle is
calculated by the PCM based on battery voltage, coolant
temperature, engine load, and engine RPM. f the RPM
drops below a specified value, and the throttle plate is
closed, the PCM senses a near-stall condition. The PCM
will then calculate a new AC pintle valve position to
prevent stalls.
f the AC valve is disconnected and reconnected with the
engine running, the idle RPM will be wrong. n this case,
the AC must be reset. The AC resets when the key is
cycled ON then OFF. When servicing the AC, it
should only be disconnected or connected with the
ignition OFF.
The position of the AC pintle valve affects engine start-up
and the idle characteristics of the vehicle. f the AC pintle
is fully open, too much air will be allowed into the manifold.
This results in high idle speed, along with possible hard
starting and a lean air/fuel ratio. DTC P0507 or DTC
P1509 may set. f the AC pintle is stuck closed, too little
air will be allowed in the manifold. This results in a low idle
speed, along with possible hard starting and a rich air/fuel
ratio. DTC P0506 or DTC P1508 may set. f the AC
pintle is stuck part-way open, the idle may be high or low
and will not respond to changes in the engine load.
0006
Run Mode
The run mode has the following two conditions:
Open loop
Closed loop
When the engine is first started the system is in open
loop operation. n open loop, the PCM ignores the
signal from the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S). t
calculates the air/fuel ratio based on inputs from the TP,
ECT, and MAF sensors.
The system remains in open loop until the following
conditions are met:
The HO2S has a varying voltage output showing that
it is hot enough to operate properly (this depends on
temperature).
The ECT has reached a specified temperature.
A specific amount of time has elapsed since starting
the engine.
Engine speed has been greater than a specified RPM
since start-up.
The specific values for the above conditions vary with
different engines and are stored in the programmable
read only memory (PROM). When these conditions are
met, the system enters closed loop operation. n
closed loop, the PCM calculates the air/fuel ratio
(injector on-time) based on the signal from the HO2S.
This allows the air/fuel ratio to stay very close to 14.7:1.
Starting Mode
When the ignition is first turned ON, the PCM energizes
the fuel pump relay for two seconds to allow the fuel pump
to build up pressure. The PCM then checks the engine
coolant temperature (ECT) sensor and the throttle
position (TP) sensor to determine the proper air/fuel ratio
for starting.
The PCM controls the amount of fuel delivered in the
starting mode by adjusting how long the fuel injectors are
energized by pulsing the injectors for very short times.
ThrottIe Body Unit
The throttle body has a throttle plate to control the amount
of air delivered to the engine. The TP sensor and AC
valve are also mounted on the throttle body. Vacuum
ports located behind the throttle plate provide the vacuum
signals needed by various components.
Engine coolant is directed through a coolant cavity in the
throttle body to warm the throttle valve and to prevent
icing.
0019
GeneraI Description (EIectronic
Ignition System)
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
As the camshaft sprocket turns, a magnet in the sprocket
activates the Hall-effect switch in the CMP sensor. When
the Hall-effect switch is activated, it grounds the signal
line to the PCM, pulling the camshaft position sensor
signal circuit's applied voltage low. This is a CMP signal.
The CMP signals is created as piston #1 is approximately
25 after top dead counter on the power stroke. f the
correct CMP signal is not received by the PCM, DTC
P0341 will be set.
0014
Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor provides a signal
used by the powertrain control module (PCM) to calculate
the ignition sequence. The sensor initiates the 58X
reference pulses which the PCM uses to calculate RPM
and crankshaft position. Refer to
for additional information.
EIectronic Ignition
The electronic ignition system controls fuel combustion
by providing a spark to ignite the compressed air/fuel
mixture at the correct time. To provide optimum engine
performance, fuel economy, and control of exhaust
emissions, the PCM controls the spark advance of the
ignition system. Electronic ignition has the following
advantages over a mechanical distributor system:
No moving parts.
Less maintenance.
Remote mounting capability.
No mechanical load on the engine.
More coil cooldown time between firing events.
Elimination of mechanical timing adjustments.
ncreased available ignition coil saturation time.
0013
Ignition CoiIs
A separate coil-at-plug module is located at each spark
plug. The coil-at-plug module is attached to the engine
with two screws. t is installed directly to the spark plug by
an electrical contact inside a rubber boot. A three-way
connector provides 12-volt primary supply from the
15-amp ignition fuse, a ground-switching trigger line from
the PCM, and a ground.
0001
Ignition ControI
The ignition control (C) spark timing is the PCM's method
of controlling the spark advance and the ignition dwell.
The C spark advance and the ignition dwell are
calculated by the PCM using the following inputs:
Engine speed.
Crankshaft position (58X reference).
Camshaft position (CMP) sensor.
Knock signal (knock sensor).
Park/Neutral position (PRNDL input).
Vehicle speed (vehicle speed sensor).
PCM and ignition system supply voltage.
The crankshaft positron (CKP) sensor sends the
PCM a 58X signal related to the exact position of the
crankshaft.
TS22909
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor sends a signal
related to the position of the camshaft.
TS22910
The knock sensor tells the PCM if there is any
problem with pre-ignition or detonation. This
information allows the PCM to retard timing, if
necessary.
TS24037
Based on these sensor signals and engine load
information, the PCM sends 5V to each ignition coil.
060RW015
The PCM applies 5V signal voltage to the ignition coil
requiring ignition. This signal sets on the power transistor
of the ignition coil to establish a grounding circuit for the
primary coil, applying battery voltage to the primary coil.
At the ignition timing, the PCM stops sending the 5V
signal voltage. Under this condition the power transistor
of the ignition coil is set off to cut the battery voltage to the
primary coil, thereby causing a magnetic field generated
in the primary coil to collapse. On this moment a line of
magnetic force flows to the secondary coil, and when this
magnetic line crosses the coil, high voltage induced by
the secondary ignition circuit to flow through the spark
plug to the ground.
TS24047
Ignition ControI PCM Output
The PCM provides a zero volt (actually about 100 mV to
200 mV) or a 5-volt output signal to the ignition control (C)
module. Each spark plug has its own primary and
secondary coil module (coil-at-plug) located at the spark
plug itself. When the ignition coil receives the 5-volt signal
from the PCM, it provides a ground path for the B+ supply
to the primary side of the coil-at -plug module. This
energizes the primary coil and creates a magnetic field in
the coil-at-plug module. When the PCM shuts off the
5-volt signal to the ignition control module, the ground
path for the primary coil is broken. The magnetic field
collapses and induces a high voltage secondary impulse
which fires the spark plug and ignites the air/fuel mixture.
The circuit between the PCM and the ignition coil is
monitored for open circuits, shorts to voltage, and shorts
to ground. f the PCM detects one of these events, it will
set one of the following DTCs:
P0351: gnition coil Fault on Cylinder #1
Knock Sensor (KS) PCM Input
The knock sensor (KS) system is comprised of a knock
sensor and the PCM. The PCM monitors the KS signals
to determine when engine detonation occurs. When a
knock sensor detects detonation, the PCM retards the
spark timing to reduce detonation. Timing may also be
retarded because of excessive mechanical engine or
transmission noise.
The PCM is responsible for maintaining proper spark and
fuel injection timing for all driving conditions. To provide
optimum driveability and emissions, the PCM monitors
the input signals from the following components in order
to calculate spark timing:
ntake air temperature (AT) sensor.
PRNDL input from transmission range switch.
Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) .
Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor.
Spark PIug
Although worn or dirty spark plugs may give satisfactory
operation at idling speed, they frequency fail at higher
engine speeds. Faulty spark plugs may cause poor fuel
economy, power loss, loss of speed, hard starting and
generally poor engine performance. Follow the
scheduled maintenance service recommendations to
ensure satisfactory spark plug performance. Refer to
.
Normal spark plug operation will result in brown to
grayish-tan deposits appearing on the insulator portion of
the spark plug. A small amount of red-brown, yellow, and
white powdery material may also be present on the
insulator tip around the center electrode. These deposits
are normal combustion by-products of fuels and
lubricating oils with additives. Some electrode wear will
also occur. Engines which are not running properly are
often referred to as misfiring. This means the ignition
spark is not igniting the air/fuel mixture at the proper time.
While other ignition and fuel system causes must also be
considered, possible causes include ignition system
conditions which allow the spark voltage to reach ground
in some other manner than by jumping across the air gap
at the tip of the spark plug, leaving the air/fuel mixture
unburned. Misfiring may also occur when the tip of the
spark plug becomes overheated and ignites the mixture
before the spark jumps. This is referred to as
pre-ignition.
Spark plugs may also misfire due to fouling, excessive
gap, or a cracked or broken insulator. f misfiring occurs
before the recommended replacement interval, locate
and correct the cause.
Carbon fouling of the spark plug is indicated by dry, black
carbon (soot) deposits on the portion of the spark plug in
the cylinder. Excessive idling and slow speeds under
light engine loads can keep the spark plug temperatures
so low that these deposits are not burned off. Very rich
fuel mixtures or poor ignition system output may also be
the cause. Refer to DTC P0172.
Oil fouling of the spark plug is indicated by wet oily
deposits on the portion of the spark plug in the cylinder,
usually with little electrode wear. This may be caused by
oil during break-in of new or newly overhauled engines.
Deposit fouling of the spark plug occurs when the normal
red-brown, yellow or white deposits of combustion by
products become sufficient to cause misfiring. n some
cases, these deposits may melt and form a shiny glaze on
the insulator around the center electrode. f the fouling is
found in only one or two cylinders, valve stem clearances
or intake valve seals may be allowing excess lubricating
oil to enter the cylinder, particularly if the deposits are
heavier on the side of the spark plug facing the intake
valve.
TS23995
Excessive gap means that the air space between the
center and the side electrodes at the bottom of the spark
plug is too wide for consistent firing. This may be due to
improper gap adjustment or to excessive wear of the
electrode during use. A check of the gap size and
comparison to the gap specified for the vehicle in
will tell if the gap is too wide.
A spark plug gap that is too small may cause an unstable
idle condition. Excessive gap wear can be an indication
of continuous operation at high speeds or with engine
loads, causing the spark to run too hot. Another possible
cause is an excessively lean fuel mixture.
TS23992
Low or high spark plug installation torque or improper
seating can result in the spark plug running too hot and
can cause excessive center electrode wear. The plug
and the cylinder head seats must be in good contact for
proper heat transfer and spark plug cooling. Dirty or
damaged threads in the head or on the spark plug can
keep it from seating even though the proper torque is
applied. Once spark plugs are properly seated, tighten
them to the torque shown in the Specifications Table. Low
torque may result in poor contact of the seats due to a
loose spark plug. Overtightening may cause the spark
plug shell to be stretched and will result in poor contact
between the seats. n extreme cases, exhaust blow-by
and damage beyond simple gap wear may occur.
Cracked or broken insulators may be the result of
improper installation, damage during spark plug
re-gapping, or heat shock to the insulator material. Upper
insulators can be broken when a poorly fitting tool is used
during installation or removal, when the spark plug is hit
from the outside, or is dropped on a hard surface. Cracks
in the upper insulator may be inside the shell and not
visible. Also, the breakage may not cause problems until
oil or moisture penetrates the crack later.
TS23994
A broken or cracked lower insulator tip (around the center
electrode) may result from damage during re-gapping or
from heat shock (spark plug suddenly operating too
hot).
TS23993
Damage during re-gapping can happen if the gapping
tool is pushed against the center electrode or the
insulator around it, causing the insulator to crack.
When re-gapping a spark plug, make the adjustment
by bending only the ground side terminal, keeping the
tool clear of other parts.
Heat shock breakage in the lower insulator tip
generally occurs during several engine operating
conditions (high speeds or heavy loading) and may be
caused by over-advanced timing or low grade fuels.
Heat shock refers to a rapid increase in the tip
temperature that causes the insulator material to
crack.
Spark plugs with less than the recommended amount of
service can sometimes be cleaned and re-gapped , then
returned to service. However, if there is any doubt about
the serviceability of a spark plug, replace it. Spark plugs
with cracked or broken insulators should always be
replaced.
A/C CIutch Diagnosis
A/C CIutch Circuit Operation
A 12-volt signal is supplied to the A/C request input of the
PCM when the A/C is selected through the A/C control
switch.
The A/C compressor clutch relay is controlled through the
PCM. This allows the PCM to modify the idle air control
position prior to the A/C clutch engagement for better idle
quality. f the engine operating conditions are within their
specified calibrated acceptable ranges, the PCM will
enable the A/C compressor relay. This is done by
providing a ground path for the A/C relay coil within the
PCM. When the A/C compressor relay is enabled,
battery voltage is supplied to the compressor clutch coil.
The PCM will enable the A/C compressor clutch
whenever the engine is running and the A/C has been
requested. The PCM will not enable the A/C compressor
clutch if any of the following conditions are met:
The throttle is greater than 90%.
The engine speed is greater than 6315 RPM.
The ECT is greater than 119 C (246 F).
The AT is less than 5 C (41 F).
The throttle is more than 80% open.
A/C CIutch Circuit Purpose
The A/C compressor operation is controlled by the
powertrain control module (PCM) for the following
reasons:
t improvises idle quality during compressor clutch
engagement.
t improvises wide open throttle (WOT) performance.
t provides A/C compressor protection from operation
with incorrect refrigerant pressures.
The A/C electrical system consists of the following
components:
The A/C control head.
The A/C refrigerant pressure switches.
The A/C compressor clutch.
The A/C compressor clutch relay.
The PCM.
A/C Request SignaI
This signal tells the PCM when the A/C mode is selected
at the A/C control head. The PCM uses this to adjust the
idle speed before turning on the A/C clutch. The A/C
compressor will be inoperative if this signal is not
available to the PCM.
Refer to for A/C wiring
diagrams and diagnosis for A/C electrical system.
GeneraI Description (Exhaust Gas
RecircuIation (EGR) System)
EGR Purpose
The exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) system is use to
reduce emission levels of oxides of nitrogen (NOx). NOx
emission levels are caused by a high combustion
temperature. The EGR system lowers the NOx emission
levels by decreasing the combustion temperature.
057RW002
Linear EGR VaIve
The main element of the system is the linear EGR valve.
The EGR valve feeds small amounts of exhaust gas back
into the combustion chamber. The fuel/air mixture will be
diluted and combustion temperatures reduced.
Linear EGR ControI
The PCM monitors the EGR actual positron and adjusts
the pintle position accordingly. The uses information from
the following sensors to control the pintle position:
Linear EGR VaIve Operation and ResuIts
of Incorrect Operation
The linear EGR valve is designed to accurately supply
EGR to the engine independent of intake manifold
vacuum. The valve controls EGR flow from the exhaust
to the intake manifold through an orifice with a PCM
controlled pintle. During operation, the PCM controls
pintle position by monitoring the pintle position feedback
signal. The feedback signal can be monitored with Tech 2
as Actual EGR Pos. Actual EGR Pos. should always
be near the commanded EGR position (Desired EGR
Pos.). f a problem with the EGR system will not allow the
PCM to control the pintle position properly, DTC P1406
will set. The PCM also tests for EGR flow. f incorrect flow
is detected, DTC P0401 will set. f DTCs P0401 and/or
P1406 are set, refer to the DTC charts.
The linear EGR valve is usually activated under the
Warm engine operation.
Above-idle speed.
Too much EGR flow at idle, cruise or cold operation may
cause any of the following conditions to occur:
Engine stalls after a cold start.
Engine stalls at idle after deceleration.
Vehicle surges during cruise.
Rough idle.
Too little or no EGR flow may allow combustion
temperatures to get too high. This could cause:
Spark knock (detonation).
Engine overheating.
Emission test failure.
DTC P0401 (EGR flow test).
Poor fuel economy.
0017
EGR PintIe Position Sensor
The PCM monitors the EGR valve pintle position input to
endure that the valve responds properly to commands
from the PCM and to detect a fault if the pintle position
sensor and control circuits are open or shorted. f the
PCM detects a pintle position signal voltage outside the
normal range of the pintle position sensor, or a signal
voltage that is not within a tolerance considered
acceptable for proper EGR system operation, the PCM
will set DTC P1406.
GeneraI Description (Positive
Crankcase VentiIation (PCV) System)
Crankcase VentiIation System Purpose
The crankcase ventilation system is use to consume
crankcase vapors in the combustion process instead of
venting them to the atmosphere. Fresh air from the
throttle body is supplied to the crankcase and mixed with
blow-by gases. This mixture is then passed through the
positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve into the
common chamber.
Crankcase VentiIation System Operation
The primary control is through the positive crankcase
ventilation (PCV) valve. The PCV valve meters the flow at
a rate that depends on the intake vacuum. The PCV valve
restricts the flow when the inlet vacuum is highest. n
addition, the PCV valve can seal the common chamber
off in case of sudden high pressure in the crankcase.
028RV002
While the engine is running, exhaust fuses and small
amounts of the fuel/air mixture escape past the piston
rings and enter the crankcase. These gases are mixed
with clean air entering through a tube from the air intake
duct.
028RW002
During normal, part-throttle operation, the system is
designed to allow crankcase gases to flow through the
PCV valve into the throttle body to be consumed by
normal combustion.
A plugged valve or PCV hose may cause the following
conditions:
Rough idle.
Stalling of slow idle speed.
Oil leaks.
Sludge in the engine.
A leaking PCV hose would cause:
Rough idle.
Stalling.
High idle speed.
SpeciaI TooIs
901RW180
Legend
(1) PCMCA Card
(2) RS232 Loop Back Connector
(3) SAE 16/19 Adapter
(4) DLC Cable
(5) TECH2
LLUSTRATON
TOOL NO.
TOOL NAME
5-8840-0285-0
(J 39200)
High mpedance
Multimeter (Digital
Voltmeter DVM)
(1) PCMCA Card
(2) RS232 Loop Back
Connector
(3) SAE 16/19 Adapter
(4) DLC Cable
(5) TECH2
5-8840-0607-0
(J 34142-B)
Unpowered Test Light
5-8840-0385-0
(J 35616-A/BT-8637)
Connector Test
Adapter Kit
5-8840-0383-0
(J 26792/BT-7220-1)
Spark Tester
5-8840-0279-0
(J 23738-A)
Vacuum Pump with
Gauge common tool
LLUSTRATON
TOOL NO.
TOOL NAME
BT-8515
Exhaust Back Pressure
Tester or common tool
5-8840-2640-0
(J 39194-B)
Heated Oxygen Sensor
Wrench
5-8840-0632-0
(J 35689-A)
Terminal Remover
5-8840-0388-0
(J 28742-A)
Weather Pack
Terminal Remover
5-8840-2635-0
(J 39021-90)
njector Switch Box
5-8840-2636-0
(J 39021-65)
njector Test Light
LLUSTRATON
TOOL NO.
TOOL NAME
5-8840-2607-0
(J 41413)
EVAP Pressure/Purge
Diagnostic Station
5-8840-2608-0
(J 41416)
Ultrasonic Leak Detector
1. 5-8840-2607-0 (J-41413)EVAP Pressure/Purge
Diagnostic Station is a multipurpose tool which is
used to perform several diagnostic procedures for
enhanced emission testing. The station will
accommodate a nitrogen gas filled cylinder which is
used to pressurize the vehicle EVAP system for a
leakdown test and leak location test when a vehicle is
repaired for leakage in the enhanced evaporative
emission control system. t also has two additional
gauges (inches of mercury and inches of water) which
are used to measure both source vacuum and EVAP
canister purge vacuum to verify correct operation and
vapor flow within the canister purge circuit.
2. 5-8840-2608-0 (J-41416) Ultrasonic Leak Detector is
a microprocessor-based device used to detect leaks
in the enhanced evaporative emission control
system. The evaporative system is pressurized to 30
inches of water using the 5-8840-2607-0 (J-41413)
EVAP Pressure/Purge Diagnostic System. Small
leaks in the EVAP system will emit sound at a high
frequency undetectable by a human ear but
detectable with the 5-8840-2608-0 (J-41416). The
technician traces along the evaporative system and
can pinpoint leaks due to corroded lines, cracked
hoses, or a damaged EVAP component. The
detector includes a high quality set of headphones to
block out surrounding shop noise and the LED
sensitivity meter allows a visual reference for locating
leaks in conjunction with the audio output heard
through the headphones. Powered by (1) nine volt
battery.
6F-1 ENGINE EXHAUST
ENGINE
ENGINE EXHAUST
CONTENTS
Service Precaution 6F1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Description 6F2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Exhaust Pipe 6F4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Exhaust Pipe and Associated Parts 6F4 .
Removal 6F4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6F4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Three Way Catalytic Converter 6F5 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6F5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6F5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust Silencer 6F6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust Silencer and Associated Parts 6F6 . . .
Removal 6F6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6F6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Exhaust pipe 6F7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Exhaust pipe and Associated Parts 6F7 .
Removal 6F7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6F7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Data and Specifications 6F8 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Precaution
systems.
6F-2 ENGINE EXHAUST
GeneraI Description
GeneraI export with three way cataIytic converter
modeI
150RW060
GeneraI export with out three way cataIytic
converter modeI
150RW059
6F-3 ENGINE EXHAUST
For Isuzu GeneraI Motors (IGM)
150RW058
When inspecting or replacing exhaust system
components, make sure there is adequate clearance
from all points on the underbody to prevent overheating
the floor pan and possible damage to the passenger
compartment insulation and trim materials.
Check complete exhaust system and nearby body areas
and rear compartment lid for broken, damaged, missing
or mispositioned parts, open seams, holes, loose
connections or other deterioration which could permit
exhaust fumes to seep into the rear compartment or
passenger compartment. Dust or water in the rear
compartment may be an indication of a problem in one of
these areas. Any faulty areas should be corrected
immediately.
Hangers
Various types of hangers are used to support exhaust
system(s). These include conventional rubber straps,
rubber rings, and rubber blocks.
The installation of exhaust system supports is very
important, as improperly installed supports can cause
annoying vibrations which can be difficult to diagnose.
Three Way CataIytic Converter
The three way catalytic converter is an emission control
device added to the exhaust system to reduce pollutants
from the exhaust gas stream.
CAUTION: The cataIytic converter requires the use
of unIeaded fueI onIy.
Periodic maintenance of the exhaust system is not
required. f the vehicle is raised for other service, it is
advisable to check the condition of the complete exhaust
system.
A dual bed monolith catalytic converter is used in
combination with three way catalytic converter.
Catalytic Types:
Three way (Reduction/Oxidation) catalyst
The catalyst coating on the three way (reduction)
converter contains platinum and rhodium which lowers
the levels of nitrous oxide (NOx) as well as hydrocarbons
(HC) and carbon monoxide (Co).
Gasket
The gasket must be replaced whenever a new exhaust
pipe, muffler or catalytic converter is installed.
6F-4 ENGINE EXHAUST
Front Exhaust Pipe
Front Exhaust Pipe and Associated Parts
150RW063
Legend
(1) Front Exhaust Pipe RH Fixing Nuts
(2) Front Exhaust Pipe RH Fixing Bolts and Nuts
(3) O2 Sensor Terminal Connector (for GM)
(4) Front Exhaust Pipe LH Fixing Nuts
(5) Front Exhaust Pipe LH Fixing Bolts and Nuts
(6) Front Exhaust Pipe LH
(7) Front Exhaust Pipe RH
(8) Three way Exhaust Pipe Fixing Bolts and Nuts
RemovaI
2. Raise the vehicle and support with suitable safety
stands.
3. Disconnect O2 sensor harness connector (3).
4. Remove front exhaust pipe fixing nuts and three way
Exhaust Pipe Fixing Bolts and Nuts (2)(5)(8).
5. Remove front exhaust pipe fixing three stud nuts from
exhaust manifold (1)(4).
6. Remove front exhaust pipe (6)(7).
InstaIIation
1. nstall front exhaust pipe (6)(7) and tighten three stud
nuts (1)(4) and nuts (2)(5)(8) to the specified torque.
Torque
Stud Nuts : 67 Nm (6.8 Kgm/49 Ib ft)
Nuts : 43 Nm (4.3 Kgm/32 Ib ft)
2. Reconnect O2 sensor harness connector (3).
6F-5 ENGINE EXHAUST
Three Way CataIytic Converter
RemovaI
stands.
3. Remove three way exhaust pipe fixing bolts and nuts.
150RW065
InstaIIation
1. nstall three way catalytic converter between three
way exhaust pipe and silencer.
2. Tighten nuts to the specified torque.
Torque
Nuts : 43 Nm (4.4 Kgm/32 Ib ft)
6F-6 ENGINE EXHAUST
Exhaust SiIencer
Exhaust SiIencer and Associated Parts
E06RW031
Legend
(1) Exhaust Silencer
(2) Exhaust Silencer
(3) Mounting Rubber
(4) Exhaust Silencer Fixing Nuts
(5) Exhaust Silencer Fixing Bolts
RemovaI
stands.
3. Remove exhaust silencer fixing nuts (4) then
disconnect rear exhaust pipe from exhaust silencer.
4. Remove exhaust silencer fixing nuts (5) then
disconnect exhaust silencer from three way exhaust
pipe.
5. Remove exhaust silencer mounting nuts from
chassis side then remove exhaust silencer (1)(2).
InstaIIation
1. nstall the exhaust silencer (1)(2) chassis side and
tighten nuts to the specified torque.
2. nstall the exhaust silencer and tighten nuts (5) on
front exhaust pipe to specified torque.
3. nstall the rear exhaust pipe and tighten fixing nuts on
exhaust silencer to specified torque.
6F-7 ENGINE EXHAUST
Rear Exhaust pipe
Rear Exhaust pipe and Associated Parts
E06RW033
Legend
(1) Mounting Rubber
(2) Rear Exhaust Pipe
(3) Rear Exhaust Pipe Fixing Nuts
RemovaI
stands.
3. Remove rear exhaust pipe fixing nuts (3), then
disconnect rear exhaust pipe from exhaust silencer.
4. Remove mounting rubber (1).
5. Remove rear exhaust pipe (2).
InstaIIation
1. nstall the mounting rubber (1).
2. nstall the exhaust pipe (2) and tighten two nuts (3) on
exhaust silencer to specified torque.
6F-8 ENGINE EXHAUST
Nm (Kgm/Ib ft)
E06RW047
6G-1 ENGINE LUBRICATION
ENGINE
ENGINE LUBRICATION
CONTENTS
Service Precaution 6G1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Description 6G2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Pump 6G3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Pump and Associated Parts 6G3 . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Pump and Associated Parts 6G3 . . . . . . . . . .
nspection and Repair 6G4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reassembly 6G5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Pan and Crankcase 6G7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6G7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6G7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Pump 6G10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6G10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6G10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Pump Oil Seal 6G12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6G12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6G12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Filter 6G13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6G13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6G13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Data and Specification 6G14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Tool 6G15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Precaution
systems.
GeneraI Description
C06RW002
Legend
(1) Oil Strainer
(2) Oil Pump
(3) Relief Valve
(4) Oil Pressure Switch
(5) Oil Filter
(6) Safety Valve
(7) Oil Pressure Unit
(8) Oil Gallery
(9) Crankshaft Bearing
(10) Crankshaft
(11) Connecting Rod Bearing
(12) Connecting Rod
(13) Piston
(14) Oil Gallery; Cylinder Head
(15) Camshaft
(16) Camshaft Journal
(17) Front Journal; Camshaft Drive Gear
(18) Rear Journal; Camshaft Drive Gear
(19) Oil Pan
OiI Pump
OiI Pump and Associated Parts
051RW005
Legend
(1) Crankshaft Timing Pulley
(3) Oil Pipe
(4) Oil Strainer
(6) Plug
(7) Spring
(8) Relief Valve
(9) Oil Pump Cover
(10) Driven Gear
(11) Drive Gear
(12) Oil Seal
(13) O-ring
(14) Oil Pump Body
OiI Pump and Associated Parts
1. Remove crankshaft timing pulley.
2. Remove crankcase with oil pan.
3. Remove oil pipe.
4. Remove oil strainer.
6. Remove plug.
7. Remove spring.
8. Remove relief valve.
9. Remove oil pump cover.
10. Remove driven gear.
11. Remove drive gear.
12. Remove oil seal.
13. Remove O-ring.
CAUTION: Make necessary correction or parts
repIacement if wear, damage or any other abnormaI
conditions are found during inspection.
ReIief VaIve (8)
Check to see that the relief valve slides freely.
The oil pump must be replaced if the relief valve does
not slide freely.
Replace the spring and/or the oil pump assembly (5) if
the spring is damaged or badly worn.
051RS002
Body (14) and Gears (10, 11)
The pump assembly must be replaced if one or more of
the conditions below is discovered during inspection.
Badly worn or damaged driven gear (10).
Badly worn drive gear (11) driving face.
Badly scratched or scored body sliding face (14) or
driven gear (10).
Badly worn or damaged gear teeth.
Measure the clearance between the body and the driven
gear with a feeler gauge.
(0.0039 in.-0.0070 in)
Limit : 0.20mm (0.0079 in)
051RS004
Measure the clearance between the drive gear and
driven gear with a feeler gauge.
(0.0043 in-0.0094 in)
Limit : 0.35mm (0.0138 in)
051RS003
Measure the side clearance with a precision straight
edge and a feeler gauge.
CIearance
(0.0011 in-0.0035 in)
Limit : 0.15mm (0.0059 in)
051RS005
OiI Strainer
Check the oil strainer for cracking and scoring. f cracking
and scoring are found, the oil strainer must be replaced.
051RS006
ReassembIy
1. nstall drive gear (11).
2. nstall driven gear (10).
3. nstall oil pump cover (9) and first, loosely tighten all of
the attaching screws. Next, tighten the attaching
screws to the specified torque.
After i nstal lati on, check that the gear rotates
smoothly.
4. nstall relief valve (8) and apply engine oil to the relief
valve and spring (7).
5. nstall spring (7).
6. nstall the plug (6).
051RS007
7. nstall oil pump assembly (5).
Carefully remove any oil from the cylinder body and
the pump. Apply sealant (TB1207B or equivalent)
to the pump fitting face as shown in illustration. Take
care that sealant is not applied to oil port surfaces.
hardens.
CAUTION: Do not appIy an excessive amount of
seaIant to the contact surface. AppIying too much
seaIant wiII overfIow the contact surfaces. This
couId cause serious damage to the engine.
Attach oiI pump assembIy to cyIinder body.
Tighten the oiI pump fixing boIts.
Torque : 25 Nm (2.5 Kgm/18 Ibft)
051RW002
051RW001
Legend
8. nstall the new oil seal (12). Apply engine oil to the oil
seal lip before installation then use 5884022870
oil seal nstaller, install oil seal.
015RS001
9. nstall oil strainer (4) with O-ring (13).
10. nstall oil pipe (3) with O-ring (13).
11. nstall crankcase with oil pan (2).
Remove oil on crankcase mounting surface and dry
the surface.
Apply a proper 4.5 mm (0.7 in) wide bead of sealant
(TB1207C or equivalent) to the crankcase
The crankcase must be installed within 5 minutes
after sealant application before the sealant
hardens.
013RW010
12. nstall crankshaft timing pulley.
OiI Pan and Crankcase
RemovaI
3. Lift vehicle by supporting the frame.
4. Remove front wheels.
5. Remove oil level dipstick from level gauge tube.
6. Remove stone guard.
7. Remove radiator under fan shroud.
8. Remove suspension cross member fixing bolts, 2 pcs
each per side and remove suspension cross member.
9. Remove pitman arm and relay lever assembly, using
the 5884020050 remover, remove pitman arm
from the steering unit and remove four fixing bolts for
relay lever assembly.
10. Remove axle housing assembly four fixing bolts from
housing isolator side and mounting bolts from wheel
side. At this time support the axle with a garage jack
and remove axle housing assembly.
11. Remove oil pan fixing bolts.
12. Remove oil pan, using 5884021530 sealer cutter,
remove oil pan.
013RS003
13. Remove crankcase fixing bolts.
14. Remove crankcase, using 5884021530 sealer
cutter, remove crankcase.
NOTE: Do not deform or damage the flange of oil pan and
crankcase.
Replace the oil pan and/or crankcase if deformed or dam-
aged.
013RS003
InstaIIation
1. nstall crankcase.
1. Remove residual sealant, lubricant and moisture
from mounting surface, then dry thoroughly.
2. Properly apply a 4.5 mm (0.7 in) wide bead of
sealant (TB-1207C or equivalent) to mounting
surface of crankcase.
Sealant beat must be continuous.
The crankcase must be installed within 5
minutes after sealant application before the
sealant hardens.
013RW010
3. nstall crankcase, tighten crankcase fixing bolts
013RW004
2. nstall oil pan
1. Remove residual sealant, lubricant and moisture
from mounting surface, then dry thoroughly.
2. Properly apply a 4.5 mm (07 in) wide bead of
sealant (TB-1207C or equivalent) to mounting
surface of oil pan.
Sealant beat must be continuous.
The crankcase must be installed within 5
minutes after sealant application befor the
sealant hardens.
013RW003
3. nstall oil pan, tighten oil pan fixing bolts to the
specified torque.
3. nstall axle housing assembly and tighten fixing bolts
AxIe case boIts
Mounting boIts
013RW005
4. nstall relay lever assembly and tighten fixing bolts.
5. Engage teeth of pitman arm and steering unit, and
tighten nut to the specified torque.
013RW006
Legend
(1) Pitman Arm
(2) Relay Lever
6. nstall suspension cross member and tighten fixing
013RW007
7. nstall radiator under fan shroud.
8. nstall stone guard.
9. nstall engine oil level dipstick.
10. Fill engine oil until full level on engine oil gauge
dipstick.
OiI Pump
RemovaI
3. Remove crankcase assembly.
this manual.
manual.
6. Remove timing pulley from crankshaft.
7. Remove four fixing bolts from oil filter assembly.
8. Remove oil strainer fixing bolts, remove oil strainer
assembly with O-ring.
9. Remove three bolts from oil pipe and O-ring.
10. Remove eight oil pump fixing bolts, then oil pump
assembly.
11. Remove sealant from mounting surface of oil pump
assembly, cylinder block and take care not to damage
mounting surfaces of oil pump and cylinder block.
InstaIIation
1. nstall oil pump assembly
Apply sealant (TB-1207B or equivalent) to the oil
pump mounting surfaces as shown in the
illustration.
hardens.
NOTE: Do not apply sealant to the oil ports.
051RW002
Use 5884022870 installer when installing new
oil seal.
Apply engine oil to oil seal lip.
nstall oil pump assembly to the cylinder block.
NOTE: Do not damage oil seal during installation of oil
pump assembly.
015RS001
051RW001
2. nstall oil pipe with O-ring, tighten fixing bolt to the
specified torque.
3. nstall oil strainer with O-ring, tighten fixing bolt to the
specified torque.
4. nstall oil filter assembly and tighten bolts to the
specified torque.
050RW001
Legend
(1) Oil Pump
(2) Oil Filter
(3) Oil Gallery
(4) From Oil Filter
(5) To Oil Filter
5. nstall timing pulley on crankshaft.
nstall timing belt.
manual.
Refer to install procedure for Crankshaft Pulley in
this manual.
7. nstall crankcase assembly.
Refer to installation procedure for Oil Pan and
8. Refill engine oil until full level on engine oil dipstick.
OiI Pump OiI SeaI
RemovaI
this manual.
manual.
5. Remove timing pulley from crankshaft.
6. Remove oil pump oil seal using a sealer puller.
NOTE: Take care not to damage sealing surfaces of oil
pump and crankshaft when removing oil seal.
InstaIIation
1. nstall oil pump oil seal, apply engine oil to oil seal lip,
then install oil seal using 5884022870 installer.
015RS001
2. nstall timing pulley to crankshaft.
manual.
Refer to installation procedure for Crankshaft
Pulley in this manual.
5. Refill engine oil until full level.
OiI FiIter
RemovaI
3. Remove oil filter using 5-8840-0203-0 filter wrench.
InstaIIation
1. Clean filter fitting surface and apply small amount of
engine oil to sealing surface.
2. nstall oil filter cartridge by hand until it comes in
contact with sealing surface then rotate additional 2/3
turn to tighten using 5-8840-0203-0 filter wrench.
050RW001
Legend
(1) Oil Pump
(2) Oil Filter
(3) Oil Gallery
(4) From Filter
(5) To Filter
3. Fill engine oil until full level on dipstick.
4. Reconnect battery ground cable.
Main Data and Specification
GeneraI Specification
tem
Specifications
tem
6VD1 6VE1
Oil capacity 5.3 liters
Crankcase, OiI pan, Timing beIt tensioner, Timing
puIIey, timing beIt cover, OiI pump, OiI gaIIery, OiI
strainer Nm (Kgm/Ib ft)
E06RW045
SpeciaI TooI
LLUSTRATON
TOOL NO.
TOOL NAME
5-8840-2287-0
(J-39202)
nstaller; Oil pump oil
seal
5-8840-2153-0
(J-37228)
Seal cutter
5-8840-2005-0
(J-29107)
Universal pitman arm
puller
5-8840-0203-0
(J-36390)
Wrench; Oil filter
6H-1 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTENTS
Service Precaution 6H1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accelerator Pedal Control Cable 6H2 . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6H2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nspection 6H2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6H2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment 6H2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accelerator Pedal 6H3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accelerator Pedal and Associated Parts 6H3 . .
Removal 6H3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6H3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment 6H3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Precaution
systems.
AcceIerator PedaI ControI CabIe
RemovaI
1. Loosen the adjusting nut(5) on the cable bracket
mounted on the common chamber.
2. Remove cable clip(3).
3. Disconnect accelerator pedal (AP) control cable(6).
(on throttle valve side)
4. Disconnect AP control cable(1). (on AP pedal(7) side)
5. Remove molding cap(2).
6. Remove AP control cable(4).
101RW001
Inspection
Check the following items, and replace the control cable if
any abnormality is found:
The control cable should move smoothly.
The control cable should not be bent or kinked.
The control cable should be free of damage and
corrosion.
InstaIIation
1. nstall AP control cable(4).
2. nstall molding cap(2).
3. Connect AP control cable(1). (on AP side)
4. Connect AP control cable(6). (on throttle valve side)
5. nstall cable clip(3).
6. nstall adjusting nut(5).
101RW001
Adjustment
2. Pull outer cable while closing fully the throttle valve.
4. Loosen adjusting nut by three turns and tighten lock
nut.
screw.
step 1.
035RW004
Legend
(1) Clearance
(2) Lock Nut
(3) Adjusting Nut
AcceIerator PedaI
AcceIerator PedaI and Associated
Parts
035RW028
Legend
(1) Accelerator Pedal Control Cable
(2) Accelerator Pedal Assembly
RemovaI
1. Accelerator Pedal control cable(1).
2. Accelerator Pedal assembly(2).
InstaIIation
1. Accelerator pedal assembly(2).
2. Accelerator pedal control cable(1).
Adjustment
ManuaI Transmission:
Rotate counterclockwise to loosen the lock nut and
screw the stopper bolt in sufficiently.
Fully depress the pedal and hold it there with your
hand. Next, rotate the stopper bolt until it hits the
stopper of pedal bracket. Then, lock the stopper bolt
there.
Automatic Transmission:
Rotate counterclockwise to loosen the kickdown
switch sufficiently.
Fully depress the pedal and hold it there with your
hand. Rotate the switch clockwise and then rotate
further by 1/2 turn from the position where the switch
clicks. Lock the switch there.
Step on the accelerator pedal and make sure that you
can hear a clicking sound at the full stroke position.
MEMO
INDUCTION 6J-1
ENGINE
INDUCTION
CONTENTS
Service Precaution 6J1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Cleaner Element 6J2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal 6J2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nspection 6J2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nstallation 6J2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Precaution
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(SRS),REFER TO THE SRS COMPONENT AND
WIRING LOCATION VIEW IN ORDER TO DETERMINE
systems.
6J-2 INDUCTION
Air CIeaner EIement
RemovaI
1. Remove positive ventilation hose from connector(1).
2. Remove intake air temperature sensor(2).
3. Remove air flow sensor(3).
4. Remove air cleaner duct cover(4).
5. Remove air cleaner element(5).
130RW003
Inspection
Check the air cleaner element for damage or dust
clogging. Replace if it is damaged, or clean if it is clogged.
CIeaning Method
Tap the air cleaner element gently so as not to damage
the paper element, or clean the element by blowing with
compressed air of about 490 kPa (71 psi) from the clean
side if it is extremely dirty.
130RW002
InstaIIation
1. nstall air cleaner element(5).
2. Attach the air cleaner duct cover (4) to the body
completely, then clamp it with the clip.
3. nstall mass air flow sensor(3).
4. nstall air temperature sensor(2).
5. Connect positive crankcase ventilation hose to
connector(1).
For GeneraI Export ModeI
130RW003
For Isuzu GeneraI Motors (IGM) ModeI
130RW006

Isuzu Trooper 2000 Service Manual Motor

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Isuzu Trooper 2000 Service Manual Motor

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Isuzu Trooper 2000 Service Manual Motor

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the steps to remove and inspect the air cleaner element?

What should be checked when inspecting the air cleaner element?

6A-1 ENGINE MECHANICAL

6E-6 ENGINE DRIVEABILITY AND EMISSIONS

6E-68 ENGINE DRIVEABILITY AND EMISSIONS

Engine Speed Engine RPM Within 50 to

General Description and

5 1. gnition OFF, reconnect the PCM.

6E-79 ENGINE DRIVEABILITY AND EMISSIONS

9 1. Disconnect the injector test connector.

9 1. Disconnect the injector test connector.

9 1. Disconnect the injector test connector.

9 1. Disconnect the injector test connector.

9 1. Disconnect the injector test connector.

9 1. Disconnect the injector test connector.

On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System

6E-290 ENGINE DRIVEABILITY AND EMISSIONS

Heated Oxygen Sensors 1. OBD system check.

You might also like